Super Problems in Inorganic Chemistry PDF
Super Problems in Inorganic Chemistry PDF
Super Problems in Inorganic Chemistry PDF
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Volume-0
by
PMS
PIYUSH MAHESHWARI
SUPER PROBLEMS IN
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Volume-0
by
PMS
PIYUSH MAHESHWARI
About the author
Piyush Maheshwari (PMS)
B.E.(hons.) graduate, is teaching
IIT-JEE, NEET aspirants from
2009. He started his career from
Allen Career Institute (Kota
centre) then he worked as senior
faculty in Vibrant Academy Pvt.
Ltd. Kota, also worked as Head of
Department in Bansal Classes
Pvt. Ltd. Kota, He also recorded
lectures in Etoos India, currently
he is top educator in Unacademy.
H e i s w e l l f a m o u s f o r h i s
e x p l a n a t i o n s , m o t i v a t i o n ,
c o n c e p t b u i l d i n g , l o g i c a l
re a s o n i n g i n c o n c e p t s a n d
mnemonics. After attending his
c l a s s e s s t u d e n t s f e e l t h a t
inorganic is very interesting and
logical subject.
Each chapter of this book has two exercise, except chapter 6 (Types of
reaction).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I would like to express my special thanks of gratitude to my mentors
Respected Kapil Wadhwa sir, Respected Jitendra Pandey sir, Respected
Vimal Kumar Jaiswal sir and my colleagues Mr. Hari Shankar Rathore,
Mr. Nitesh Tiwari sir, Mr. Shashank Garg sir, Mr. Rohit Saini sir, Mr. Kunal
Sharma sir, Mr. Aditya Gupta sir, Mr. Ankush Dhakad sir for their
unlimited support.
I am also thankful to my seniors, my colleagues with whom I worked in
different years in different institutes for brain storming and healthy
discussion.
2009-2011 (Allen Career Institute) – Mr. Sunil Jangid sir, Mr. Aashish
Bansal sir, Mr. Dilip Sharma sir, Mr. Gajendra Singh sir, Mr. M.S. Bhati sir,
Mr. SB Saxena sir, Mr. Surendra Sharan sir, Mr. Deepak Gupta sir,
Mr. Deepak Pareek sir, Mr. Ashish Goyal sir, Mr. Abhinav Sharma sir,
Mr. Arvind Sharma sir, Mr. Sandeep singh Gerewal sir
2011-2013 and 2017-2019 (Bansal classes, Kota) – Mr. V.N. Pathak
sir, Mr. Deepak Joshi sir, Mr. Prashant Vijavargiya sir, Mr. Anumpam sir,
Mr. Ved Prakash Mishra sir, Mr. B.K. Meghvanshi sir, Mr. Nitin
Khandelwal, Mr. Sanjay Sodhani sir, Mr. Sharad Dadich Sir, Mr. Randheer
Jha sir, Mr. KD Pathak sir
2013-2017 (Vibrant Academy, Kota) – Mr. Dherendra Singh sir,
Mr. Tarun Kumar Dabhai Sir, Mr Akash Agarwal sir
Special thanks to Mr. Pradeep Kumar Verma, Mr. Brijesh Jindal,
Mr. Prince Singh, Mr. Divyesh Tiwari, Mr. Vineet Khatri for immense
support and motivation in this journey
I also pay my sincere thanks to all the students and people which are
directly and indirectly part of this journey.
This book is incomplete without the support and patience of my
daughter Dviti, my wife Ankita and my mother Respected Indu
Maheshwari and all family members.
Piyush Maheshwari
Dedicated to My Father
1
CHAPTER
GENERAL CHEMISTRY
EXERCISE-1
[SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE]
Q.1 Select the correct statement for Ne.
(A) It is not isoelectronic with O–2
(B) Last electron enters in s-orbital
(C) The value of ‘m’ must be zero for last electron
(D) The value of ‘l’ must be ‘1’ for last electron
Q.2 The correct set of quantum numbers for the last electron of Na+ is
1 1 1 1
(A) 3, 0, 0, – (B) 3, 1, 0, + (C) 3, 1, 1, + (D) 2, 1, 0, –
2 2 2 2
Q.3 The penetrating power of the orbitals for a particular principal quantum number runs as
(A) s < p < d < f (B) p > d > f > s (C) f > p > d > s (D) s > p > d > f
1 1
Q.4 If possible values of spin quantum numbers are 3 i.e. , 0, . The permissible values of other
2 2
quantum numbers and rules for filling of orbitals remains unchanged, then number of elements in 4th
period is
(A) 27 (B) 18 (C) 9 (D) 54
Q.5 If each orbital were containing three electrons, then the ground state electronic configuration of iron
were:
(A) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d6 (B) 1s3 2s3 2p6 3s3 3p6 4s3 3d2
(C) 1s3 2s3 2p9 3s3 3p8 (D) 1s3 2s3 2p6 3s3 3p6 3d5
Q.6 The sum of azimuthal quantum number of the orbital whose electron cause maximum screening and the
one whose cause minimum screening (for same value of 'n') is equal to
(A) The value of principal quantum number
(B) Number of different orbitals present in a shell
(C) Number of different subshells possible in a shell.
(D) Shell number of the penultimate shell.
1
Q.7 If an electron has the quantum numbers : m = 3 and s = – , it may belong to :
2
(A) s - subshell (B) p - subshell (C) d - subshell (D) f - subshell
1
(A) must have s = (B) must have = 3
2
(C) may have = 0, 1, 2, 3 (D) may have = 3, 4
Q.11 The ground state electronic configuration of Chromium and Silicon are :
(A) Cr : 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d6
Si : 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p2
(B) Cr : 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d4
Si : 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p2
(C) Cr : 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1 3d5
Si : 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1 3p3
(D) Cr : 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1 3d5
Si : 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p2
Q.12 In ground state of phosphorus atom (Z = 15), the numbers of occupied sub-shells and occupied orbitals
are respectively
(A) 3, 3 (B) 5, 9 (C) 5, 5 (D) 3, 6
Q.13 Quantum numbers of some electrons are given below on the basis of it, arrange them from lowest to
highest energy order.
n l m s
1
I 4 1 0
2
1
II 5 0 0 –
2
1
III 6 2 0
2
1
IV 6 3 –1
2
(A) I < II < III < IV (B) II < III < I < IV (C) II < III < IV < I (D) IV < II < III < I
Q.14 “Electron pairing cannot occur in p, d and f-orbitals until each orbital of a given subshell contains one
electron”. This is known as
(A) Aufbau’s rule (B) Pauli’s exclusion principle
(C) Hund’s rule (D) Fajan’s rule
Q.15 Which of the following set of quantum numbers is correct for last electron of fluorine atom?
(A) n = 2, l = 1, m = 0, s = 1/2 (B) n = 2, l = 1, m = 0, s = –1/2
(C) n = 2, l = 0, m = 0, s = +1/2 (D) n = 2, l = 1, m = 1, s = 1/2
Q.16 Find the species having highest value of magnetic moment in their ground state.
(A) Cu+ (B) Cr3+ (C) Mn2+ (D) Ni2+
Q.17 In ground state of phosphorus atom (Z = 15), the numbers of occupied sub-shells and occupied orbitals
are respectively
(A) 3, 3 (B) 5, 9 (C) 5, 5 (D) 3, 6
Q.19 The number of elements which should be theoreitcally present in 8th period of the modern long form of
periodic table, is
(A) 32 (B) 40 (C) 50 (D) 48
Q.21 IfAufbau rule is not followed, Potassium atomic number -19 will be placed in
(A) s-block (B) p-block (C) d-block (D) f-block
1 1
Q.22 If spin quantum number have the values , 0 and but all other quantum number have values as
2 2
they have, then the maximum number of electrons in 5th orbit should be
(A) 25 (B) 50 (C) 75 (D) 33
1
Q.25 If an electron has spin quantumnumber of + and magnetic quantumnumber of –1 it cannot be present in
2
(A) f-orbital (B) d-orbital (C) p-orbital (D) s-orbital
Q.28 The correct set of quantum numbers for the unpaired electron of Bromine atom is
n l m n l m
(A) 2 1 0 (B) 2 1 1
(C) 4 1 1 (D) 3 0 0
Q.29 Which of the following sets of quantum numbers represent an impossible arrangement
n l m ms n l m ms
1 1
(A) 3 2 –2 (B) 4 0 0
2 2
1 1
(C) 3 0 –1 (D) 5 3 0
2 2
Q.30 Which of the following has maximum number of unpaired electron (atomic number of Fe = 26)
(A) Fe (B) Mn2+ (C) Fe (III) (D) Both (B) and (C)
Q.31 Currently, the last element in group 18 is Radon, Rn(z = 86). Based on the building up principle, what
would be the abbreviated ground state configuration for next element in group 18 should it be discovered.
(A) [Rn] - 7s2 5f14 6d10 7p2
(B) [Rn] - 6s2 4f14 5d10 6p6
(C) [Rn] - 7s2 6d10 7p6
(D) [Rn] - 7s2 5f14 6d10 7p6
Q.34 X¯, Y–2 and Z–3 are isotonic and isoelectronic. Thus increasing order of atomic number of X, Y and Z is
(A) X < Y < Z (B) Z < Y < X (C) X = Y = Z (D) Z < X < Y
Q.36 Which of the following sets of quantum number describes the electron which is removed most easily
from Cu atom in its ground state:
1 1
(A) n = 3; l = 2 ; m = 0 ; s = + (B) n = 3; l = 1 ; m = 1 ; s = –
2 2
1 1
(C) n = 4; l = 0 ; m = 0 ; s = + (D) n = 3; l = 2 ; m = 1 ; s = +
2 2
238
Q.38 Select the correct option regarding number of sub-atomic particles in nucleus of 92 U :
Q.39 If Hund's rule of maximummultiplicityis violated then which of the following species will be paramagnetic?
(A) Fe+2 (B) Mn+5 (C) Cu+2 (D) Cr+2
1 1
(A) 4 3 –3 + (B) 3 0 –1 –
2 2
1 1
(C) 2 1 –1 + (D) 1 0 0 –
2 2
1
(B) Electron having n = 4; l = 2; m = 0; s = values of quantum number is present in one of the five
2
degenerate atomic orbitals
(C) For any value of l, 2(2l + 1) values of m are possible.
(D) There are 2 unpaired electrons in Mn+5.
Q.45 Select the electronic configuration which does not belongs to d-block element:
(A) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2 (B) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2 4p1
(C) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s1 (D) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d5 4s1
3s 3p 3d 3s 3p 3d
(A) (B)
3s 3p 3d 3s 3p 3d
(C) (D)
Q.51 In the ground state of Cr, the number of electrons with l + |m| = 3
(A) 8 (B) 12 (C) 10 (D) 2
Q.54 The set of quantum numbers not applicable for an electron in an atom is :
1 1
(A) n = 1, l =1, m = 1, s = (B) n = 1, l = 0, m = 0, s =
2 2
1 1
(C) n = 1, l = 0, m = 0, s = (D) n = 2, l = 0, m = 0, s =
2 2
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Q.58 In a multi-electron atom, which of the following orbitals described by the three quantum number will
have the same energy in the absence of magnetic and electric fields?
(I) n =1, l = 0, m = 0 (II) n =2, l = 0, m = 0
(III) n =2, l = 1, m = 1 (IV) n =3, l = 2, m = 0
(V) n =3, l = 2, m = 1
(A) I and II (B) II and III (C) III and IV (D) IV and V
Q.59 Which of the following sets of quantum numbers represents the highest energy of an orbital in an atom?
1 1
(A) n = 3, l =0, m = 0, s = (B) n = 3, l =1, m = 1, s =
2 2
1 1
(C) n = 3, l =2, m = 1, s = (D) n = 4, l =0, m = 0, s =
2 2
Q.62 As per the theory which of the following sub-shell is not possible -
(A) 3d (B) 4f (C) 5h (D) 6g
1
Q.63 Minimum number of electrons in Mn(25) atom having |m| = 1 and s = is -
2
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
EXERCISE-2
[MULTIPLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE]
Q.1 Which of the following statements are true regarding variation of Zeff on valence shell electron for
elements in the periodic table as per Slater's Rule.
(A) On moving along the period from left to right Zeff increases by 0.65 in s and p-block.
(B) On moving along the period from left to right in inner transition elements, Zeff remains constant.
(C) On moving along the period, from left to right in 3d series Zeff increases by 0.15 without any
exception.
(D) Order of sheilding power of electron corresponds to ns > np > nd > nf.
Q.2 Which of the following options have elements / ions with same value of spin multiplicity.
(A) Cr, Mn+1 (B) Ni+2 , Ti, C
(C) F, Sc, K, Rb (D) N, P, V
Q.5 The electronic configuration of an element is 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s1. This represents its:
(A) Excited state of an element
(B) Ground state of atom
(C) Cationic form of an element
(D) More stable electronic configuration as compared to [Ar] 3d9 4s2
Q.6 Which of the following energy level can not exist according to quantum theory?
(A) 3f (B) 5g (C) 5h (D) 6h
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Q.9 Which of the following statement(s) is/are true for the ground state electronic configuration of
potassium(K)?
(A) The 19th electron enters in the 4s-subshell.
(B) There is only one unpaired electron.'
(C) Their is a maximum of 10 electrons in the parallel spin.
(D) It is an exception of configuration.
Q.10 Select the pair which follows energy order according to (n + l) rule (Aufbau's principle).
(A) 4f < 6s (B) 5d > 5p (C) 3d < 4d (D) 4s < 3s
Q.11 Which of the following sub-shells does not exist for an atom, according to quantum theory?
(A) 2d (B) 4f (C) 5h (D) 7h
Q.14 Number of electrons present in d-subshell and valence shell in Cr(24) are :
(A) 3d5 (B) 4s1 (C) 4d4 (D) 5s2
Q.18 Which of the following configuration is / are incorrect according to Hund's rule?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Q.22 Which of the following information(s) is / are incorrect for Fe+2 (Z = 26) :
(A) Electronic configuration is [18Ar] 3d4 4s2
(B) Number of unpaired electrons are 4
(C) Maximum number of electrons having m = 0 are 6
1
(D) Four quantum numbers of outermost electrons are n = 4; l = 0 ; m = 0; s =
2
[PARAGRAPH TYPE]
Paragraph for question nos. 23 to 25
Electronic configuration of elements give an idea about various properties of elements and hence it is one
of the basis for periodic classification of elements. An element prefers to stay in that configuration in
which its energyis least.Asubstance is said to show "Paramagnetic properties" if it has unpaired electrons.
Q.23 Which of the following options correctly mention the configuration which is most stable among Q and R.
Q R
2s 2p 4s 3d
-I -I
2s 2p 4s 3d
- II - II
2s 2p 4s 3d
- III - III
Q.25 Specie having configuration same as ns2np4 where 'n' represents last shell is/are :
(A) 32 (B) 34Se79 (C) 9F19 (D) Both 16O32 and 34Se79
16O
Q.29 For the element having atomic number 62, last electron enters in
(A) 1C (B) 2A (C) 3A (D) 2B
Q.30 The number of orbitals & the maximum number of electrons that can be filled in a F sub-shell are
respectively.
(A) 6, 36 (B) 7, 35 (C) 7, 42 (D) 6,30
1 1
s= and –
2 2
Answer the following questions based on the above values.
Q.31 Total number of elements in the III period of periodic table is
(A) 8 (B) 20 (C) 30 (D) 15
Q.33 Spin only magnetic moment () of the element sulphur (16S) is
(A) 3 B.M. (B) 0 B.M. (C) 8 B.M. (D) 15 B.M.
Q.34 The orbital diagram in which both Hund's rule andAufbau principle are violated :
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Q.35 Which of the following electronic configuration violates Pauli's exclusion principle?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Q.36 For the following four electronic configuration (remaining inner orbitals are completely filled) select the
correct option ?
(i) (ii)
3s 3p 3s 3p
(iii) (iv)
3s 3p
3s 3p
(A) (iii) violates all three rules of electronic configuration.
(B) order of spin multiplicity (iii) > (i) > (ii) > (iv)
(C) stability order (iii) > (i) > (ii)
(D) above all are incorrect
ns (n–1)d
(B) Violation of Hund's rule (Q)
ns (n–1)d np
(C) Violation ofAufbau's principle (R)
ns nd
(D) Result of extra stabilityof half filled (S)
[INTEGER TYPE]
Q.41 Calculate ‘Q’ for last electron of Ga.
where Q = n + l + maximum possible value of ‘m’.
Q.42 If one orbital occupied 3 electron than calculate the number of element in a 10th period of the periodic
table?
[If your answer is 79 so write 0079]
Q.43 Find the number of electrons having the value of azimuthal quantum number 'l' = 1 for Cd2+.
Q.45 In case of nitrogen, if M1 represents spin multiplicity if Hund’s rule is followed and M2 represents spin
M1
multiplicity if onlyHund’s Rule is violated then the value of M will be :
2
Q.46 Calculate total number of orbitals having (n + ) value = 8 and magnetic quantum number a non-
zero quantity.
Q.47 According to Aufbau's Principle, the maximum number of electron that can be accomodated in the
outermost orbit (ab) and the penultimate orbit (cd) is :
[Fill the OMR as abcd. For example, if these numbers are ab = 02 and cd = 08, then fill OMR
as 0208]
Q.48 What is the maximum number of electrons possible in Ni+ having same spin.
Q.49 How many orbitals, contain at least one electron in the ground state electronic configuration of
Chromium atom?
Q.50 An electron has the quantum numbers n = 3 and m = 2. For this electron, the value of 'l' should be
[If the only possible 'l' value is x, then fill OMR as 000x and if the possible 'l' values are x,y
and z, then fill OMR as 0xyz, where x, y and z are in the increasing order]
Q.51 Maximum number of electrons in parallel spin in the ground state of Chromium atom is :
Q.52 If the magnetic quantum number for an electron is –3, the minimum value for its principal quantum
number is :
Q.53 The mass number of an element 'X' is 'A'. If X4– contains 10 electrons and 6 neutrons, then the value of
A
is
3
Q.54 Calculate the total number of p-orbitals electrons present in Cu (29) atom.
(If your answer is 12 so write is 0012)
Q.57 Find the total number of paramagnetic species among the following?
Sc3+, Fe3+ , Mn2+, Co4+, Co3+, Cr+, Fe2+, Mn3+, Cr3+, Zn2+, Ti+4, V3+, Na+, Mg2+, Ca2+
(If your answer is 15 so write is 0015)
Q.58 Calculate the total number of p-orbitals electrons present in Ag (47) atom.
(If your answer is 12 so write is 0012)
lm
Q.59 Find maximum number of electrons in 13Al in which = 0.
n
Q.60 How many total number of orbitals are present in 30Zn which has m (magnetic quantum number) = 0 ?
Q.61 Calculate maximummultiplicityvalue for 'd' electron of Co+x ion if ithas magnetic moment value 24 B.M.
Q.62 Magnetic moment of an ion of Mn+x is 3.873 B.M. If number of unpaired electron is 'y' in this ion the
value of (x + y):
Q.63 Maximum possible number of electrons in an atom having following quantum numbers n = 4 ; |ml | =1 ;
1
s=+ .
2
Q.65 If Hund's rule is violated and all other rules stands true then find number of among followings which are
having number of unpaired electrons greater than those present in Fe2+.
Cr+3, Mn+2, Cu+1, Zn+1, Co+1, Sc3+, Ni2+
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE-1
Q.1 D Q.2 D Q.3 D Q.4 A Q.5 C
Q.6 D Q.7 D Q.8 D Q.9 C Q.10 B
Q.11 D Q.12 B Q.13 A Q.14 C Q.15 A
Q.16 C Q.17 B Q.18 A Q.19 C Q.20 C
Q.21 C Q.22 C Q.23 C Q.24 A Q.25 D
Q.26 D Q.27 D Q.28 C Q.29 C Q.30 D
Q.31 D Q.32 A Q.33 B Q.34 B Q.35 D
Q.36 C Q.37 C Q.38 C Q.39 C Q.40 B
Q.41 C Q.42 A Q.43 C Q.44 D Q.45 B
Q.46 D Q.47 C Q.48 D Q.49 D Q.50 D
Q.51 D Q.52 A Q.53 A Q.54 A Q.55 C
Q.56 C Q.57 C Q.58 D Q.59 C Q.60 B
Q.61 B Q.62 C Q.63 B
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 AB Q.2 ABCD Q.3 ABCD Q.4 ACD Q.5 BCD
Q.6 AC Q.7 ABCD Q.8 BC Q.9 ABC Q.10 BC
Q.11 AC Q.12 BCD Q.13 BD Q.14 AB Q.15 AC
Q.16 BD Q.17 ACD Q.18 AB Q.19 D Q.20 ABC
Q.21 BC Q.22 ACD Q.23 B Q.24 A Q.25 D
Q.26 A Q.27 C Q.28 B Q.29 D Q.30 B
Q.31 C Q.32 B Q.33 B Q.34 D Q.35 B
Q.36 D
Q.37 (A) RT (B) PRT or PR (C) PORS or PRS (D) Q
Q.38 (A)PQRST (B) PS (C) PQRST (D) PS
Q.39 (A) QT (B) PQRS (C) QRS (D) PST
Q.40 (A) S; (B) Q; (C) R; (D) PT
Q.41 0006 Q.42 0108 Q.43 0018 Q.44 0006 Q.45 0002
Q.46 0012 Q.47 0818 Q.48 0015 Q.49 0015 Q.50 0002
Q.51 0015 Q.52 0004 Q.53 0004 Q.54 0012 Q.55 0018
Q.56 0004 Q.57 0009 Q.58 0018 Q.59 0009 Q.60 0007
Q.61 0004 or 0005 Q.62 0007 Q.63 0006 Q.64 0006 Q.65 0003
2
CHAPTER
CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS &
PERIODICITY IN PROPERTIES
EXERCISE-1
[SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE]
PERIODIC TABLE
Q.1 If A, B and C are the three element of Dobereiner's Triad and atomic mass of A and B are 7 and 15
respectively then the atomic mass of C is
(A) 1 (B) 11 (C) 23 (D) 25
Q.2 According to the Lother Meyer's curve which of the following statement is incorrect.
(A) The element having similar properties will occupy the same position in the curve.
(B) Alkaline earth metals are at the peaks of the curve.
(C) Halogens are at ascending part of the curve.
(D) The atomic volume of the elements in a period initially decreases and then increases.
Q.7 Which of the following atomic numbers represent s, p and d-block respectively.
(A) 10, 41, 23 (B) 20, 82,46 (C) 4, 44, 19 (D) 32, 55, 16
Q.9 Find the odd element from the given electronic configuration.
(A) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1 (B) 1s2 2s1
(C) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p1 (D) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1
Q.10 The total number of element present in 4th period in the long form of periodic table.
(A) 18 (B) 2 (C) 8 (D) 32
Q.12 Which of the following element is/are of d-block element (for which the atomic numbers are given).
(A) 19 (B) 81 (C) 46 (D) 58
Q.13 The elements in which 5f-orbitals are progressively filled are called as
(A) Lanthanides (B)Actinides
(C) Transition elements (D) None of these
Q.15 The elements P, Q and R are one of the Dobereiner's triad of elements in the increasing order of their
atomic masses. If the atomic masses of P, Q and R are x, y and z respectively, then
(A) x = 2y + z (B) z = x + y (C) z = 2x – y (D) x + y + z = 3y
Q.16 Which of the following statement is incorrect for Lother Mayer's curve ?
(A) Atomic volumes of elements were taken on y-axis and atomic masses of elements on x-axis.
(B) All the peaks were occupied by alkali metals.
(C) Halogens were present on the descending curve.
(D) Alkaline earth metals were present on the descending curve.
Q.18 The period number, group number, and block of the element having atomic number 39 will be :
(A) 5, 5, d (B) 5, 4, d (C) 5, 3, d (D) 5, 15, p
Q.19 In the Modern long form of periodic table, 4th period contains only 18 elements. It is due to filling of
electrons in the :
(A) 4s, 4p and 4d sub-shells (B) 4s, 3d and 4p sub-shells
(C) 4s, 4p, 4d and 4f sub-shells (D) 3s, 3p and 3d sub-shells
Q.21 If x, y and z are the three elements of Dobereiner's triad and the atomic masses of x and z are 7 and 23
respectively, the atomic mass of y is
(A) 15 (B) 11 (C) 12 (D) 24
Q.23 Find the species not having same number of d-electron in last possible filled d-subshell as in Zn.
(A) Ga (B) Pd (C) Cd (D) Pt
Q.24 According to modern periodic law, properties of the elements are the periodic functions of their
(A)Atomic weight (B) Surface area (C)Atomic number (D) Density
Q.25 The element having the lowest atomic number and a ground state electronic configuration of (n–1) d6 ns2
is placed in
(A) Fifth period (B) Fourth period (C) Sixth period (D) Third period
Q.27 Select the pair of elements which are present in same group but in different sub group in Mendeleev's
periodic table.
(A) F, Ar (B) Cl, B (C) K, Cu (D) Be, Mg
Q.28 Select the pair of elements which are present in same period in long form of periodic table.
(A) C, Ar (B) Sc, Y (C) Na, La (D) P, S
Q.29 If an orbital can have maximum 4 electrons then, how may elements can be present in 8th period?
(A) 100 (B) 75 (C) 128 (D) 64
B
A
Atomic Weight
Q.33 If the atomic number of an element is 33, it will be placed in the periodic table in the _________
(A) first group (B) third group (C) fifth group (D) seventh group
Q.34 Match column I (atomic number) with column II (position in the Periodic Table) and select the
correct answer using the codes given below:
Column I Column II
I. 52 P. s-block
II. 56 Q. p-block
III. 57 R. d-block
IV. 60 S. f-block
(A) I – P, II – Q, III – S, IV – R (B) I – Q, II – P, III – S, IV – R
(C) I – P, II – Q, III – R, IV – S (D) I – Q, II – P, III – R, IV – S
Q.35 In which group of periodic table, the elements of 4th, 5th and 6th period have different ground state
electronic configuration for last two shells, from each other?
(A) 8 (B) 9 (C) 10 (D) 18
Q.36 Identify the atom which has ground state configuration [Ar] 3d10 4s2 4p1
(A)Al (B) Ga (C) In (D) Tl
Q.38 Which of the following statement is correct for an element having atomic number (z) = 98?
(A) It is s-block element. (B) It is p-block element.
(C) It is transition element. (D) It is inner transition element.
Q.40 What will be the atomic number of yet undiscovered element directly below Fr in periodic table?
(A) 117 (B) 118 (C) 119 (D) 120
Q.42 The outer electronic configuration of an element in ground state is 5s2 4d10 5p3. The properties of
element is likely to be similar to that of
(A) Chlorine (B) Sulphur (C) Phosphorus (D)Aluminium
Z=5
Q.44
X
In above figure if 'Z' is the atomic number then identify the period number of element 'X' in periodic
table-
(A) 5th (B) 4th (C) 6th (D) 7th
Q.46 Mendleeve left the space for elements in periodic table, the element is not ______.
(A) Ga (B) Sc (C) Ge (D) Te
Q.47 The number of elements in 6th period of the modern periodic table are :
(A) 8 (B) 18 (C) 32 (D) None of these
Q.48 The number of groups in modern periodic table that belong to d-block are :
(A) 18 (B) 10 (C) 6 (D) 2
Q.50 The number of elements present in the group 3 of the modern periodic table is:
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 18 (D) 32
Q.51 The elements with given atomic numbers that belong to the group number 16 of the modern periodic
table is:
(A) 34, 52 (B) 15, 33 (C) 38, 56 (D) None of these
Q.52 In the modern periodic table the maximum number of elements are present in :
(A) Group I and period number 5 (B) Group III and period number 6
(C) Group V and period number 7 (D) Same for all
Q.54 According to Slater rule, which set of elements show incorrect order of zeff.
(A) Al > Mg (B) Na > Li (C) K > Na (D) None of these
Q.55 The value of screening constant () for N-atom is 3.10 and that for O-atom is
(A) 3.10 (B) 2.75 (C) 3.45 (D) 3.80
Q.57 Calculate the effective nuclear charge for the outer most electron of oxygen atom.
(A) 3.45 (B) 4.55 (C) 0.85 (D) 6.4
Q.58 What will be the difference of Zeff in N and O for last electron.
(A) 0.35 (B) 0.65 (C) 2.1 (D) 0.85
Q.59 The outermost and penultimate shell of an element contains 2 and 8 electrons, respectively. The effective
nuclear charge for the valence electron of this element, according to Slater's Rule, should be :
(A) 2.20 unit (B) 2.50 unit (C) 2.85 unit (D) 7.15 unit
Q.60 Which of the following pair of elements have the same value of shielding constant () for 3s-electron.
(A) Mn & Zn (B) Fe & Na (C) Ar & Cl (D)All of these
Q.61 Which of the following pair has the same value of screening constant for '3s' electron?
(A) Cl & Mg (B) Mg & Ca (C) N & Na (D) K & Ca
Q.63 Effective nuclear charge on last electron of Fe2+ (Using Slater's Rule)
(A) 7.5 (B) 7.45 (C) 6.25 (D) 19.75
Q.66 Choose the following atom which has maximum value of Zeff ?
(A) Na (B) Li (C) S (D) O
Q.68 Which of the following transition element has minimum value of effective nuclear charge (according to
Slater'a rule).
(A) Zn (B) Cu (C) Ni (D) Mg
SIZE
Q.69 In Which of the following case the size ratio is maximum :
(A) Cl– / Cl (B) I– / I (C) H– / H (D) F– / F
Q.72 Atomic radii of fluorine and neon inAngstrom units are respectively given by
(A) 0.72, 1.60 (B) 1.60,1.60 (C) 0.72, 0.72 (D) 1.60, 0.72
Q.74 In which of the following compound size of cation to anion ratio is minimum :
(A) CsF (B) LiI (C) LiF (D) CsI
Q.76 Atomic radius variation of an unknown group in the periodic table is as below
Atomic radius
• •
• •
A B C D E
The element B & C respectively are :
(A) Cl & Br (B) Be & Mg (C) Si & Ge (D) Al & Ga
Q.78 The smallest size cation and anion available are respectively.
(A) H+ and H¯ (B) H+ and F¯ (C) Li+ and F¯ (D) Li+ and H¯
Q.82 Which of the following elements have smaller size than carbon?
(A) Lithium (B) Nitrogen (C) Neon (D) Sodium
Q.83 For an element, the covalent radius is xÅ, metallic radius is yÅ and the Vanderwaal's radius is zÅ. Which
of the following order is correct?
(A) x < y < z (B) y < x < z (C) z < y < x (D) x < z < y
chemstudios by pms Page # 29
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS & PERIODICITY IN PROPERTIES
Q.92 Which one is correct order of the size of the Nitrogen species?
(A) N+ < N < N– (B) N > N¯ > N+
(C) N+ > N¯ > N (D) N > N+ > N¯
Q.93 Which one is correct order of the size of the iodine species?
(A) I¯ > I > I+ (B) I > I¯ > I+ (C) I+ > I¯ > I (D) I > I+ > I¯
Q.95 The ionic radii of Fe2+ and Fe3+ are x and y respectively the correct relationship between x and y is :
(A) x > y (B) x < y (C) x = y (D) can’t be predicted
Q.96 The ions O2–, F¯, Na+, Mg2+ and Al3+ are isoelectronic. Their ionic radii show:
(A) an increase from O2– to F¯ and then decrease from Na+ to Al3+
(B) a decrease from O2– to F¯ and then increase from Na+ to Al3+
(C) a significant increase from O2– to Al3+
(D) a significant decrease from O2– to Al3+
Q.98 Which of the following pair of species having nearly same atomic size
(A) Zr & Hf (B) Pd & Pt (C) Fe & Co (D)All of these
Q.101 Arrange in the increasing order of atomic radii of the following elements O, C, F, Cl, Br
(A) F < O < C < Cl < Br (B) F < C < O < Cl < Br
(C) F < Cl < Br < O < C (D) C < O < F < Cl < Br
Q.102 The ionic radius of Na+, Mg2+ and Al3+ ions are in order.
(A) Na+ < Mg2+ < Al3+ (B) Na+ > Mg2+ > Al3+
(C) Na+ = Mg2+ = Al3+ (D) Na+ < Al3+ < Mg2+
Q.104 Choose the compound in which 'Cr' atom has minimum atomic radii:
(A) Cr2O3 (B) CrO
(C) K2Cr2O7 (D) All molecule has same atomic radii of Cr
Q.105 Which of the following pair of element has incorrect order of atomic radii?
Co
(A) Fe ~ Y
(B) La ~ Pd
(C) Pt ~ Hf
(D) Zr ~
IONISATION ENERGY
Q.110 Find the highest ratio of IP values of given pair of elements :
(A) He : Ne (B) Ne : Ar (C) He : Xe (D) Kr : Xe
Q.111 Which one of the following electronic configuration of an atom has the lowest ionisation energy
(A) 1s22s22p3 (B) 1s22s22p63s1 (C) 1s22s22p6 (D) 1s22s22p5
Q.112 The first five ionization energies of an element are 9.1, 16.2, 24.5, 35 and 205.7 eV respectively. Then
number of valence electron in the atom is
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
Q.113 Which one of the following electronic configuration of an atom has the highest ionisation energy
(A) 1s22s22p3 (B) 1s22s22p63s1 (C) 1s22s22p6 (D) 1s22s22p5
Q.114 Which of the following magnetic moment values will correspond to highest ionisation energy for cobalt
specie.
(A) 2 2 (B) 15 (C) 35 (D) 24
Q.115 Which of the following has 2nd I.P. < Ist I.P.
(A) Mg (B) Ne (C) C (D) None of these
Q.116 Highest difference between Ist & IInd ionisation energies will be observed in:
(A) Li (B) B (C) O (D) F
Q.119 One element (A) is having four valence shell electron and which of following values will be maximum.
(A) EA of 'A' (B) IE4 – IE3 (C) IE5 – IE3 (D) IE2 – IE1
Q.121 Which of the following set of elements are having strongest tendency to form cation?
(A) I, Cl, Br (B) C, Sn, Se
(C) Na, K, Sr (D) Mn, Ti, Fe
Q.123 The ionisation energy for ‘Sc’ , ‘Y’ and ‘La’ are x, y and z kcal/mol respectively. Choose the correct
relationship between them.
(A) z > x y (B) x > y > z (C) x > z y (D) x < y > z
The IE1 and IE3 values are 27 kJ/mole and 51 kJ/mole respectively. Then the value of IE2 is _______
kJ/mole.
(A) 21 (B) 33 (C) 59 (D) 63
Q.126 Rb forms Rb+ ion but it does not form Rb2+ because
(A) Very low value of (I.E.)1 and (I.E.)2
(B) Very high value of (I.E.)1 and (I.E.)2
(C) low value of (I.E.)1 and low value of (I.E.)2
(D) low value of (I.E.)1 and high value of (I.E.)2
Q.128 An+(g) A ( n 1) (g) + e
X
Q.129 H IE (First Ionisation Enthalpy) of Na, Mg and Si is 496, 737 and 786 kJ mol–1, respectively. What
1
(Successive I.E.)
z
b
y
H x H a
Q.130
+1 +2 +3 +4 +1 +2 +3
(Charge on the ion) (Charge on the ion)
Graph - I Graph - II
Q.131 Which of the following is the strongest reducing agent in aqueous solution?
(A) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1 (B) 1s2 2s1
(C) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1 (D) [Xe] 6s1
4.9 and 6.5 M J/ mol. What will be the values of IE1 and IE2 respectively.
(A) 1, 4 (B) 0.6, 1.1 (C) 4, 4.5 (D) 1.5 , 5.2
Q.133 The ionisation enthalpyof sodium is 500 kJ/mol at T K. How many sodium atoms may be converted into
sodium ions (Na+) by the absorption of 200 J heat at T K ? (NA = 6 × 1023)
(A) 2.4 × 1023 (B) 2.4 × 1020 (C) 1.5 × 1021 (D) 1.5 × 1024
Q.135 Ionisation energies of Cl– , Cl and Cl+ are respectively (in KJ/mol)
(A) 1251, 349, 2300 (B) 2300, 349,1251 (C) 349, 1251, 2300 (D) 349, 2300, 1251
Q.136 Which of the following isoelectronic species has the lowest ionisation energy?
(A) S2– (B) K+ (C) Cl¯ (D) Ca2+
Q.137 Which ionisation potential in the following equations involves the greatest amount of energy?
(A) K+ K2+ + e– (B) Ca+ Ca2+ + e– (C) Fe Fe+ + e– (D) Li+ Li2+ + e–
Q.138 Which of the following has the lowest second ionisation energy?
(A) Sc (B) Ti (C) V (D) Ca
Q.139 Which of the following elements has the highest ionisation energy?
(A) [Ne] 3s23p1 (B) [Ne] 3s23p3 (C) [Ne] 3s23p2 (D) 3d10, 4s2 4p3
Q.142 Which of the following elements has the lowest ionisation potential?
(A) Na (B) K (C) Mg (D)Al
Q.144 For element, A there is large energy difference between 5th and 6th ionisation energy. This element is
member of
(A) Pnictogen family (B) Chalcogen family (C) Halogen family (D) Noble gases
Q.146 Consider following electronic configuration of atoms and select correct code in order of increasing
ionization energy
[I] 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 [II] 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1
[III] 1s2 2s2 2p4 [IV] 1s2 2s2 2p5
[V] 1s2 2s2 2p6
(A) [II] < [I] < [III] < [IV] < [V] (B) [II] < [III] < [IV] < [I] < [V]
(C) [II] < [IV] < [III] < [I] < [V] (D) [II] < [III] < [I] < [IV] < [V]
Q.149 Select correct graph, which is plotted between Ionisation Energy of 2nd period elements and their
atomic number.
IE IE
IE IE
Q.150 Which of the following has the highest second ionisation energy?
(A) Cr (B) Mn (C) Co (D) Fe
Q.154 Successive ionization enthalpies (in eV/atom) of an element are 5, 8, 9, 90, 100. The number of
valence electrons are :
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.155 Which of the following element will have highest ionization energy?
(A) H (B) He (C) Ne (D) F
Q.157 I and III ionisation energies of an element are 40 and 60 eV/atom respectively. II ionization energy can
be
(A) 51 eV/atom (B) 39 eV/atom (C) 65 eV/atom (D) 100 eV/atom
Q.159 Which of the following is only incorrect increasing order of first ionisation energy of the atoms or ions
mentioned?
(A) Mg+ < Al2+ < Na+ (B) I¯ < I < I+ (C) Li < B < Be (D) Br¯ < Cl¯ < F¯
Q.160 Which of the following case is affected by lanthanoid contraction according to their given properties?
(A) Stable oxidation state of thallium is +1. Hf.
(B) Atomic radius of Zr ~
(C) Ionisation potential of Tl > In (D) all of these
Q.161 In which of the following, the energy change corresponds to first ionisation potential?
(A) X(g) X+(g) + e– (B) 2X(g) 2X+(g) + 2e–
(C) X(s) X+(g) + e– (D) X(aq) X+(aq) + e–
Q.162 Out of N, O, Ne, Na and Na+, select the species which have minimum and maximum ionisation energy
respectively.
(A) N, Ne (B) O, Na+ (C) Na, Ne (D) Na, Na+
Q.163 The first ionisation enthalpies of four consecutive elements present in the second period of the periodic
table are 8.3, 11.3, 14.5 and 13.6 eV respectively. Which one of the following is the first ionisation
enthalpy of nitrogen ?
(A) 13.6 (B) 14.5 (C) 11.3 (D) 8.3
Q.165 M
X
M+
Y
M+2
Select the correct statement regarding the value of 'X':
(A) The value of 'X' is equal to ionisation potential of M.
(B) The value of 'X' is equal to magnitude of electron affinity of M+.
(C) Any information about 'X' can not |X| = |Y|
(D) Both option (A) and (B) regarding 'X' are correct.
Q.169 For an element the successive ionisation energy values (in eV atom–1) are given below 12.32, 26.84,
44.56, 65.63, 203.9, 251.12, 308.4
The element that satisfies the above values is :
(A) Si (B) Ca (C) Al (D) S
Q.170 The ionisation energies for B, T and In are X,Y and Z kcal/mol respectively, Choose the correct
relationship between them -
(A) Z > X = Y (B) X > Y > Z (C) X > Y = Z (D) X < Y > Z
Q.171 For an element having only one valence shell electron, then which of the following ionisation energy
difference will have the maximum value -
(A) IE2 – IE1 (B) IE3 – IE2 (C) IE3 – IE1 (D) can't predict
IP1 X
The ratio of IP 2
2
8X 4X 8X 4 X 2 4 X 2 8X 4X 8X
(A) , (B) , (C) , (D) ,
3 X 2 X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2 X 3 X
ELECTRONAFFINITY
Q.178 Which process can produce maximum number of Fe2+ ions from iron atom by absorbing energy from
the given species.
Considering equal number of given species.
(A) Formation of N¯ from N-atom. (B) Formation of F¯ from F-atom.
(C) Formation of Cl¯ from Cl-atom. (D) Formation of S¯ from S-atom.
Q.182 Calculate the value of electron gain enthalpy egH) at 300 K if electron affinity of Cl is 90 Kcal.
(A) – 91.5 Kcal (B) + 88.5 Kcal (C) –88.5 Kcal (D) – 1590 Kcal
1
Q.183 The electron gain enthalpy (egH) of an element 'A' is times of its ionisation enthalpy (iH).
2
When one mole of A+(g) is completely converted into A–(g), 900 kJ heat is released. The egH of
element 'A' is :
(A) – 300 kJ/mol (B) – 600 kJ/mol (C) 600 kJ/mol (D) 300 kJ/mol
Q.184 If egH of A+ (g) = – x kJ/mol, egH of A(g) = – y kJ/mol and ionisationH of A+ (g) = +z kJ/mol, then
H for the process : A– (g) A2+(g), is
(A) (x + y + z) kJ/mol (B) (z – x – y) kJ/mol
(C) (x + y – z) kJ/mol (D) (x – y + z) kJ/mol
Q.190 The first ionisation potential of Na is 5.1 eV. The value of electron gain enthalpy of Na+ would be
(A) –2.55 eV (B) –5.1 eV (C) –10.2 eV (D) 2.55 eV
Q.205 If electron gain enthalpyof X(g) is – 4.0 eV, then the ionisation enthalpy of X(g) at the same temperature
may be :
(A) 4.0 eV (B) 3.5 eV (C) 5.5 eV (D) any of these values
Q.208 If the amount of energy required in the process X to X¯ is –5 kJ/mole then calculate how many energy
is required in X to X+ process
(A) –5 kJ/mole (B) > 5 kJ/mole (C) < 5 kJ/mole (D) 5 kJ/mole
Q.209 Which of the following speices has maximum tendency to accept electron cloud?
(A) O2– (B) O–1 (C) O+1 (D) O+2
Q.211 The numerical value of energyinvolved in the given process ; S S– is less than, which of the following
process :
(A) S– S (B) Se Se– (C) S S+ (D) (B) and (C) both
Q.215 If the amount of energy required in the process X to X¯ is –8 kJ/mole then calculate how many energy
is required in X to X+ process
(A) –8 kJ/mole (B) > 8 kJ/mole (C) < 8 kJ/mole (D) 8 kJ/mole
Q.217 Which of the following process is associated with the energy release.
(A) Li Li+ (B) O¯ O2– (C) Cl + Cl (D) Be Be¯
ELECTRONEGATIVITY
Q.218 In which of the following process, maximum amount of energy involved.
(A) Cl Cl¯ (B) Br¯ Br (C) F¯ F (D) I¯ I
Q.220 The E.N. of H, X, O are 2.2, 3.0 and 3.5 respectively comment on the nature of the compound
H–O–X, that is :
(A) Basic (B)Acidic (C)Amphoteric (D) Can't be predicted
Q.223 Ionisation energy and electron affinity of fluorine are respectively 17.42 eV and 3.45 eV, then
electronegativityof F atom on Pauling scale will be
(A) 10.44 (B) 4.0 (C) 3.72 (D) None of these
Q.227 A student went to meet his friend, where he saw that his friend was doing the study of a particular
chemistry book. But he could not find the theoretical value of bond length in H-F but he found that rH &
rF are 0.37 Å and 0.72 Å respectively & electronegativity of F & H are 4.0 and 2.1 respectively.What
is bond length of H–F bond.
(A) 1.09 (B) 1.784 (C) 0.92 (D) 0.46
Q.230 For an inert gas element the atomic number is z, then which of the following element having atomic
number ‘___________’is having highest electronegativity.
(A) z – 2 (B) z – 1 (C) z + 1 (D) z + 2
Q.235 An element X has electronegativity of 3.0 on Pauling scale. Which of the statements is correct?
(A) The ionisation energy (IE) of X > 8.4 eV/atom
(B) The electron affinity (EA) of X > 8.4 eV/atom
(C) Both IE and EA > 8.4 eV/atom.
(D) Both IE and EA < 8.4 eV/atm.
Q.236 The bond energies of A – A, B – B and A – B bonds are 81, 100 and 115 kcal/mol, respectively. If the
electronegativity of B is 3.0 and B is more electronegative than A, then from Pauling's Scale, the
electronegativityofAis :
(A) 4.04 (B) 1.96 (C) 2.96 (D) 2.04
Q.237 The bond lengths of A –A and B – B bonds are 1.6 and 2.0 Å, respectively. If the electronegativities of
Aand B are 2.8 and 2.1, respectively, the according to Schomaker and Stevenson's Equation, the bond
length of A – B bond should be :
(A) 3.537 Å (B) 2.97 Å (C) 1.737 Å (D) 1.17 Å
Q.238 If X – Y bond is 30% ionic in character, then according to Hanny and Smyth Equation, the
electronegativity difference between X and Y is :
11 10 9
(A) 1.0 (B) (C) (D)
7 7 7
Q.243 Calculate the percentage ionic character for molecule AB, if electronegativity difference betweenAB
molecule is 1.5.
(A) 20.8 (B) 10.2 (C) 31.8 (D) None of these
Q.244 Ionisation energy and electron affinity of fluorine are respectively 18.42 eV and 2.45 eV, then
electronegativity of F atom on Pauling scale will be
(A) 3.72 (B) 4.0 (C) 10.44 (D) None of these
Q.245 Which of the following has maximum difference in bond length if the electronegativity difference is
considered and not considered?
(A) HCl (B) HF (C) HI (D) HBr
Q.249 Following is the graph representating Electronegativity of certain elementsA1,A2,A3 ,A4,A5. Which of
the following option(s) representing corresponding elements can be correct?
(A) A1 = N, A2 = P, A3 = F, A4 = Cl, A5 = Al
(B) A1 = Cl, A2 = P, A3 = O, A4 = N, A5 = Al
(C) A1 = N, A2 = P, A3 = O, A4 = Si, A5 = Al
(D) None
Q.252 Two elements A and B are such that Bond energy of A–A, B–B & A–B are respectively 81 kcal/mol,
64 kcal/mol and 88 kcal/mol. If electronegativity of B is 3 then electronegativity of Amay be _____.
(A) 1.9 (B) 2.168 (C) 3.832 (D) 4.2
Q.255 The order in which the following oxides are arranged according to decreasing basic nature is-
(A) CuO, Na2O, MgO, Al2O3 (B) Al2O3, MgO, CuO, Na2O
(C) MgO, Al2O3, CuO, Na2O (D) Na2O, MgO, Al2O3, CuO
Q.256 Identify the oxidation state of unknown element 'M' in following structure -
Electronegativity of H < Oxygen atom but M > Hydrogen atom
H
O
O M H
O H
Q.257 On Muliken scale if electronegativityof particular atom 'X' is 'P' and electron affinity of atom 'X' is Q eV
then identify the approximate value of electronegativity of 'X' on Pauling scale -
2P Q P
(A) (B) P × 2.8 (C) (D) (2P–Q) × 2.8
2. 8 2. 8
Q.259 What will be the C–X bond length if C – C bond length is 1.54 Å, X – X bond length is 1.00 Å and
electronegativity values of C and X are 2.0 and 3.0 respectively.
(A) 2.45Å (B) 1.18 Å (C) 2.54 Å (D) 1.81 Å
Q.261 Electronegativity of H-atom is 2.1 and F-atom is 4.1, find % ionic character of HF.
(A) 26 % (B) 32 % (C) 46 % (D) 62 %
Q.262 On study it is seen that the electronegativity of the atom linearly increases with the partial ionic charge
(q). Thus electronegativity can be written as, x = a + bq, where large and soft atoms have low value of
b, while small and hard atoms have a large value of b, and a is constant, then which of the following given
plot describes the electronegativity variation of F and Cl accurately?
[Given : XF = 4, XCl = 3 and XH = 2]
x x
F Cl
4
3 4
2 Cl 3 F
(A) (B) 2
q q
x
F x F
4 Cl
3 4 Cl
2 3
(C) (D) 2
q
q
Q.266 Calculate the bond length of P–Q molecule if internuclear distance of P2 is X and internuclear distance of
3X X
Q2 is and electronegative difference of P and Q element is .
2 2
3X
(A) (B) 1.20 X (C) 0.50 X (D) 0.20 X
2
Q.268 Calculate the % ionic character for metal fluoride where the electronegativity of electropositive element
is 2.1
(A) 43.03 % (B) 56.8 % (C) 50 % (D) 12 %
Q.274 Calculate the % ionic character of molecule AB where the electronegative atom A is 3 and B is 2.1?
(A) 17.2 % (B) 19 % (C) 34 % (D) 50 %
Q.278 Which of the following is incorrect order of the mentioned property in increasing order?
(A) First ionization potential : Na<Al<Mg<Si
(B) Ionization energy : Be+ < C+ < B+ < N+ < F+ < O+ < Li+
(C) Hydrated radius order : Ba2+ (aq) < Sr2+ (aq) < Mg2+(aq)
(D) Polarity order : N–H < Sb–H < As–H < P–H
Q.282 Which of the following ions attach the least number of water molecules to itself when dissolved in water?
Q.284 Which of the following property increases down the group in a aqueous solution?
(A) Hydration energy (B) Ionic mobility (C) Ionic size (D)All of these
Q.285 Given
Reaction Energy Change (in kJ)
Li(s) Li(g) 161
Li(g) Li+(g) 520
1
F (g) F(g) 77
2 2
F(g) + e– F–(g) (Electron gain enthalpy)
Li+(g) + F–(g) LiF(s) –1047
1
Li (s) + F (g) LiF(s) –617
2 2
Based on data provided, the value of electron gain enthalpy of fluorine would be :
(A) –300 kJ mol–1 (B) –228 kJ mol–1 (C) – 328 kJ mol–1 (D) –350 kJ mol–1
Q.288 Which one of the following is correct sequence followed by molar ionic conductance of the ions in
aqueous solution.
(A) Li+ < Na+ < K+ < Rb+ (B) Rb+ < K+ < Na+ < Li+
(C) Sr2+ < Ca2+ < Mg2+ < Be2+ (D) Na+ < K+ < Li+ < Rb+
Q.291 The correct order of the lattice energy of the following hypothetical ionic compounds AB,A2B &A2B3
where in all compounds B is in –2 oxidation state & Ahas variable oxidation state.
(A) A2B > AB > A2B3 (B) A2B3 > AB > A2B
(C) AB > A2B > A2B3 (D) A2B3 > A2B > AB
EXERCISE-2
[MULTIPLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE]
Q.1 For which of the following species the contribution of ‘s’ electron to the shielding constant is 0.3.
(A) H+ (B) He (C) Li+ (D) H¯
Q.4 Which prediction/s is/are incorrect according to the Lother meyer curve.
(A) Each peak of the curve is occupied by the alkali metals.
(B)Alkaline earth metals occupy ascending position of curve
(C) Atomic volume increases first and then decreases in a period (which is defined later) in Lother
Meyer curve.
(D) Identically placed elements in the atomic volume v/s atomic mass curve, occur in the same period,
in the periodic table.
Q.6 Four elements P, Q, R & S have ground state electronic configuration as:
P 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p3 Q 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p1
R 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2 4p3 S 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2 4p1
Select the correct statement(s).
(A) size of P < size of Q
(B) size of R < size of S
(C) size of P < size of R (appreciable difference)
(D) size of Q < size of S (appreciable difference)
Q.7 Find the correct 2nd ionisation energy order from following option(s).
(A) Al > Mg (B) Te > Sb (C) Fe > Fe+ (D) In > Sr
Q.9 Which of the following represents the correct order of the properties indicated?
(A) Ni2+ > Cr2+ > Fe2+ > Mn2+ (size)
(B) Sc > Ti > Cr > Mn (size)
(C) Ni2+ < Co2+ < Fe2+ < Mn2+ (unpaired electron)
(D) H3AsO4 > H3PO4 (Acidic strength order)
Q.11 Which of the following pair(s) of elements is/are chemically most similar?
(A) Be, Al (B)Al, In (C) Ge, Sb (D) Ti, Hf
Q.12 Which of the following element/s have same value of shielding constant () for 3s-electron.
(A) Cr (B) Fe (C) Ar (D) Cl
Q.15 Which of the following set of elements are showing diagonal relationship.
(A) Na Ca (B) Li Mg (C) B Si (D) N P
Q.22 Which of the following Ist ionisation energy order is / are correct
(A) Be < B (B) N < O (C) Mg > Na (D) P > S
Q.25 Which of the following term can be calculated from the Born-Haber cycle of formation of Al2O3.
(A) Lattice energy of Al2O3 (B) Electron affinity of O-atom.
(C) Hydration energy of Al3+ (D) Ionisation energy ofAl
Q.27 When is increases then which of the following periodic properties is/ are decreasing
(A) Electron gain enthalpy (B) Electronegativity
(C) Ionisation energy (D)Atomic radius
Q.28 Which of the following may represent the excited state of C–atom.
1s 2s 2p 3s 1s 2s 2p 3s
(A) (B)
1s 2s 2p 3s
(C) (D) None of these
Q.31 Which of the following options have correct comparison of the radii of the species involved.
(A) Na > P (B) K > Si
(C) A–2 > A–1 > A+1 > A (D) Mg > Al+3
Q.36 Which of the following ions in ground state electronic configuration will behave as diamagnetic?
(A) Na+ (B) Mg+2 (C) Sc+1 (D) K+
Q.39 The ionisation energyand electron affinity of an element is 12.9 eV/atom and 3.9 eV/atom, respectively.
The electronegativity of the element is :
(A) 3.0, on Pauling scale (B) 3.0, on Mulliken scale
(C) 8.4, on Pauling scale (D) 8.4, on Mulliken scale
Q.44 Which of the following do(es) not have higher ionisation energy as compared to their adjacent elements
across period?
(A)Al (B) Si (C) P (D) Cl
Q.45 Which of the following order is correct for first ionisation energy?
(A) Ga > Al (B) Na < Li (C) Be > Mg (D) F < Cl
Q.47 Which option is/are not correct with respect to increasing order of atomic weight?
(A) Ar < K (B) Te < I (C) Th < Pa (D) Co < Ni
Q.50 Which of the following is/are correct order of first ionisation energy?
(A) P > S (B) Be > B (C) N > O (D) Li > Be
Q.53 Select the pair which follows energy order according toAufbau principle.
(A) 4f < 6s (B) 5d > 5p (C) 3d < 4d (D) 4s < 3s
Q.54 Select the classification which can explain same property of 'Li, Na, K'.
(A) Lavoisier Classification (B) Dobereiners Triad Law
(C) Newland Octave (D) Mendleev
Q.55 Select the element(s) which belongs to d-block but not transition elements
(A) Zn (B) Cd (C) Hg (D) Pt
chemstudios by pms Page # 61
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS & PERIODICITY IN PROPERTIES
Q.57 Which of the following pairs were incorrectly arranged in Mendeleev's Periodic table?
(A) Ar - K (B) Te - I (C) Th - Pa (D) Co - Ni
Q.65 Which of the following gas - phase reactions can proceed spontaneously?
(A) Kr + He+ Kr+ + He (B) Si + Cl+ Si+ + Cl
(C) Cl– + I I– + Cl (D) Cl– + F F– + Cl
Q.66 Mendlev left the space for elements in periodic table elements are :
(A) Ga (B) Sc (C) Ge (D) Tc
Q.67 If an element with atomic number 120 has discovered, then the correct information(s) regarding the
position of this element is modern long form of periodic table and its configuration is/are :
(A) It should belong from 8th period
(B) It's group number should be 2.
(C) It's ground state electronic configuration should be [Uuo] 8s2.
(D) It should have 28 electrons with l = 3, in the ground state.
Q.72 Which of the following set(s) all elements will have zero or negative electron affinity?
(A) Zn, Cd, Hg, N (B) Zn, Cd, Hg, P (C) He, Ne, Ar, Kr (D) F, Cl, Br, I
Q.74 Which of the following set, have elements, which are having same number of electrons in their penultimate
shell?
(A) K, Na (B) Na, Mg (C) Rb, Sr (D) None of these
Q.75 In which of the following pair, size of first element is higher as compare to second.
(A) Sc, Zn (B) Ga, Al (C) N, F (D) Fe, Co
Q.76 Choose the correct ionisation energy order for the given species?
(A) O > S > S– > O– (B) F > F– > Cl– > Cl
(C) O > O– > S– > S (D) F > Cl > Cl– > F–
Q.83 The stable oxidation states of the element with the following values of successive ionisation energy will
be:
IE1 IE2 IE3 IE4 IE5 (eV/ atom)
18 26 46 54 65
(A) +1 (B) +2 (C) +4 (D) +5
[PARAGRAPH TYPE]
Paragraph for question nos. 85 to 87
Electronegativityis important periodic property of the elements. It varies across the period and down the
group. There are certain reasons of its variation. It also affects the properties of the compounds.
Q.85 In which of the following hydrocarbons, carbon has highest electronegativity?
(A) C2H4 (B) CH4 (C) C2H2 (D) C2H6
Q.89 Select the decreasing order of radius for the above E.C. in periodic table.
(A) II > I > IV > III (B) IV > III > II > I
(C) II > IV > I > III (D) III > IV > II > I
Q.90 Select the decreasing order of electron affinity for the above E.C. in periodic table.
(A) II > III > I > IV (B) I > II > IV > III
(C) II > I > IV > III (D) III > I > II > IV
Q.93 Sodium forms Na+ ion but it does not form Na2+ because:
(A) Very low value of (IE)1 and (IE)2
(B) Very high value of (IE)1 and (IE)2
(C) Low value of (IE)1 and low value of (IE)2
(D) Low value of (IE)1 and high value of (IE)2
chemstudios by pms Page # 66
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS & PERIODICITY IN PROPERTIES
Q.95 Find the species having same number of d-electron in last possible filled d-subshell in Zn.
(A) Ga (B) Pd (C) Pt (D) None of these
Q.96 For the given electronic configuration the correct set of period number, group number & block is
respectively. 1s1 2s2 2p5 3s2 3p3 3d9 4s1 4p0
(A) 4, 3, d (B) 4, 5, d (C) 3, 13, p (D) 3, 1, s
Q.100 Which of the following order is correct for the radii of the species.
(A) Fe3+ > Fe2+ (B) O 22 O 2 (C) S2– < Cl¯ (D) Ga >> Al
Q.102 Which among these will belong to same group in the periodic table.
(A) A and B (B) A and D (C) B and D (D) C and E
Q.109 The values of electronegativity of atoms A and B are 1.20 and 4 respectively. The percentage ionic
character of A – B bond is :
(A) 50% (B) 72.2% (C) 55.3% (D) 43.0%
1
(i) Ionisation Energy principal quantum number
Q.115 IE1 and IE2 of Mg are 178 kcal/mol and 348 kcal/mol. The enthalpy required for the reaction
Mg Mg2+ + 2 e– is :
(A) +170 kcal/mol (B) +526 kcal/mol
(C) – 170 kcal/mol (D) – 526 kcal/mol
Q.116 If the ionisation values of elements are plotted against atomic number, then peaks are occupied by
(A)Alkali metals (B)Alkaline earth metals
(C) Noble gas elements (D) Halogens
Q.118 The Ist and IIIrd ionisation energy of an element is 20 eV and 50 eV respectively than IE2 is :
(A) 40 eV (B) 60 eV (C) 55 eV (D) 10 eV
Q.121 Which of the following set of ions have the same value of screening constant for the valence electron,
calculated from Slater's rule?
(A) Li+, Na+, K+ (B) Na+, Mg2+, Al3+
(C) F¯, Cl¯, Br¯ (D) F¯, O2–, S2–
Q.123 If the ionisation values of elements are plotted against atomic number, then peaks are occupied by
(A)Alkali metals (B)Alkaline earth metals
(C) Noble gas elements (D) Halogens
Q.124 The numerical value of energy involved in the given process; Na Na¯ is less than that of which of
the following processes.
(A) Na¯ Na (B) Na Na+
(C) Both (A) & (B) (D) None of these
nd
2 Period
rd
3 Period
th
4 Period
th
5 Period
th
6 Period
th
7 Period
Q.125 If same structure will maintain for further discovery of new elements, then what is the maximum number
of elements that can be accomodated by 10th period of periodic table?
(A) 18 (B) 36 (C) 72 (D) 90
Q.126 If each orbital can hold a maximum of 3 electron. The number of elements in 4th period of periodic table
is:
(A) 48 (B) 57 (C) 27 (D) 36
Q.127 Element with atomic number 58 belongs to which IUPAC group number in the periodic table.
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.130 The force of attraction exerted the nucleus will be maximum on:
(A) 4s (B) 4p (C) 4d (D) 4f
(S) Effective nuclear charge for 3p- electron in the (4) 14.75
ground state of iron (Fe = 26), as per Slater's rule.
Codes :
P Q R S
(A) 4 2 1 3
(B) 1 3 2 4
(C) 2 1 3 4
(D) 1 2 3 4
1
l = 1 and s =
2
[INTEGER TYPE]
Q.147 The IE1, IE2, IE3, IE4 and IE5 of an element are 7.1, 14.3, 32.5, 46.8 and 162.2 eV respectively. The
stable oxidation state of the element is _______.
Q.148 Calculate the Zeff (approx) for 4s electron of Ni-atom according to Slater's rule.
Q.149 Find total number of elements upto atomic number 10 having positive H eg1 .
Q.150 If there were 9 periods in the periodic table & each orbital can have maximum 5 electrons, then how
many maximum number of elements will be present in period 9?
Q.152 How many elements from the following are not transition element?
Zr, Co, Cd, Hg, Au, Cu
Q.153 The amount of energyreleased when one million atoms of iodine in vapour state are converted to I– ions
is 4.9 × 10–13 J. What is the electron affinity of Iodine in eV per atom.
Q.154 Given
Bond energy of F – F bond = 38 Kcal / mol–1
Bond energy of Cl – Cl bond = 58 Kcal / mol–1
Bond energy of Cl – F bond = 61 Kcal / mol–1
Electronegativityof fluorine = 4 eV
Calculate the electronegativity of chlorine atom.
Q.155 Calculate the Zeff on the electron present in 5d-orbital of Gd (Atomic number = 64).
Q.157 Find the total number of species having magnetic moment value of 2.84 B.M. from following species.
Fe2+, Cr, Cr3+, Ti2+, Mn2+, V3+
Q.158 Find the total number of low shielding electrons in Hg2+ ions.
Q.159 Find the number of 'p' block elements from the following atomic numbers given below.
83 79 42 64 37 54 34
Q.163 The value of (screening constant) for 3s electron of P is 10.5 then what is value of for 3p electron
of S.
[If your answer is 3.45 then write 0345]
Q.164 The internuclear distance (x Å ) between C and H in C–H bond is determined by using Schomaker &
Stevenson equation . If internuclear distance between the two carbon atoms in C–C bond is 2.4 Å and
between the two hydrogen atoms in H–H bond is 0.8Å. Given Electronegativities of C and H are 2.4
and 2.1 respectively. Calculate the value of 1000x.
Q.165 The number of process that are definitely exothermic (Energy is released) out of the following
processes are :
(i) 2Cl(g) Cl2(g) (ii) Na+(g) + F(g) + e– NaF(s)
(iii) Cl(g) + H2O + e– Cl–(aq) (iv) Al+2(g) + e– Al+1(g)
(v) P(g) + e– P–(g) (vi) Ne(g) + e– Ne–(g)
(vii) Hf of H+(g) (viii)A(s) A(g) where Ais any element
Q.166 BF3 has the following structure . If covalent radius of B is 0.85 Å and that of F is 0.73 Å and
100 Y
electronegativity of B is 2 and F is 4 then calculate the value of where Y is the intermolecular
3
Q.167 Given : eg H of A+ = – 5x
eg H of A2+ = – 8x
H IE of A2+ = 15x
eg H of A4+ = – 23x
If the enthalpy change in the given process A+ (g) A4+(g) isH = ax
Then 'a' will be
Q.168 Calculate the sum of "Code numbers" of all the cases in which correct order of the mentioned parameter
is represented.
S.No. Order Parameter Code Number
For example if S.No. (3) & (5) are correct your answer should be 59 + 14 = 73 therefore fill
0073.
Q.169 Calculate sum of code numbers of all those orders which are incorrectly written.
S.No. Parameter Order Code No.
1. Ionisation energy(IE1) O¯> S¯ 58
2. Atomic Size Mg > Cl > Si 22
3. Acidic nature of oxides Na2O < H2O < CO2 < SO3 46
4. Number of unpaired electron Na+ < Fe2+ < Cr < Mn 113
Q.170 The outermost shell of an element has only one electron in the ground state. If the outermost shell is the
'N' shell, then the minimum and maximum atomic numbers for the element is/are :
[If the minimum and maximum atomic numbers are 9 and 45, then fill the OMR as 0945]
Q.171 If Q = Zeff of the 26th electron of Fe then find out the value of 100 × Q ?
Q.172 The difference in atomic numbers of the inert gas and alkali metal in the 5th period of the modern long
form of periodic table is
Q.173 The ratio of 1st, 2nd and 3rd ionisation enthalpies of A– (g) is 1 : 3 : 12. If H for the process :
A2+ (g) A– (g) is – 320 Kcal/mol, then the 2nd ionisation enthalpy of A(g) (in Kcal/mol) is :
Q.174 The species having one or more unpaired electron are paramagnetic. Among the following ions :
Cu2+, Zn2+ , Fe2+ , Ni2+, Cr3+, Co3+, Sc3+, Ti4+
the number of paramagnetic ions is :
Q.176 According to Pauling, the percentage ionic character in A–B molecule may be given as :
Percent ionic character = 18 (XB – XA)1.4
Where XB and XA are electronegativities of B and A, respectively and XB > XA. If XA = 1.84 and
XB = 3.48, then the percentage ionic character in A–B is (Given : (2)5/7 = 1.64)
Q.177 For an element, the metallic radius is 20% greater than its covalent radius. If the metallic radius of the
element is 180 pm, then its covalent radius (in pm) is :
Q.178 Among the following compounds, the number of compounds having greater magnitude of lattice energy
than RbBr, are
NaCl, KF, RbCl, CsBr, NaBr, KCl, CsI, RbI.
Q.179 If therewere more periods in the modern long form of the periodic table, then the maximum number of
elements in the 9th and 10th period should be (If number of elements in 9th and 10th period are 36 and
8, respectively, then answer as 3608)
Q.180 Find the group number of element 'X' which belongs to s- or p- block, having successive ionisation
energies as per the graph gives below :
35
30
IE
(ev)
12
Q.181 Find the total number of species having two unpaired electron from the following species.
Fe2+, Cr, Cr3+, Ti2+, Mn2+, V3+
[If your answer is 9 then write the answer as 0009]
Q.182 Find the difference(magnitude) in effective nuclear charge between a 3d electron of Ni (Z = 28) and a 2p
electron of oxygen.
Q.183 Find the total number of elements which have higher ionisation energy than their both adjacent elements
(either in a period or in a group in the long form of periodic table.)
Be, B, N, P, Ga, S, Mg
Q.184 What is the atomic number of element having IUPAC name 'Uub'?
Q.185 The magnetic moment value of species 'X' is 4.8 B.M. Find out the number of unpaired electrons in 'X'.
Q.186 From the given compounds if 'X' number of compounds which are acidic in water.
Li2O, SiO2, Cl2O7, B2O3, Cr2O3, CO, CO2, SO3, MgO, Al2O3
then find the value of 'X'
Q.188 For X5+ ion, the successive electron affinities (in eV) are 289.7, 270.9, 30.1, 17.9 and 8.3. The expected
number of electrons in the outermost shell of X-atom is
Q.189 Representative elements 'x', 'y' and 'z' are p-block element except inert gas. If order of their magnetic
moment is x > y > z. Find the difference in possible value of group number of element 'z'.
Q.191 What will be the difference of Zeff in 11Na and 19K for last electron -
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE-1
Q.1 C Q.2 B Q.3 C Q.4 D Q.5 B
Q.6 C Q.7 B Q.8 C Q.9 C Q.10 A
Q.11 C Q.12 C Q.13 B Q.14 C Q.15 D
Q.16 C Q.17 C Q.18 C Q.19 B Q.20 C
Q.21 A Q.22 B Q.23 D Q.24 C Q.25 B
Q.26 D Q.27 C Q.28 D Q.29 A Q.30 A
Q.31 C Q.32 D Q.33 C Q.34 D Q.35 C
Q.36 B Q.37 B Q.38 D Q.39 D Q.40 C
Q.41 C Q.42 C Q.43 B Q.44 C Q.45 A
Q.46 D Q.47 C Q.48 B Q.49 D Q.50 D
Q.51 A Q.52 B Q.53 B Q.54 C Q.55 C
Q.56 C Q.57 B Q.58 B Q.59 C Q.60 A
Q.61 D Q.62 A Q.63 C Q.64 B Q.65 C
Q.66 C Q.67 D Q.68 B Q.69 C Q.70 D
Q.71 C Q.72 A Q.73 B Q.74 B Q.75 C
Q.76 D Q.77 B Q.78 B Q.79 C Q.80 A
Q.81 C Q.82 B Q.83 A Q.84 C Q.85 A
Q.86 A Q.87 D Q.88 D Q.89 A Q.90 C
Q.91 A Q.92 A Q.93 A Q.94 D Q.95 A
Q.96 D Q.97 A Q.98 D Q.99 D Q.100 A
Q.101 A Q.102 B Q.103 C Q.104 C Q.105 B
Q.106 C Q.107 A Q.108 C Q.109 D Q.110 C
Q.111 B Q.112 C Q.113 C Q.114 A Q.115 D
Q.116 A Q.117 D Q.118 A Q.119 C Q.120 C
Q.121 C Q.122 D Q.123 B Q.124 B Q.125 A
Q.126 D Q.127 D Q.128 C Q.129 C Q.130 D
Q.131 B Q.132 B Q.133 B Q.134 D Q.135 C
Q.136 A Q.137 D Q.138 D Q.139 B Q.140 A
Q.141 C Q.142 B Q.143 A Q.144 A Q.145 B
Q.146 A Q.147 B Q.148 D Q.149 A Q.150 A
Q.151 A Q.152 D Q.153 C Q.154 C Q.155 B
Q.156 B Q.157 A Q.158 A Q.159 D Q.160 D
Q.161 A Q.162 D Q.163 B Q.164 B Q.165 D
Q.166 C Q.167 D Q.168 D Q.169 A Q.170 B
Q.171 C Q.172 C Q.173 A Q.174 A Q.175 D
chemstudios by pms Page # 84
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS & PERIODICITY IN PROPERTIES
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 BC Q.2 ABC Q.3 ACD Q.4 BCD Q.5 ACD
Q.6 ABC Q.7 ABD Q.8 AD Q.9 BC Q.10 ABCD
Q.11 ABD Q.12 ABC Q.13 ABCD Q.14 BCD Q.15 BC
Q.16 AC Q.17 AC Q.18 AD Q.19 ACD Q.20 AD
Q.21 BC Q.22 CD Q.23 CD Q.24 AC Q.25 ABD
Q.26 CD Q.27 ABC Q.28 AC Q.29 ACD Q.30 ABCD
Q.31 ABD Q.32 ABCD Q.33 ACD Q.34 ABC Q.35 ABC
Q.36 ABD Q.37 ABC Q.38 ABCD Q.39 AD Q.40 ABCD
Q.41 BCD Q.42 ABC Q.43 BCD Q.44 ABD Q.45 ABC
Q.46 BC Q.47 ABCD Q.48 BC Q.49 ABC Q.50 ABC
Q.51 ABC Q.52 ABD Q.53 BC Q.54 ABCD Q.55 ABC
Q.56 ABC Q.57 ABCD Q.58 AB Q.59 AC Q.60 ABC
chemstudios by pms Page # 85
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS & PERIODICITY IN PROPERTIES
3
CHAPTER
BASIC CHEMICAL BONDING
EXERCISE-1
[SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE]
INTRODUCTION
Q.1 What will be the correct formula if A and B are involved to form ionic compound. The electronic
configuration ofAand B are as follows:
A : [Ar] 3d10 4s2 B : [Ne] 3s2 3p4
(A) A2B (B)AB (C) AB2 (D) A2B3
Q.2 The atomic number of two elementsAand B are 17 and 20 respectively. The formula of ionic compound
made byAand B is (where the cation is conventionally written first)
(A) AB (B) A2B (C) AB2 (D) BA2
Q.4 Which of the following ionic compound has highest lattice energy?
(A) NaF (B) NaCl (C) AlF3 (D) Al2O3
Q.5 Which of the following statements is correct regarding HCN and HNC?
(A) Both produce same ions on ionisation
(B) Both have equal tendency to release proton
(C) Both have same central atom.
(D) Both are not linear
Q.6 The total number of valence electrons in 4.2 g of N3¯ ion are
(A) 2.2 NA (B) 4.2 NA (C) 1.6 NA (D) 3.2 NA
Q.10 Bond energy of which of the following interaction is less than 8 kJ/mole.
(A) Cu2+(aq) and NH3 (B) Xe and H2O (C) Na+ and [BF4]– (D) C2H5OH and HF
Q.11 Variable covalency is exhibited by which pair of atoms , when formal charge on atom is zero.
(A) P and S (B) N and O (C) N and P (D) F and Cl
Q.12 Consider three hypothetical ionic compounds AB, A2B and A2B3 , where in all the compounds B is in
–2 oxidation state and A has a variable oxidation state. What is the correct order of lattice energy for
these compounds ?
(A) A2B > AB > A2B3 (B) A2B3 > AB > A2B
(C) AB > A2B > A2B3 (D) A2B3 > A2B > AB
Q.14 The number of excited state of centre atom to the formation of , IF7 , PCl5, SO2Cl2 and NH3 are x, y,
z and w respectively, the correct order of :
(A) x > z > y > w (B) x = z = y = w (C) x > z = y < w (D) x < z < y < w
Q.15 The succeessive ionization enthalpies of an element (M) are 899, 1757 and 14850 kJ mol–1. Formula of
its chloride is :
(A) MCl (B) MCl2 (C) MCl3 (D) MCl4
Q.16 A compound contains three elements A, B and C, if the oxidation number of A = +2, B = +5 and
C = –2, the possible formula of the compound is
(A) A3(B4C)2 (B) A3(BC4)2 (C) A2(BC3)2 (D) ABC2
:
O
Q.19 The formal charges on three 'O' atoms in O3 molecule are : :.
O: :O:
(A) 0, 0, 0 (B) 0, 0, –1 (C) 0, 0, +1 (D) 0, +1, –1
Q.20 Find out the molecule/ species which is not electron defficient.
(A)AlCl3 (B) BeH2 (C) BH4¯ (D) BF3
Q.21 The number of -bonds and -bonds in the octet structure of SO3 is
(A) 3, 3 (B) 3, 2 (C) 3, 1 (D) None of these
Q.22 Which of following molecule/specie is having maximum number of lone pairs in Lewis - dot structure.
(A) BH4– (B) BF4– (C) CN¯ (D) COCl2
Q.23 Which of the following is correct Lewis Dot structure for N3¯.
–2
(A) N N – N (B) N N = N (C) N N = N (D) N N = N
Q.24 Which of the following molecule has co-ordinate bond in it’s Lewis structure.
(A) CO32– (B) SO3 (C) NO2– (D) HCN
Q.25 Which of the following ion has inert gas configuration and having complete octet.
(A) B+3 (B) Al+3 (C) Ga+3 (D)All of these
Q.32 Which of the following elements does not form stable diatomic molecules?
(A) Iodine (B) Phosphorus (C) Nitrogen (D) Oxygen
Q.34 Choose the correct order of bond strength by overlapping of atomic orbitals
(A) 1s-1s > 1s-2s > 1s-2p (B) 2s-2s > 2s-2p > 2p-2p
(C) 2s-2p > 2s-2s > 2p-2p (D) 1s-1s > 1s-2p > 1s-2s
(A) py and dxy (B) px and dxy (C) px and d x 2 y 2 (D) None of these
Q.45 Assuming the bond direction to be z-axis, which of the overlapping of atomic orbitals of two atom (A)
and (B) will result in bonding?
(I) s-orbital of A and px orbital of B (II) s-orbital of A and pz orbital of B
(III) py-orbital of A and pz orbital of B (IV) s-orbitals of both (A) and (B)
(A) I and IV (B) I and II (C) III and IV (D) II and IV
Q.46 In which of the following pair of elements the -bond formation tendency is maximum.
(A) S and O (B) Si and O (C) P and O (D) Cl and O
Q.47 Which of the following set of orbital overlap can not form - bond.
(A) d x 2 y 2 and py (B) dxy and py (C) px and px (D) dxy and dxy
Q.48 Which one of the following bonds has the highest bond energy :
(A) C – C (B) Si – Si (C) Ge – Ge (D) Sn – Sn
Q.49 Two pz orbitals from two atoms can form a -bond when they approach along.
(A) x-axis (B) z-axis (C) y-axis (D) None
HYBRIDISATION
Q.51 What is the hybridisation of anionic part of solid Cl2O6 molecule.
(A) sp3d (B) sp3 (C) sp2 (D) sp3d2
Q.52 How many bond angles of 90° are present in trigonal bipyramidal shape of PCl5?
(A) 9 (B) 6 (C) 4 (D) None of these
Q.55 Which of the following compound having number of p-p bond is equal to p-d bonds?
(A) SO2 (B) SO3 (C) O3 (D) POCl3
Q.60 Find the species / molecule is having maximum number of lone pair on the central atom.
(A) ClOF4¯ (B) ClOF2+ (C) BH4¯ (D) XeOF2
Q.61 What is the hybridisation of C-atoms bonded by the triple bond in benzyne.
(A) sp (B) sp2 (C) sp3 (D) Can't be predicted
Q.62 The hybridisation of central atom of cationic and anionic part of Cl2O6 (solid) respectively.
(A) sp2, sp2 (B) sp3, sp2 (C) sp2, sp3 (D) sp, sp2
Q.63 The number of bonds and -bonds in case of lewis structure of SO42–.
(A) 4, 2 (B) 4, 1 (C) 4, zero (D) 4, 4
Q.65 Which of the following molecule / species is having minimum number of lone pair on its central atom.
(A) BrF3 (B) BrF4¯ (C) XeF5+ (D) I3¯
Q.66 If pure 'p' orbitals are involved in molecule formation, then the shape of H3O+ will be
(A) Pyramidal (B) Tetrahedral (C)Angular (D) Planar
(A) KrF2, ICl 2 (B) SO3, SO32 (C) CO32 , BO33 (D) SiO 44 , IO 4
Q.69 Find the pair of species having same shape but different hybridisation.
(A) SO3, CO32– (B) NO2¯, ClO2¯ (C) BeCl2, HCN (D) XeF2, SnCl2
Q.72 Which of the following molecule has two -bonds in it’s structure.
CO-ORDINATE BOND
Q.79 Which of the following molecule when combines with water, then H2O molecule does not attack at
central atom?
(A) PCl3 (B) NCl3 (C) ClF3 (D) CO2
Q.80 For which of the following combination, Lewis-acid base interaction does not occur:
(A) H3BO3 + H2O (B) CO2 + H2O (C) KI + I2 (D) SF6 + H2O
Q.82 Which of them follows octet rule and also act as Lewis acid?
(A) BCl3 (B) XeF2 (C) SiF4 (D) PCl5
Q.84 Which of the following species will be the strongest Lewis acid.
(A ) Fe0 (B) Fe+3 (C) Fe2+ (D) Fe+1
Q.86 The maximum no of atoms in a plane for the compound formed by reaction of SbF5 with SO2 is :
(A) 8 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 9
Q.87 SbF5 reacts with XeF4 to form an adduct. The shapes of cation and anion in the adduct are respectively.
(A) Square planar, trigonal bipyramidal (B) T-shaped, octahedral
(C) Square pyramidal, octahedral (D) Square planar, octahedral
Q.91 It has been observed that % 's' character in Sb–H bond in SbH3 is 0.5%. Predict the % 's' character in
the orbital occupied by the lone pair is
(A) 99.5 % (B) 99.0 % (C) 98.5 % (D) 98.0 %
Q.92 The orbitals occupy more space will have more “s” character and accordinglywhich is incorrect statement.
(A) l.p. will go to the axial position of PBP (pentagonal bipyramidal) geometry.
(B) l.p.will go to the equitorial position of TBP (trigonal bipyramidal) geometry.
(C)Axial bond lengths of PBP geometry is longer than equatorial.
(D) Equatorial bond lengths of TBP geometry are shorter than axial.
Q.93 Calculate the % p character in the orbital occupied by the lone pairs in water molecule.
[Given : ÐHOH is 104.5° and Cos (104.5°) = – 0.25]
(A) 80% (B) 20% (C) 70 % (D) 75%
Q.95 Select the correct order of bond angle of the following species.
ClO3¯ , BrO3¯, IO3¯
(A) BrO3¯ > IO3¯ > ClO3¯ (B) ClO3¯ > BrO3¯ > IO3¯
(C) IO3¯ > BrO3¯> ClO3¯ (D) IO3¯ < BrO3¯ > ClO3¯
Q.96 The bond order of X–O bond in HPO32– and ClO4¯ are respectively.
(A) 1.25 and 1.75 (B) 1.33 and 1.25 (C) 1.33 and 1.33 (D) 1.33 and 1.75
Q.97 Find out the relation between (adjacent angle) FClF and FBrF bond angle in ClF3 and BrF3 molecule
respectively.
Q.99 Which of the following statement is not correct regarding SF2Cl2 molecule?
(A) Two axial bond lengths are longer compared to two equitorial bond lengths.
(B) Two S–F bond lengths are identical.
(C) Two S–Cl bond lengths are identical.
(D) Lone pair is not changing its position.
Q.100 The total right angled ClPCl are present in PCl5, PCl4+, PCl6¯ _ , _ , _ respectively.
(A) 0, 1, 4 (B) 6, 0, 4 (C) 2, 4, 0 (D) 6, 0, 12
Q.101 If hybridisation is absent in NH3 and pure orbitals involved in bonding then select the incorrect statement.
(A) All bonds have equal strength (B) Shape of NH3 will be pyramidal
(C) All HNH angles are 90° (D) All HNH angles are 107°
Q.102 Which of the following has 90° bond angle in its structure?
(A) IF7 (B) SF6 (C) PCl5 (D)All
Q.106 Which of the following has the shortest N–H bond length?
(A) H2N – NH2 (B) H–N = N–H (C) NH3 (D) CH3—NH2
chemstudios by pms Page # 97
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY BASIC CHEMICAL BONDING
Q.107 Which of the following has minimum bond angle about oxygen?
(A) OF2 (B) OCl2 (C) (CH3)2O (D) H2O
Q.108 Which of the following molecules or ions has different bond lengths?
(A) XeF4 (B) BF4¯ (C) SF4 (D) SiF4
O H– C – H (s)
(q)
¯O – C – O¯
(r)
CH3 – C – O¯ CH3 – OH
(p) O O
(A) p < s < q < r (B) s < p < q < r (C) r < q < s < r (D) q < p < s < r
Q.113 Which of the following tri-atomic planar species have bond angle greater than 104° and less than bond
angle in perfectly tetrahedral species?
(A) OCl2 (B) NH3 (C) OF2 (D) OH2
Q.114 Choose the correct statement regarding the I–I bond length in free I3 .
(A) shorter than I-I distance in I2 (B) Two I–I distances are different.
(C) Two I–I distances are same. (D) Resonance predict the bond length.
Q.115 The bond length of the S–O bond is maximum in which of the following compound.
SOBr2, SOCl2, SOF2
(A) SOCl2 (B) SOBr2 (C) SOF2 (D)All have same length
Q.117 Which of the following statements is/are incorrect for following species:
BO33 , CO 32 , NO 3
Q.119 In which of the following option, all bond lengths are not equal.
(A) BF3 (B) NF3 (C) XeF4 (D) ClF3
Q.121 What may be the geometry of molecule if AX3 molecule has non-zero dipole moment.
(A) Trigonal planar (B) Bent T-shape (C) Pyramidal (D) Both (B) and (C)
Q.123 How many maximum number of atoms are present in single plane ofAl(CH3)3 molecule.
(A) 7 (B) 4 (C) 10 (D) 6
Q.125 Select the property which do(es) not follow the following order for NX3 (X = halogen).
NF3 < NCl3 < NBr3 < NI3
(A) XNX bond angle (B) NX bond length
(C) N–X bond polarity (D)All of these
Q.127 Amongst NO 3 , AsO 33 , CO 32 , ClO 3 , SO 32 and BO33 , the non-planar species are
Q.129 Which of the following pair of molecule have same shape but different in polarity (Polar or nonpolar)
(A) H2O & NH3 (B) SnCl2 & SO2 (C) CO2 & N2O (D) SO2 & SO3
Q.130 In which of the following pairs of compounds, the first one is more polar than the second one?
(A) SO3 , SO2 (B) NF3 , NH3 (C) CH3Cl, CH3F (D) PF2Cl3, PF3Cl2
Q.132 Which of the following is non polar and pentagonal planar species?
(A) XeF6 (B) XeOF4 (C) XeF5¯ (D) XeF4
Q.133 Which of the following statements is incorrect for the dipole moment measurement of the compound.
(A) It helps to predict the percentage ionic character in a bond.
(B) It helps to predict the shape of the molecule.
(C) It helps to predict the particular cis trans isomer.
(D) It help to predict the bond energies of all bonds within the molecule.
chemstudios by pms Page # 100
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY BASIC CHEMICAL BONDING
Q.134 Which of the following molecule / ion has zero dipole moment.
(A) ClF3 (B) ICl2 (C) SF4 (D) None of these
Q.135 If the measured dipole moment for the molecule is zero then for which of given formula the shape and
hybridization of the species can be predicted.
(A) AX3 (B) AX4 (C) AX5 (D) AX2
Cl Cl Cl
Cl Cl Cl Cl
Cl
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Cl Cl
Cl Cl Cl Cl
Q.140 If IFxn, types species are planar and nonpolar, then which of the following match is correct (where x is
number of F atoms and n is charge on species)
(A) x = 2 and n = + 1 (B) x = 3 and n = 0 (C) x = 2 and n = – 1 (D) x = 5 and n = 0
EXERCISE-2
Q.7 Assuming pure 2s and 2p orbitals of carbon are used in forming CH4 molecule, which of the following
statement are true?
(A) Three C–H bonds will be at 90°.
(B) Three C–H bond will be stronger than 4th C–H bond.
(C) The angle of C–H bond formed by s–s overlapping will be uncertain with respect to other
three bonds.
(D) No prediction regarding the shape of the molecule.
Q.10 If z-axis be the internuclear axis, -bond would be formed by the overlap between:
Q.12 Which of the following pair of compound have same hybridisation but different shape of the molecule
(A) BeH2, XeF2 (B) SO2, SO3 (C) CO2, SnCl2 (D) XeF2, SeF4
Q.13 Which of following shape can not be derived from sp3d2 hybridisation of the molecule having single
central atom.
(A) Octahedral (B) Trigonal pyramidal
(C) Square planar (D) Linear
Q.14 What are the following types of bond present in CuSO4. 5H2O.
(A) H-bond (B) Electrovalent bond
(C) Covalent bond (D) Co-ordinate covalent bond
Q.15 Which of following pair of species is having different hybridisation but same shape.
(A) BeCl2 and CO2 (B) CO2 and SO2 (C) SO2 and I3 (D) ICl 2 and BeH2
Q.16 The bent-shape of the molecule maydevelop from which of the following hybridisation(s).
(A) sp3d (B) sp3 (C) sp (D) sp2
Q.19 Which pair of compounds is not isostructural but possesses same number of lone pairs on the central
atom?
(A) SF4 and SO32 (B) CO2 and SO2 (C) XeF2 and BeH2 (D) ClF3 and XeF4
Q.20 From octahedral electron geometry of the central atom which of the following shape of the molecule /
species may be possible.
(A) Square pyramidal (B) Linear
(C) Square planar (D) Bent
Q.21 Which of the following molecule does not have cyclic structure.
(A) S3O9 (B) B3O63– (C) H2S4O6 (D) H5P3O10
Q.22 In which of following cases, the hybridisation of the central atom for the cationic part in their solid is
identical.
(A) PCl5(s) (B) PBr5(s) (C) N2O5(s) (D) XeF6(s)
F
:
F
:
F F F
: F Xe– F
(A) F Cl (B) F S (C) Xe (D)
: F F
F F
F F F
:
Q.26 Which of the following statement(s) is/ are correct regarding hybrid orbitals?
(A) The number of hybrid orbitals is equal to the number of the atomic orbitals that get hybridised.
(B) Hybrid orbitals are equivalent in energy and shape
(C) The hybrid orbitals are more effective in forming stable bonds than the pure atomic orbitals.
(D) Promotion of electron is essential condition prior to hybridisation
Q.30 Which of the following statements is/are not correct for following compounds.
(I) SCl2 (OCH3)2 and (II) SF2 (OCH3)2
(A) –OCH3 groups in both cases occupy the same position.
(B) Cl-atoms occupy equitorial position in case of (I) and F-atoms occupy equitorial position in case of
(II).
(C) Cl-atoms occupy axial position in case of (I) and F-atoms occupy equitorial position in case of (II)
(D) Cl and F-atom occupy either axial or equitorial position in case of (I) and (II) respectively.
Q.31 Halogens form compounds among themselves with the formula XX', XX & XX '7 (where X is the heavier
halogen) which of the following pair(s) represent(s) correct geometry with polar and non-polar nature
(theoretically)
(A) XX' — Linear — Polar (B) XX — Linear — Polar
Q.32 Which of the following statement is correct in the context of the allene molecule C3H4.
(A) The central carbon is sp hybridized.
(B) the terminal carbon atoms are sp2 hybridized.
(C) The planes containing the CH2 groups are mutually perpendicular to permit the formation of two
separate bonds.
(D) Central atom is sp2 hybridized.
Q.33 Select the molecule have non equivalent hybrid orbitals around central atom .
(A) SOF2 (B) PCl3 (C) SiF4 (D) CH2Cl2
Q.34 The compounds having 8 or more bond angles equal to 90°, are :
(A) XeO64– (B) IF7 (C) BrF5 (D) XeF6
Q.35 Select the compounds which have polyatomic anion in their solid state/liquid state ?
(A) PCl5 (B) XeF6 (C) BrF3 (D) N2O5
Q.37 Which of the following compounds have sp2 hybridised in anionic species?
(A) N2O3(s) (B) N2O4(s) (C) N2O5(s) (D) PCl5(s)
Q.38 In which of the following molecular species, d-orbital with no nodal plane is involved in the hybridisation
of central atom.
(A) XeF5– (B) IF6+ (C) TeF5– (D) SeF5–
geometry.
Q.44 In which of the following species, all bond pairs are formed by hybridized orbitals
(A) PH4+ (B) SbH3 (C) GeH4 (D) C2H4
Q.45 Which of the following species are formed by Lewis acid base interaction.
(A) CH4 (B) NaBF4 (C) PCl4+ (D) Al(OH)4¯
Q.49 The incorrect order of bond angle in the following molecule is/are
F
F
x
y S O
z
F
F
(A) y = z > x (B) z > y > x (C) y > x > z (D) x > y > z
Q.50 Which of the following statements is not correct for SiF62– and ClF6+.
(A) They are isoelectronic
(B) They are isostructural
(C) All possible FSiF and FClF angles are identical.
(D) dSi–F and dCl–F (bond lengths) are identical.
Q.53 Which of the following has more than four 90° bond angle among following?
(A) PCl5 (B) SF6 (C) SF4 (D) CH4
(A) All C–O bonds in CO 32 are equal but not in H2CO3.
(B) All C–O bonds in HCO 2 are equal but not in HCO2H
(C) C–O bond length in HCO 2 is longer than C–O bond length in CO 32 .
(D) C–O bond length in HCO 2 and C–O bond length in CO 32 are equal.
Q.56 In the structure of H2CSF4, which of the following statement is/are correct?
(A) Two C–H bonds are in the same plane of axial S–F bonds.
(B) Two C–H bonds are in the same plane of equitorial S–F bonds.
(C) Total six atoms are in the same plane.
(D) Equitorial S–F bonds are perpendicular to plane of –bond.
Q.58 The correct statements about the structures of H2O2, O2F2 and OF2 is/are :
(A) H2O2, O2F2, OF2 are polar compounds (B) dO – O of H2O2 > dO – O of O2F2
(C) dO – F of OF2 > dO – F of O2F2 (D) No peroxide linkage in O2F2
Q.61 Which of the following relationship is correct for the following figure.
O
x y
C
H z F
Q.66 In compound PXn Y5–n ; X & Y are monovalent surrounding atoms and order of electronegativity is
X > Y then according to given information correct statement is / are:
(A) If n= 3 then bond angle between central atom and less electronegativity atom is greater than 120°.
(B) If n = 0, then all five bond lengths are not equal.
(C) if n =1, then axial plane can have two same substituent and equatorial plane can have three same
substituent.
(D) If n = 4 then axial plane can have three same substituent and equatorial plane can have two same
substituent.
Q.67 Which of the following pair of species having individual equivalent bond lengths?
(A) SF6 & CCl4 (B) CH3Cl & PCl5 (C) IF7 & PCl5 (D) BF3 & CF4
Q.70 Correct order(s) for following molecular species is/are :(x1 and x2 are bond length)
O O
x1 x2
C N
O 1 O O 2 O
where 1, 2 and 3 are O – Ĉl – O bond angles and x, y and z are 'Cl – O' bond lengths then which of
the following order is incorrect.
(A) 2 > 1 (B) x > y (C) 2 < 3 (D) z > y
Q.77 If PF2Cl3 has zero dipole moment, the correct statement(s) is / are
(A) The two F atoms are at 180° with respect to each other.
(B) Maximum 4 atoms are present in the same plane.
(C) P–Cl bond is longer than P–F bond
(D) The d-orbital of 'P' involved in the formation of PF2Cl3 is d z2
Cl Cl
OH SH NH2 SH
OH SH NF2 OH
Q.82 Select the correct statements regarding molecules of CF4 and F2C = C = CF2
(A) Both are polar (B) Both are planar
(C) Both are non-polar (D) Both are non-planar
Q.83 The dipole moment of AX3, BX3 and CY3 are 4.97 × 10–30 , 0.60 × 10–30 and 0.00 columb meter
respectively, then the shape of molecules may be
(A) Pyramidal, T-shape, Trigonal planar (B) Pyramidal, pyramidal, T-shape
(C) Pyramidal, pyramidal, Trigonal planar (D) Pyramidal , pyramidal , linear
Q.84 Which of the following compounds are planar as well as non polar.
(A) XeF4 (B) XeF2 (C) XeF5 (D) XeF5+
[PARAGRAPH TYPE]
Paragraph for question nos. 85 to 87
Lewis theory does not guide regarding the shape of the molecule and initially it was thought that pure
atomic orbitals are forming bond and next hybridisation theory is adopted to explain the several facts
properly.
O O
H
N P+
(A) O – N = O (B) H — B — H (C) + (D)
O H O
O O
H
Q.86 Which of the following set of molecules/ ions does not exist?
(A) NCl5, PCl5 , BiF5 (B) PBr6–, SiCl62–, XeF4
(C) NCl5, OF4, SF8 (D) H2S, PH3, TlI
::
::
:
(A) O – C O : (B) O = C = O : (C) :O C – O: (D) None of these
Initiallyit was thought that pure atomic orbitals are involved in covalent bond formation and various kind
of overlap are there for and -bond formation.
Q.90 Which of the following set of overlap can not provide -bond formation.
(A) 3d and 2p (B) 2p and 3p (C) 2p and 2p (D) 3p and 1s
1 1 1 1
(A) 2.0 , 2.0 (B) 2, (C) , (D) ,2
2 2 2 2
Different types of bonds are formed in the chemical compounds. These bond have different strength and
bond energies associated with them. These bonds are formed with atoms in different environments.
d 2 d 2 2
x x y
d2sp3 sp3d2
(octahedral) (octahedral)
If central atoms is from d block having d configuration or in higher oxidation state then it show d3s
0
hybridization.
Q.95 In which of the following compound vaccant orbital(s) participate In hybridisaticn during its formation
(A) BF3 (B) Be2Cl4 (C) SF4 (D) Si2H6
Q.98 According to Lewis dot structure, the number of -bond(s) and -bond(s) in SO3 molecule respectively
are :
(A) 2 and 3 (B) 3 and 3 (C) 3 and 1 (D) 3 and 2
Q.99 When NH3 reacts with BF3, then an addition compound is formed. Which of the following statement is
incorrect regarding the addition compound.
(A) Hybridisation of N-atom changes (B) Hybridisation of B-atom changes
(C) Shape of NH3 changes (D) Shape of BF3 changes
Q.101 The correct increasing order of H – N – H bond angle in NH2¯, NH3 and NH4+ is
(A) NH2¯ > NH3 > NH4+ (B) NH2¯ < NH3 < NH4+
(C) NH3 > NH4+ > NH2¯ (D) NH3 < NH4+ < NH2¯
Q.104 If x1, x2 and x3 are S – S bond lengths in S2O42–, S2O52– and S2O62– respectively, then correct order
for S – S bond length is :
(A) x3 > x2 > x1 (B) x1 > x2 > x3 (C) x3 > x1 > x3 (D) x1 > x3 > x2
Q.105 The percentage of p-character (approx) in hybrid orbital having the lone pair at central atom in SF4
molecule will be (given F – Ŝ – F equatorial bond angle is 102º and cos 102º = – 0.21)
(A) 65.5 (B) 34.5 (C) 50.5 (D) 82.2
Q.106 Among the following, which is a type of non-planar as well as non-polar compound.
(A) H2C= C = CH2 (B) ClF3 (C) XeF4 (D) PF3Cl2
Q.107 Which of the following pair of species having same dipole moment value?
Cl Cl Cl OH
Cl Cl
&
(C) (D) Both (A) & (C)
Cl Cl
Cl
Q.108 The dipole moment value of H–X molecule is 1.2 Debye. If the internuclear distance between H–X is
0.8 Å then the % ionic character in H–X molecules is:
(A) 31.3 % (B) 50% (C) 14% (D) 25%
The formal charge is the difference between the number of valence electrons in an isolated (i.e. free)
atoms and the number of electrons assigned to that atom in a Lewis structure.
For a molecule the net dipole moment is the vector addition of bond moment and lone pair moment.
Q.110 In which of the following molecule has polar as well as non polar bond
(A) HCN (B) PCl5 (C) H2O2 (D) All are correct
[INTEGER TYPE]
Q.117 Find the number of hypervalent compounds.
BF3, SF4, NCl3, PCl5, SiF4, BrF5 , XeF2, BeCl2
Q.118 Find the number of -bonds and bonds in the Lewis structure of PO43–.
[If the answers are 2 and 5 then represent as 0025 ]
Q.119 How many of the following overlaps of orbitals at right angle to the internuclear z-axis would lead to the
formation of -bond.
dxy – dyz , px – px , py – py, dyz – dyz, dxz – dxz, s – px, pz – pz
Q.120 The ratio of lone pairs on the surrounding atoms to that of central atom of XeO2F2 is ________.
Q.121 How many molecules have two lone pairs on the central atom?
H2O, SF4, I3¯, XeF5¯, XeO3, XeOF4, PCl3, NCl3, ClF3, XeF2, NO2¯, CO32–
Q.122 Calculate p–d bonds present in SO42–, NO3– and trimer of SO3.
[If number of p–d bonds are 1, 0, 5 respectively, write it as 0105.]
Q.123 Find the number of the has sp3 hybridised atoms / ion in their cationic / anionic part.
Note : Consider all given compounds in their solid / liquid state.
PCl5 , Cl2O6, PBr5 , XeF6 , I2Cl6, N2O5, N2O4, N2O3
[If your answer is 2, write it as 0002.]
Q.126 In following structure calculate percentage 's' character in lone pair occupy by oxygen atom.
F3 C O CF3
Al Al
F3 C CF3
Given : Cos= – 0.99
[Note : If your answer is 38% then write your answer in OMR sheet is 3 but if your answer
0.38% then write your answer in OMR sheet is 3.]
Q.127 Find the number of FSF angle which are less than 90° in SF4 according to V.S.E.P.R. theory..
Q.130 How many maximum Nodal plane of -bonds are present in one plane in following structure.
H H
C=C=C=C=C
H3C CH3
Q.132 Find out total number species in which at least two nonaxial d-orbitals are used in bond formation.
SO22–, ClO3–, XeO64–, XeO3F2, XeOF4, IO2F2–, SOF4, S3O62–, S2O32–
Q.134 How many total adjacent bond angles are present in IF7?
[If your answer is 13, write it as 0013.]
Q.135 Find the number of species having more than 4 bond angle.
CH4, CCl4, CHCl3, XeF6, XeF4, CO2, SO2, SOCl2, POCl3
Q.137 Total number of molecules having only one type of bond angle.
PF3, CF4, XeF4, PF5, BeF2, SF6, IF7
Q.139 Find the number of non polar molecule having all polar bonds.
CCl4, PCl5, SF6, IF7, IF5, PCl4F, SF4 , NO2, BF3
Q.141 How many number of tetra atomic species are planar and polar with central atom sp3d hybridised?
PCl4 , ClF3, XeF2, SOF2, SF4, [I2CN] , ICl2
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE-1
Q.1 B Q.2 D Q.3 A Q.4 D Q.5 A
Q.6 C Q.7 B Q.8 D Q.9 C Q.10 B
Q.11 A Q.12 B Q.13 B Q.14 A Q.15 B
Q.16 B Q.17 B Q.18 A Q.19 D Q.20 C
Q.21 C Q.22 B Q.23 C Q.24 B Q.25 B
Q.26 B Q.27 B Q.28 D Q.29 B Q.30 C
Q.31 A Q.32 B Q.33 B Q.34 D Q.35 D
Q.36 D Q.37 B Q.38 A Q.39 A Q.40 A
Q.41 A Q.42 B Q.43 A Q.44 A Q.45 D
Q.46 D Q.47 A Q.48 A Q.49 B Q.50 A
Q.51 B Q.52 B Q.53 C Q.54 C Q.55 A
Q.56 B Q.57 D Q.58 C Q.59 A Q.60 D
Q.61 B Q.62 C Q.63 C Q.64 C Q.65 C
Q.66 A Q.67 A Q.68 B Q.69 B Q.70 A
Q.71 C Q.72 D Q.73 C Q.74 C Q.75 A
Q.76 B Q.77 D Q.78 D Q.79 B Q.80 D
Q.81 A Q.82 C Q.83 B Q.84 B Q.85 A
Q.86 C Q.87 B Q.88 C Q.89 C Q.90 D
Q.91 C Q.92 C Q.93 C Q.94 B Q.95 B
Q.96 D Q.97 B Q.98 C Q.99 A Q.100 D
Q.101 D Q.102 D Q.103 A Q.104 C Q.105 B
Q.106 B Q.107 A Q.108 C Q.109 B Q.110 C
Q.111 A Q.112 D Q.113 D Q.114 C Q.115 B
Q.116 B Q.117 C Q.118 B Q.119 D Q.120 D
Q.121 D Q.122 C Q.123 A Q.124 B Q.125 C
Q.126 C Q.127 B Q.128 A Q.129 C Q.130 C
Q.131 C Q.132 C Q.133 D Q.134 B Q.135 A
Q.136 B Q.137 D Q.138 C Q.139 B Q.140 C
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 ABCD Q.2 ACD Q.3 BC Q.4 AD Q.5 BC
Q.6 AC Q.7 ABCD Q.8 AC Q.9 AD Q.10 ABD
Q.11 ABCD Q.12 BD Q.13 BD Q.14 ABCD Q.15 CD
Q.16 BD Q.17 BCD Q.18 ABD Q.19 AD Q.20 AC
Q.21 CD Q.22 AB Q.23 ABC Q.24 ACD Q.25 AB
Q.26 ABC Q.27 ABCD Q.28 ABCD Q.29 ABC Q.30 ABCD
Q.31 AD Q.32 ABC Q.33 ABD Q.34 AB Q.35 ACD
Q.36 ABCD Q.37 ABC Q.38 ABCD Q.39 ABCD Q.40 ACD
Q.41 BC Q.42 ACD Q.43 ABC Q.44 AC Q.45 BD
Q.46 ABC Q.47 BD Q.48 AC Q.49 ACD Q.50 CD
Q.51 CD Q.52 BD Q.53 AB Q.54 ACD Q.55 CD
Q.56 AC Q.57 CD Q.58 ABD Q.59 ABCD Q.60 ABCD
Q.61 CD Q.62 ABC Q.63 ABC Q.64 ABC Q.65 BD
Q.66 ABCD Q.67 AD Q.68 AB Q.69 ABCD Q.70 AD
Q.71 ABCD Q.72 CD Q.73 C Q.74 BD Q.75 ABC
Q.76 AC Q.77 ABCD Q.78 BC Q.79 BD Q.80 ABCD
Q.81 ABC Q.82 CD Q.83 AC Q.84 ABC Q.85 C
Q.86 C Q.87 B Q.88 D Q.89 D Q.90 D
Q.91 C Q.92 A Q.93 A Q.94 B Q.95 B
Q.96 D Q.97 A Q.98 C Q.99 A Q.100 B
Q.101 B Q.102 D Q.103 D Q.104 B Q.105 B
Q.106 A Q.107 D Q.108 A Q.109 B Q.110 C
Q.111 C Q.112 B Q.113 B
Q.114 (A) P, R, S; (B) P, S; (C) P, R, S; (D) P, Q, R, S
Q.115 (A) Q,R (B) P,Q,R,S (C) Q,S (D) P,Q,R,S
Q.116 (A) P,Q,R (B) S (C) Q,R,S
Q.117 4 Q.118 0040 Q.119 4 Q.120 10
Q.121 3 Q.122 0206 Q.123 0004 Q.124 4 Q.125 3
Q.126 2 Q.127 4 Q.128 0006 Q.129 0006 Q.130 2
Q.131 5 Q.132 5 Q.133 4 Q.134 0015 Q.135 5
Q.136 4 Q.137 3 Q.138 0004 Q.139 5 Q.140 4
Q.141 2 Q.142 8
4
CHAPTER
ADVANCED CHEMICAL BONDING
EXERCISE-1
[SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE]
STRUCTURE DRAWING & OXYACID
Q.1 Hypophosphoric acid is having ________ number of replaceable H-atom.
(A) Four (B) Two (C) Three (D) Five
Q.2 Which of the following acid can not form acidic salt.
(A) Pyrosulphuric acid (B) Hypophosphorous acid
(C) Hypophosphoric acid (D) Carbonic acid
Q.4 Which of the following species/molecule is not having X–X linkage (X are the central atom).
(A) Hypophosphoric acid (B) Symmetrical molecule of N2O3
(C) Thiosulphurous acid (D) Thiosulphuric acid
Q.7 The lowest number of X–O–X linkage is the following molecule / species
(A) (P3O9)3– (B) P3O105– (C) S3O9 (D) B3O63–
Q.18 How may S–O–S and S–S bonds are present in trimer of SO3 respectively?
(A) 3,0 (B) 0,3 (C) 3,3 (D) 0,0
Q.20 H4P2O6 exists in two forms : X and Y. 'X' has P–O–P linkage and its basicity is 3 whereas 'Y' has P–P
linkage and its basicity is 4. Select the correct statement.
(A) Average oxidation state of P in both X and Y is same.
(B) Number of p–d linkage is same in both X and Y.
(C) Hybridisation of P in both X and Y is same.
(D) All of these.
Q.24 In a polythionic series (H2SnO6) if [n = 4]. Which of the following option is incorrect?
(A) Absolute oxidation state of S is +5 as well as zero.
(B) Number of S–S linkage are three
(C) It has four sp3 sulphur atom.
(D) It has only non-polar bonds.
Q.26 Which of the following compounds does not have peroxide bond?
(A) H2SO5 (B) H2S2O7 (C) H2S2O8 (D) CrO5
BACK BOND
Q.28 Choose the correct order for barrier to rotation around the B–N bond of the following compounds.
(A) BH(NR2)2 > B(NR2)3 > BH2–NH2 (B) BH2NR2 > B(NR2)3 > BH(NR2)2
(C) BH2–NR2 > BH(NR2)2 > B(NR2)3 (D) B(NR2)3 > BH(NR2)2 > BH2–NR2
(A) BF4 (B) BF3 NH3 (C) BF3 (D) BF3 N(CH3)3
Q.30 Which of the following is correct skeleton for Ge–N–C–O in H3GeNCO molecule
Q.31 The compound in which the mentioned bond angle in parenthesis is found to be greater than expected
not due to back bonding.
(A) H3SiNCS (Si–N–C) (B) BI3 ( I–B–I)
(C) MeNCS (CNC) (D) None of these
Q.32 In which of following cases the extent of back bonding is most effective.
(A) BeF2 (B) (CH3)2O (C) AsF3 (D) Cl3C¯
Q.33 Which of the following has planar shape with respect to the central atom?
(A) P(SiH3)3 (B) N(CH3)3 (C) N(SiH3)3 (D) NCl3
Si
Q.34 If skeleton O of O(SiH3)2 lies in XY plane, then nodal plane of 2p 3d back bond from
Si
oxygen to silicon atom lies in
(A) XZ (B) YZ (C) XY (D) Cannot be predicted
Q.35 Both N(SIH3)3 and NH(SiH3)2 compounds have trigonal planar skeleton. Incorrect statement about
both compounds is
(A) SiNSi bond angle in NH(SiH3)2 > SiNSi bond angle in N(SiH3)3
(B) N–Si bond length in NH(SiH3)2 > N–Si bond length in N(SiH3)3
(C) N–Si bond length in NH(SiH3)2 < N–Si bond length in N(SiH3)3
(D) Back bonding strength in NH(SiH3)2 > Back bonding strength in N(SiH3)3
Q.36 Hybridisation of central atom does not change due to (2p–3d) back bonding.
(A) O(SiH3)2 (B) H3BO3 (C) PF3 (D) H3SiNCS
Q.37 The geometry with respect to the central atom of the following molecules are :
N(SiH3)3 ; Me3N ; (SiH3)3P
(A) Planar, Pyramidal, Planar (B) Planar, Pyramidal, Pyramidal
(C) Pyramidal, Pyramidal, Pyramidal (D) Pyramidal, Planar, Pyramidal
Q.38 Number of Boron atom(s) which participtate in back bonding in borax (Na2B4O7.10H2O)
(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
Q.41 For which of the following molecule observed bond length is more longer than theoretically determined
bond length.
(A) BF3 (B) CF4 (C) NF2+ (D) OF2
Q.42 Among following molecules, in which molecule N–Si bond length is shortest.
(A) N(SiH3)3 (B) NH(SiH3)2
(C) NH2(SiH3) (D)All have equal N–Si bond length
Q.45 Which of the d-orbital(s) of silicon atoms can form back bond in N(SiH3)3. If N(SiH3)3 is present in xy
plane
(A) All I, II, III, IV (B) Only I, II, III (C) Only II, III, IV (D) Only II, III
Q.47 Boron forms BX3 type of halides. The correct decreasing order of Lewis-acid strength of these
halides is
(A) BF3 > BCl3 > BBr3 > BI3 (B) BI3 > BBr3 > BCl3 > BF3
(C) BF3 > BI3 > BCl3 > BBr3 (D) BF3 > BCl3 > BI3 > BBr3
BRIDGE BOND
Q.48 In which example vacant orbital take part in hybridisation :
(A) B2H6 (B)AlCl3 (C) C2H5Cl (D) H3BO3
Q.49 In which of compounds octet is complete and incomplete for all atoms.
Note: C for complete octet and ‘IC’ for incomplete octet.
Al2Cl6 Al2(CH3)6 AlF3 Dimer of BeCl2 Dimer of BeH2
(A) IC IC IC C C
(B) C IC IC C IC
(C) C IC C IC IC
(D) IC C IC IC IC
Q.50 The state of hybridisation of central atom in dimer form of both BH3 and BeH2 is
(A) sp2, sp2 (B) sp3, sp2 (C) sp3, sp3 (D) sp2, sp3
Q.52 Hybridisation of central atom is independent of the phase/state of the compound in case of
(A) BeH2 (B) N2O5 (C) XeF6 (D) PF5
Q.53 In which of the dimerisation process the achievement of the octet is the driving force
(A) 2 BeH2 Be2H4 (B) 2 AlCl3 Al2Cl6
(C) 2 AlH3 Al2H6 (D) None of these
Q.56 The number of two centre, two electron bonds in a molecule of diborane is:
(A) 2 (B) 0 (C) 4 (D) 6
Q.58 Which of the following species is planar and has presence of coordinate bond
(A) BeCl2(solid) (B) BeH2(solid) (C) Dimer of AlCl3 (D) Dimer of ICl3
Q.59 In which of the following molecular species both -dative and -dative bonds are present.
(A) BF4¯ (B) Be2Cl4 (C) NH4+ (D) [BeF4]2–
Q.63 If dimer for of AX3 molecule is planar, then 'A' and 'X' should be
(A) A = Al and X = Cl (B) A = B and X = X = H
(C) A = I and X = Cl (D) A = Al and X = OH
SILICATE SILICONE
Q.65 In which of the following silicates, only two corners per tetrahedron are shared :
(i) Pyrosilicate (ii) Cyclic silicate
(iii) Double chain silicate (iv) Single chain silicate
(v) 3 D silicate (vi) Sheet silicate
(A) (i), (ii) and (v) (B) (iv) and (vi) only (C) (i) and (vi) only (D) (ii) and (iv) only
Q.66 The silicate anion in the mineral kinoite is a chain of three SiO4 terahedra, that share corners with
adjacent tetrahedra. The charge of the silicate anion is
(A) –4 (B) –8 (C) –6 (D) –2
Q.67 In which of the following structure, the number of shared O-atom per tetrahedron is two and half.
(A) Pyroxene chain silicate (B)Amphibole chain silicate
(C) Cyclic silicate (D) Sheet silicate
Q.68 Amphibole silicate structure has ‘x’ number of corner shared per tetrahedron. The value of ‘x’ is:
(A) 2 (B) 2½ (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.69 In which of the following silicate structure, the number of corner shared is minimum.
(A) Pyrosilicate (B)Amphibole chain silicate
(C) 3D-silicate (D) Six membered cyclic silicate
Q.71 In which of following silicate structure, the number of corner shared per tetrahedron is '2'.
(A) Four membered cyclic silicate (B) Pyrosilicate
(C) Orthosilicate (D) 2D-Silicate
Q.72 If 25 [SiO4]4– units are arranged in chain form then what will be the formula of that chain.
(A) [Si25O75]50– (B) [Si25O76]52– (C) [Si25O100]100– (D) None
MOLECULAR ORBITALTHEORY(MOT)
Q.79 N2 and O2 are converted to monocations N 2 and O 2 respectively, which is wrong statement
(A) In N 2 , the N–N bond weakens (B) In O 2 , the O–O bond order increases
Q.82 Which of the following is true for O2 and C2 molecules according to M.O.T.
(A) both are having 1 and 1 bond (B) both are of same bond length
(C) both are having same bond order (D) both are having two bonds
Q.83 According to MOT (Molecular Orbital Theory), the molecular orbitals are formed by mixing of atomic
orbitals through LCAO (linear combination of atomic orbitals). The correct statement(s) about molecular
orbitals is/are
Statement (a) : bonding molecular orbitals are formed by addition of wave-functions of atomic
orbitals
Statement (b) : anti-bonding molecular orbitals are formed by subtraction of wave-functions of atomic
orbitals
Statement (c) : non-bonding molecular orbitals do not take part in bond formation because they
belong to inner shells
Statement (d) : anti-bonding molecular orbitals provide stability to molecules while bonding molecular
orbitals make the molecules unstable.
(A) Statement a, d (B) Statement a, b, c (C) Statement a, b, d (D) Statement a, b
Q.84 In which of the following ionization processes, the bond order has increased and the magnetic behaviour
has changed?
Q.86 In which of the following processes magnetic moment and Bond order, both are changed.
(A) NO NO+ (B) O 2 O2 (C) N2 N 2 (D) All of the above
Q.90 The common features among the species CN– , CO and NO+ are
(A) Bond order three (B) Isoelectronic
(C) All are -donor and -acceptor (D)All of these
Q.91 Choose the correct statement regarding the given molecular orbital.
+
+
(A) It is formed by constructive overlap. (B) It represents anti-bonding molecular orbital
(C) It has only one nodal plane (D)All of these
Q.94 Which of the following pair of species are paramagnetic as well as fractional bond order?
(A) N2+ & N2– (B) H2 & H2+ (C) NO+ & CO+ (D) O2 & O2+
Q.96 Which of the following would have same magnetic nature whether sp mixing is operative or not?
(A) C2 (B) B2 (C) O2 (D)All of these
Q.99 Select the correct order of (O – O) bond length in following ion / molecule.
(A) Superoxide ion > Peroxide ion > Oxygen molecule
(B) Peroxide ion > Superoxide ion > Oxygen molecule
(C) Oxygen ion > Superoxide ion > Peroxide ion
(D) Superoxide ion = Peroxide ion > Oxygen molecule
Q.101 The correct order of X – X bond length in Cl2+, Cl2 and Cl2¯ follows the order?
(A) Cl2+ < Cl2 < Cl2¯ (B) Cl2 < Cl2+ < Cl2¯
(C) Cl2¯ < Cl2 < Cl2+ (D) Cl2¯ < Cl2+ < Cl2
Q.103 Which of the following species have bond order of 2 as well as diamagnetic?
(A) CN (B) BN (C) SiF+ (D) I2+
Q.104 In which the following interaction form nonbonding molecular orbital, when z-axis is the bonding axis.
Q.107 Among KO2, AlO2– , BaO2 and NO2+ unpaired electron is present in:
(A) KO2 only (B) NO2+ and BaO2
(C) KO2 and AlO2– (D) BaO2 only
Q.109 A simplified application of MO theory on the hypothetical 'molecule' OF would give its bond order as :
(A) 2 (B) 1.5 (C) 1.0 (D) 0.5
Q.112 The bond order depends on the number of electrons in the bonding and antibonding orbitals. Which of
the following statements is/are correct about bond order?
(A) Bond order cannot have a negative value.
(B) It always has an integral value.
(C) It is a nonzero quantity.
(D) It can assume any value-positive or integral or fractional. including zero upto four
Q.113 In the formation of N2+ from N2, the electron is removed from
(A) -orbital (B) -orbital (C) s * -orbital (D) p * -orbital
1 1
(C) Bond order bond energy
bond length
(D) Bond order bond length bond energy
Q.115 In which of the following processes magnetic moment and Bond order, both are changed?
(A) NO NO+ (B) O2+ O2 (C) N2 N2– (D) All of the above
Q.118 Using MO theory predict which of the following species has the shortest bond length?
(A) O22+ (B) O2+ (C) O2– (D) O22–
Q.120 Which of the following pair of molecular species has same bond order?
(A) N2+ and O2+ (B) F2 and Ne2 (C) O2 and B2 (D) C2 and N2
Q.121 The correct order of increasing N -N bond stability of N22–, N2,N2+, N2– is :
(A) N22– > N2 > N2– > N2+ (B) N2 > N2+ > N2– > N22–
(C) N22– > N2– = N2+ > N2 (D) N22– > N2 = N2– > N2+
Q.122 RbO2 is :
(A) Peroxide and paramagnetic (B) Peroxide and diamagnetic
(C) Superoxide and paramagnetic (D) Superoxide and diamagnetic
ODD ELECTRONS
Q.123 Which is not correct regarding NO2 molecule
(A) It's paramagnetic behaviour decreases when it undergoes in dimerisation.
(B) It is coloured in its dimeric form
(C) It's colour is due to presence of unpaired electron
(D) It's free electron is present in the one sp2 hybrid orbital
Q.124 Which of the following molecule has least tendency for dimerization.
(A) CH 3 (B) ClO2 (C) NO2 (D) NO
Q.126 Which of the following option is correct about NO2 & ClO2?
(i) Both are paramagnetic species (ii) Both compounds dimerised readily
(iii) Both have sp2 hybridisation (iv) Both have Bent shape.
(A) (i), (ii) (B) (i), (iii), (iv) (C) (ii), (iii), (iv) (D) only (i)
Q.127 Which of the following set of species, central atom has sp2 hybridisation?
(A) ClO2, CH 3 , O3, I3+ (B) NO2, O3 , ClO2 , CF3
Q.130 Hybridization of central atom changes for which of the following molecule when undergoes dimerization.
(A) CF3 (B) ClO3 (C) NO2 (D) CH3
Q.133 Cl–O bond length in ClO 2 , Cl2O , ClO2+ and ClO2 follows the order..
(A) ClO 2 < Cl2O < ClO2 < ClO2+ (B) ClO2+ < ClO2 < ClO 2 < Cl2O
(C) ClO2+ < ClO 2 < ClO2 < Cl2O (D) ClO2+ < Cl2O < ClO2 < ClO 2
Q.134 Match list I with list II and select the correct answer:
List I List II
I. NO 2 1. 180°
II. NO2 2. 132°
III. NO 2 3. 120°
Q.137 Which one of the following oxides is expected to exhibit paramagnetic behaviour
(A) CO2 (B) SO2 (C) ClO2 (D) SiO2
Q.139 Which one of the following coloured oxides of nitrogen dimerises into a colourless solid/liquid on cooling
(A) N2O (B) NO (C) N2O3 (D) NO2
Q.140 Which blue liquid is obtained on reacting equimolar amounts of two gases at –23°C ?
(A) N2O (B) N2O3 (C) N2O4 (D) N2O5
IONIC BOND
Q.142 Select the correct order of mobility in aqueous medium.
(A) [Li(H2O)x]+ > [Be(H2O)y]+2 (B) [Li(H2O)x]+ < [Be(H2O)y]+2
(C) [Li(H2O)x]+ = [Be(H2O)y]+2 (D) Informations are not sufficient to predict the mobility
Q.146 "Solubility of Alkali metal fluorides increases down the group" Select correct explanation for given
statement.
(A) Hydration energy increases and lattice energy decreases down the group
(B) Both energy decrease down the group but decrease in hydration energy is rapid
(C) Both energy decrease down the group but decrease in lattice energy is rapid
(D) Both energy increase down the group but increase in hydration energy is rapid
Q.152 Select the pair of compound in which first compound has more lattice energy as compare to second
compound but solubilityis less.
(A) BeCl2 , BaCl2 (B) LiF , CsF
(C) KHCO3, NaHCO3 (D) BeSO4, BaSO4
Q.153 Bicarbonate of which of the following cation can exist in solid state at room temperature.
(A) Cs+ (B) Li+ (C) Ca2+ (D) Be2+
Q.155 In which of the following set of compounds, the basic strength of 1st species is more than 2nd species.
(A) CrO3, Cr2O3 (B) Li2O, Na2O (C) BeO, Al2O3 (D) MgO, Al2O3
Q.156 Which of the following bicarbonates does not exist in solid state?
(A) NaHCO3 (B) KHCO3 (C) RbHCO3 (D) Ca(HCO3)2
Q.166 Which of the following compound does not liberate oxygen on its thermal decomposition
(A) HgC2O4 (B) Cu(OH)2 (C) Mg(NO3)2 (D) CaSO4
Q.170 Which of the following combination of ions does not bring redox reaction at room temperature
(A) Pb2+ (aq) + 2I¯ (aq) (B) Sn2+ (aq) + Hg2+ (aq)
(C) Fe3+ (aq) + 3I¯ (aq) (D) Cu2+ (aq) + 2CN¯ (aq)
WEAK FORCES
Q.178 Which of molecule is steam volatile
(A) o-nitrophenol (B) m-nitrophenol
(C) o-dichlorobenzene (D) para-hydroxybenzaldehyde
Q.183 In which of following molecule the intramolecular hydrogen bonding does not exist.
(A) chloral hydrate (B) o-chlorophenol (C) chloral (D) salicylic acid
Q.184 Which of the following forces does not contribute to the vanderwaal’s forces of attraction.
(A) Dipole-dipole interaction
(B) Dipole-induced dipole interaction
(C) Instantaneous dipole induced dipole interaction
(D) Electrostatic forces of attraction releasing the energy 72 kJ/mole.
chemstudios by pms Page # 145
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY ADVANCED CHEMICAL BONDING
Q.185 Which of the following is the correct order of strength of H-bonding in the given compound.
(A) HF < NH3 (B) H2O > H2O2 (C) H2O2 > H2O (D) NH3 > H2O
Q.187 Two ice cubes are pressed over each other and unite to form one cube, which force is responsible for
holding them together?
(A) Vander Waal's forces (B) Covalent attraction
(C) Hydrogen bond formation (D) Ion - Dipole attraction
:
: :
: :
O S N B
H H
OH OH OH OH
NO2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
NO2
NO2 COOH
Q.197 Which of the following pair of species exist in the solid state / liquid due to the presence of intermolecular
hydrogen bonding?
(A) H3BO3 & C2H5OH (B) C2H2 & NH3
(C) Maleic acid & Fumaric acid (D) CCl4 & CHCl3
Q.199 Which of the following can form intermolecular H–bonding between its molecules?
(A) CH3OCH3 (B) CH3COCH3 (C) CH3Cl (D) N2H4
OH OH OH OH
NO2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
NO2 HO OH
NO2
Q.201 Which of the following molecule exist in solid state due to H-bonding -
(A) I2 (B) Diamond (C) Boric acid (D) Black phosphorous
Q.207 Which of the following is true about the hydrides of 15th group elements on moving down the group?
(A) H – M – H bond angle decreases (B) Lewis basic character increases
(C) Boiling point increases (D) Intermolecular force of attraction increases.
Q.212 Ortho-nitrophenol can be easily steam distilled, while para-nitrophenol cannot be, this is because of
(A) Strong intermolecular hydrogen bonding in ortho-nitrophenol.
(B) Strong intramolecular hydrogen bonding in ortho–nitrophenol.
(C) Strong intramolecular hydrogen bonding in para-nitrophenol.
(D) Dipole moment of para-nitrophenol is larger than that of ortho-nitrophenol.
Q.214 Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below.
List–I List–II
(a) H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te 1. Bond angle
(b) H2O > H2S > H2Se > H2Te 2. melting and boiling point
(c) H2O >> H2S < H2Se < H2Te 3. acidic strength
(a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c)
(A) 1 3 2 (B) 3 2 1
(C) 3 1 2 (D) 2 3 1
Q.217 Certain derivatives of phenol, e.g. Kr (phenol)2, Xe(phenol)2, Rn(phenol)2 etc. may result due to
(A) dipole-dipole interaction
(B) dipole-induced dipole interaction
(C) ion-dipole interaction
(D) instantaneous dipole-induced dipole interaction
F F
F
H H
(B) H H H
F F
F
H H
F F F F
(C) F
H H H
(D)All of these
Q.221 Which of the following molecules are expected to exhibit predominantly intermolecular
H-bonding?
(i)Acetic acid (ii) o-nitrophenol (iii) m-nitrophenol (iv) o-boric aicd
(A) i, ii, iii (B) i, ii, iv (C) i, iii, iv (D) ii, iii, iv
Q.222 Which of the following models best describes the bonding within a layer of the graphite structure?
(A) metallic bonding (B) ionic bonding
(C) non-metallic covalent bonding (D) vander Waals forces
Q.223 The critical temperature of water is higher than that of O2 because the H2O molecule has :
(A) fewer electrons than O2 (B) two covalents bonds
(C) V-shape (D) dipole moment
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 In which of the following option(s) all species contains X — O — X bond(s) in structure ( X = central
atom)
Q.2 The compounds which on heating produce at least one polymeric product, are
(A) NaH2PO4 (B) Na(NH4) HPO4 · 4H2O
(C) Na2HPO4 (D) (NH4)2 HPO4
Q.3 Which of the following statement is/are correct for polythionic acid series.
(A) The average oxidation state of S-atom increases with decrease in number of S-atoms.
(B) The absolute oxidation states of S-atoms increases with decrease in number of S-atoms.
(C) The average oxidation state of S-atom decreases with increase in number of S-atoms.
(D) The absolute oxidation state of S-atoms remain same with increase or decrease in number of
S-atoms.
Q.5 Rotation around the bond (between the underlined atoms) is restricted in
(A) N2F2 (B) H2O2 (C) O2F2 (D) S2F2
Q.6 Which of the following properties are same for N2H2, N2F2 and H2N2O2 compounds
(A)All are having two isomers
(B) All are having equal number of covalent bonds between both N-atoms
(C) All are having equal bond energy of N-N bond
(D) Oxidation state of N-atom is same for all compounds
Q.7 Which of the following statement is/are correct for CCl3 and CCl2
+
Q.9 H3Si — N = N = N¯ :
(I) (II) (III)
If hybridisation of N (I) and N (II) nitrogen atoms are sp (s + px) and nodal plane of -bond present
between N(I) and N(II) lies in "xy" plane then which of the following overlapping is present in above
compound.
(A) py – dxy sideways overlapping (B) py – py sideways overlapping
(C) pz – pz sideways overlapping (D) sp3 – sp (s + px) ovrelapping
Q.10 Due to back bonding observed dipole movement of whole molecule is found to be different than expected
dipole moment
(A) R3PO (B) BF3 (C) CO (D) POF3
Q.11 Which type of overlapping is / are present in H2Si NCNSiH3. (If skeleton of NCN group is present on
x-axis)
(A) py – py (B) pz – pz (C) pz – dxz (D) py – dxy
Q.12 In which of the following compound, observed bond angle is found to be greater than expected, but not
due to back bonding.
(A) N(SiH3)3 (B) N(CH3)3 (C) O(CH3)2 (D) O(SiH3)2
Q.16 In which if the following molecules exp. (observed dipole moment) is found to be greater than th.
(expected dipole moment)
CH3 OH
Cl F
(A) POCl3 (B) (C) HNC (D)
Q.18 Bridge bonding (either 3c – 2e or coordinate bond ) is existing in which of the following molecules.
(A) Al2(CH3)6 (B) Si2H6 (C) I2Cl6 (D) B3N3H6
Q.20 Which of the following as a whole molecule (s) has/have planar structure?
(A) I3¯ (B) N(SiH3)3 (C) Cl2O6 (D) Be2Cl4
Q.21 X – X bond does not exists in which of the following compounds having general form of X2H6 ?
(A) B2H6 (B) Ga2H6 (C) Al2H6 (D) Si2H6
Q.23 Compounds are planar in its both monomer and dimer form.
(A) 2NO2 Dimer
N2O4 (B) 2ICl3 Dimer
I2Cl6
Q.24 In which of the following compound(s) terminal (2C – 2e¯) bond and bridge bonds are lying in same
plane
(A) I2Cl6 (B) Fe2Cl4 (C) solid BeCl2 (D) Ga2H6
2H¯ 2(P)
R.T.
Q.25 B2H6(g)
2NH3
[Q] [R]
R.T.
Q.26 In which of the following molecule six atoms are lying in a plane
(A) B2H6 (B) Be2Cl4 (C) I2Cl6 (D) Al2Br6
Q.27 In which of the following species terminal bonds are stronger than the bond present between central
atoms
(A) Ga2H6 (B) N2H4 (C) S2O52– (D) B2H4
Q.28 Which of the given molecule has same type of bond formation during dimerization as in C F3
Q.29 Which of the following specie(s) is / are having only one corner shared per tetrahedron.
(A) Si 2 O67 (B) Cr2O 72 (C) S2O 72 (D) Si3O96
Q.31 If dimer form of AX3 molecule is planar, then 'A' and 'X' should be
(A) A = Al & X = Cl (B) A = B & X =H (C) A = I & X = Cl (D) A =Al & X =OH
Q.32 Which of the following as a whole molecule (s) has/have planar structure?
(A) I3¯ (B) N(SiH3)3 (C) Cl2O6 (D) Be2Cl4
Q.33 No X -X bond exists in which of the following compounds having general form of X2H6 ?
(A) B2H6 (B) Ga2H6 (C) Al2H6 (D) Si2H6
Q.35 Compounds are planar in its both monomer and dimer form
(A) 2NO2 Dimer
N2O4 (B) 2ICl3 Dimer
I2Cl6
Q.36 In which of the following compound(s) terminal (2C – 2e¯) bond and bridge bonds are lying in same
plane
(A) I2Cl6 (B) Fe2Cl4 (C) Solid BeCl2 (D) Ga2H6
Q.38 In the following Silicone, select the alkyl / aryl substituted silicon chlorides which are used in formation
of given Silicones:
R R R R
R – Si – O – Si – O – Si – O – Si – R
R R R R
Q.42 Which of the following is true for O2 and C2 molecules according to M.O.T.
(A) both are having 1 and 1 bond (B) both are of same bond length
(C) both are having same bond order (D) both are having two overlapping
Q.44 If sp mixing is not observed then which of the following species are paramagnetic and has bond order
equal to two or fractional bond order greater than two.
(A) O2+ (B) F2 (C) C2 (D) N2–
Q.46 Which property is / are common between H2+ and H2¯ molecular ion
(A) Magnetic behaviour (B) Bond length
(C) Bond order (D) Bond energy
Q.47 Which of the following characteristics are correct for order : F2 < O2
(A) Bond length (B) Bond energy
(C) HOMO has same symmetry (D)All molecular orbitals are not filled
Q.48 Which of the following species having bond order is equal to three?
(A) CO (B) N2 (C) O2 (D) S2
Q.49 If internuclear axis 'y', then which of the following statement is incorrect :
(A) In case of N2+ formation, electron removal is from "Gerade MO"
(B) In case of O2¯ formation, electron addition is into "Gerade MO"
(C) In case of C2+ formation, electron removal is from 2p MO
x
Q.50 Which of the following species has center of symmetry (COS) in its HOMO
(A) B2 (B) C2 (C) F2 (D) O2
Q.52 In O2 molecule, which of the following molecular orbitals are lower in energy than 2pz orbital
(B) 2 pz
*
(A) 2 px (C) 2 s (D) *2 py
*
Q.53 Which of the following molecules are formed by the combination of orbitals having sp mixed character
(A) NO (B) O2¯ (C) N2+ (D) N2¯
O x1 x2 O
N—N x3 N (where x1, x2, x3 are bond length)
O O O
Q.55 Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct about NO2 and ClO2 molecules?
(A) Both are paramagnetic species.
(B) In both oxides, the central atom is sp2 hybridized.
(C) Both molecules have bent shape.
(D) Both molecules have odd electron in their structures.
(C) CH 3 undergoes dimerisation readily..
Q.59 Which of the following is/are incorrect about solubility trend in group I & II?
Least soluble in water Most soluble in water
(A) Hydroxides : LiOH CsOH
(B) Carbonates : Cs 2CO3 Li2CO3
(C) Fluoride : BaF2 BeF2
(D) Sulphates : BaSO4 BeSO4
Q.60 Which of following stability order is/are correct due to inert pair effect.
(A) Hg° > Hg2+ (B) Bi3+ < Bi5+ (C) Pb2+ > Pb4+ (D) Fe2+ < Fe3+
Q.63 Polarisation may be called as the distortion of the shape of an anion by an adjacent cation. Which of the
following statements is/are not correct?
(A) Minimum polarization is brought about by a cation of low radius
(B) Alarge cation is likely to bring about a large degree of polarisation
(C) Maximum polarization is brought about by a cation of high charge
(D)Asmall anion is likely to undergo a large degree of polarisation
Q.64 Correct order of solubility for following ionic compounds in water is/are
(A) Be(OH)2 < Mg(OH)2 < Ca(OH)2 < Sr (OH)2 < Ba(OH)2
(B) LiCl < NaCl < KCl < RbCl < CsCl
(C) NaHCO3 > KHCO3 > RbHCO3 > CsHCO3
(D) BeSO4 > MgSO4 > CaSO4 > SrSO4 > BaSO4
Q.65 Common properties of product obtained by heating of KMnO4 and K2Cr2O7 is/are
(A) Paramagnetic gas (B)Amphoteric oxide
(C) Colourless gas (D) Salt does not exist in acidic medium
Q.68 Oxygen gas is liberated by thermal decomposition of which of the following compounds:
(A) CaSO4 (B) NaNO3 (C) Mg(OH)2 (D) K2CO3
Q.69 If monoatomic A+ ion is larger than monoatomic B2+ ion and monoatomic anion X2– is larger than
monoatomic Y¯ ion, then which of the following will be more covalent.
(A)AY (B) A2X (C) BY2 (D) BX
Q.74 Which of the following compound does not thermally decompose even at high temperature.
(A) AgNO3 (B) K3PO4 (C) FeSO4.7H2O (D) BaO2
Q.75
(I) LiNO3 X (Solid) + gas + O2
(II) NaNO3 Y (Solid) + gas + O2
800º C
Q.77 On heating to 400-500° C, relativelyunstable hydrides and carbonates decompose. Which of the following
will decompose when heated to 400-500ºC ?
(A) LiH (B) NaH (C) Li2CO3 (D) BaCO3
Q.78 Which of the following statements is/are true for BaO and MgO ?
(A) BaO is more ionic than MgO (B) MgO is more ionic than BaO
(C) BaO is more basic than MgO (D) MgO is more basic than BaO
Q.79 Polarization may be called the distortion of the shape of an anion by an adjacently placed cation. Which
of the following statements is/are incorrect:
(A) Minimum polarization is brought about by a cation of low radius
(B) Alarge cation is likely to bring about a large degree of polarization
(C) Maximum polarization is brought about by a cation of high charge
(D)Asmall anion is likely to undergo a large degree of polarization
Q.80 A, B, C are three substances. A does not conduct electricity in the soild, molten state and aqueous
solution. B conducts electricityboth in the fused and aqueous states, while C conducts electricityonly in
the aqueous state. In solid state neither B nor C conducts electricity. Which of the following statements
is/are true regarding A, B and C?
(A)Ahas polar covalent linkage (B)Ahas nonpolar covalent linkage
(C) B is ionic in nature (D) Cation formed by Cis highy polarizing
Q.81 Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct regarding ionic compounds?
(A) They are good conductors of electricity at room temperature
(B) They are always more soluble in polar solvents than covalent compounds
(C) They consists of ions
(D) They generallyhave high melting and boling points
Q.83 Among the following, the element which show inert-pair effect are:
(A) Bi (B) Sn (C) Pb (D) Tl
MX n R
.T.
MX n 2 X 2
which of the given compound does NOT dissociate according to above reaction at room temperature
(A) FeI3 (B) CuI2 (C) SnI4 (D) BiI5
Q.86 Which of the following can not be converted into anhydrous chloride only by heating?
(A) MgCl2.6H2O (B) FeCl3.6H2O (C) AlCl3.6H2O (D) CoCl2.6H2O
Q.95 Which of the following molecules does not consist intermolecular H-bonding?
(A) Chloral hydrate (B) Acetic acid (Vapour)
(C) Ortho chlorophenol (D) Para-hydroxy benzaldehyde
Q.98 When NH3 gas and NH4Cl are separately dissolved into water, then which of the following interaction
will be mainlypresent in their respective solution
(A) H 3 N H O H (B) O H N H 3
| | |
H H H
(C) O H NH 2 (D) H 3 N H N H 3
| | |
H H H
Q.101 Intermolecular hydrogen bonding increases the enthalpy of vapourization of a liquid due to the:
(A) decrease in the attraction between molecules
(B) increase in the attraction between molecules
(C) decrease in the molar mass of unassociated liquid molecules'
(D) increase in the effective molar mass of hydrogen -bonded molecules
[PARAGRAPH TYPE]
Paragraph for question nos. 107 to 109
(X) is oxy acid of phosphorus having 5+ oxidation state. From one molecule of (X), following theoritical
transformations are given.
(X) – (One oxygen atom) (Y)
(Y) – (One oxygen atom) (Z)
(X) – (One water molecule) (Z'')
Q.107 (X) is
(A) H3PO4 (B) H3PO3 (C) H3PO2 (D) None of these
Q.109 How many H-atoms are attached directly to phosphorus in the compound (Z)?
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 2
Q.110 The difference in the oxidation numbers of the two types of sulphur atoms in Na2S4O6 is
(A) 5 (B) 4 (C) 3 (D) 2
Q.111 The total number of S–S linkages in polythionic acids, in general, would be equal to :
(A) n (B) n – 1 (C) n + 1 (D) n – 2
Q.113 Select correct order(s) of boiling point which is/are explained by H-bonding.
(i) CH3OH < C2H5OH < C3H7OH
(ii) 1° > 2° > 3° : isomeric alcohols
(iii) CH3NH2 < C2H5NH2 < C3H2NH2
(iv) 1° > 2° > 3° : isomeric amines
(A) i, ii, iii, iv (B) onlyii, iii, iv (C) only ii, iv (D) onlyiv
bonding [( A B ) 2 ] where e– density increase between nucleus and another is antibonding
[( A B ) 2 ] where e– densitydecreases between nucleus. These molecular orbitals are filled according
to Hund, Pauli,Afbau princple.
Q.118 Correct trend about bond energy is :
(A) N2– > N2+ (B) N2+ > N2– (C) N2+ = N2– (D) Not comparable
Q.119 In which of the following molecular species s and p orbitals mixing does not occur?
(A) CN– (B) O22+ (C) N22– (D) B22–
Q.120 Which of the following paramagnetic species have highest bond order with maximum number of
antibonding electrons?
(A) N2+ (B) O2+ (C) F2 (D) C2+
N N
O 117° O O 134° O
(A) x < y (B) y < x (C) x = y (D) Can not be predicted
Q.131 Which of the following option gives incorrect melting point order.
(A) H2 < T2 (B) He > T2 (C) D2 > He (D) T2 > D2
Q.133 I– is one of the bigger anionic species, which of the following cationic species produces maximum
polarisation on I– ?
(A) Li+ (B) Na+ (C) Mg2+ (D) Be2+
Q.136 The type of molecular force of attraction present in the following compound is
OH
OH
OH
(A) intermolecular H-bonding (B) Intramolecular H-bonding
(C) Vander waals force (D)All
Q.137 Select the incorrect order of boiling point between the following compounds:
(A) N3H < CH3N3 (B) Me2SO4 < H2SO4
(C) Me3BO3 < B(OH)3 (D) BF3 < BI3
Q.139 Which of the following plot for (density) v/s T (temperature) for liquid H2O is correct:
(A) (B)
4°C 4°C
0°C T 0°C T
(C) (D)
4°C 4°C
0°C T 0°C T
Code :
P Q R S
(A) 1 4 3 2
(B) 2 1 4 3
(C) 2 4 1 3
(D) 1 2 3 4
Q.142 Match the orbital overlap figures shown in List-I with the description given in List-II and select the
correct answer using the code given below the lists.
List-I List-II
P. 1. p – d antibonding
Q. 2. s – p bonding
R. 3. d – d bonding
S. 4. p – p antibonding
Code:
P Q R S
(A) 3 1 4 2
(B) 3 1 2 4
(C) 1 3 2 4
(D) 1 3 4 2
Q.145 Match the ionization processes in List-I with the changes observed in List - II. For this, use the codes
given below:
List-I List-II
(P) N2 N2+ (1) bond order increases and magnetic property is changed
(Q) O2+ O22+ (2) bond order decreases and magnetic property remains same.
(R) B2 B2+ (3) bond order increases and magnetic property remains same.
(S) NO– NO (4) bond order decreases and magnetic property is changed.
Code:
P Q R S
(A) 1 3 2 4
(B) 4 1 2 3
(C) 4 3 1 2
(D) 1 3 4 2
H
(C) C=O (R) Debye force
H
[INTEGER TYPE]
Q.164 Find the number of P–O bonds of identical length in hypophosphate ion.
Q.168 Find the number of acid which has tetrahedral shape w.r.t. central atom.
H3PO4, H2SO4, H3PO3, H3PO2, H3BO3, HClO4, HClO3, H2CO3
Q.169 Find the number of acid(s) from the following in which X – H bond is/are present. Given X is central
atom
H3PO2 , H 4 P 2 O7 , H 4 P 2 O5 , H 2 S 2 O6 , H3PO3
H3BO3, H2SO4
Q.170 In borax Na2[B4(OH)4(O)5].8H2O how many boron atoms are sp2 hybridised.
Q.173 The maximum number of halogen atoms are present in one plane for dimer of ICl3.
Q.174 In which of the following compounds bridging bonds and terminal bonds are lying in same plane
Be2H4, Be2Cl4, I2Cl6, Al2Cl6, Fe2Cl4, Al2H6, Al2(NH2)6, Al2(OH)6
Q.175 Length of chain silicone can be controlled by adding RnS(OH)4–n unit, then find out correct value of n.
Q.176 How many total number of molecular orbitals which are known as gerade(g).
1s, 2py, 3s, *2py, *2pz, 2px, *2s, *2px
Q.177 How many nodal plane(s) is / are present in * 2 p y antibonding molecular orbital.
Q.179 Which of the following is paramagnetic and has fractional bond order?
O2, O2+, O2–, C2+, B2+, H2+, He2+, N2 , N22+, NO+
[If your answer is 1 so write 0001.]
Q.181 How many of the following are paramagnetic having µspin (Magnetic moment) 2.8 BM ?
N2 , O2 , B2 , C2 , C22+ , N22– , F2 , O2– , Li2+, B2–
If your answer is 2, write the answer as 0002.
Q.182 Find out the total number of species where the central atom is sp2 hybridised.
ClO2, NO2, SO2, ClO3, CF3 , CH 3 , C3O2, (CN)2, N2H4
Q.183 Which of following substance is having higher lattice energy than NaBr.
CaCl2, NaI , CsBr, LiF, MgO, Al2O3, TiO2
Q.184 Which of the following compound(s) is/are white and water insoluble.
BaCO3, Fe2O3, AgBr, PbCrO4, CaC2O4, BaCl2, KMnO4, Na2CrO4, Pb(CH3COO)2,
Q.185 Find the number of species which would undergo disproportionation on heating?
H2CO3, H2SO3, NaH2PO2, HOCl, H3PO4, HNO2,H3PO2
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE-1
Q.1 A Q.2 B Q.3 B Q.4 B Q.5 A
Q.6 D Q.7 B Q.8 A Q.9 B Q.10 D
Q.11 B Q.12 A Q.13 D Q.14 C Q.15 D
Q.16 A Q.17 B Q.18 A Q.19 D Q.20 D
Q.21 B Q.22 A Q.23 D Q.24 D Q.25 A
Q.26 B Q.27 A Q.28 C Q.29 C Q.30 D
Q.31 C Q.32 A Q.33 C Q.34 C Q.35 B
Q.36 C Q.37 B Q.38 C Q.39 D Q.40 D
Q.41 D Q.42 C Q.43 C Q.44 A Q.45 D
Q.46 D Q.47 B Q.48 A Q.49 C Q.50 B
Q.51 A Q.52 D Q.53 B Q.54 D Q.55 D
Q.56 C Q.57 C Q.58 D Q.59 B Q.60 C
Q.61 D Q.62 B Q.63 C Q.64 D Q.65 D
Q.66 B Q.67 B Q.68 B Q.69 A Q.70 C
Q.71 A Q.72 B Q.73 C Q.74 A Q.75 D
Q.76 B Q.77 C Q.78 A Q.79 D Q.80 A
Q.81 C Q.82 C Q.83 D Q.84 B Q.85 A
Q.86 D Q.87 B Q.88 A Q.89 B Q.90 D
Q.91 B Q.92 D Q.93 D Q.94 A Q.95 C
Q.96 C Q.97 C Q.98 D Q.99 B Q.100 D
Q.101 A Q.102 D Q.103 B Q.104 D Q.105 A
Q.106 B Q.107 A Q.108 C Q.109 B Q.110 A
Q.111 D Q.112 D Q.113 A Q.114 A Q.115 D
Q.116 D Q.117 A Q.118 A Q.119 A Q.120 A
Q.121 B Q.122 C Q.123 B Q.124 B Q.125 B
Q.126 B Q.127 C Q.128 C Q.129 D Q.130 D
Q.131 A Q.132 C Q.133 B Q.134 C Q.135 B
Q.136 D Q.137 C Q.138 C Q.139 D Q.140 B
Q.141 A Q.142 A Q.143 B Q.144 A Q.145 A
Q.146 C Q.147 D Q.148 C Q.149 B Q.150 A
Q.151 D Q.152 B Q.153 A Q.154 B Q.155 D
Q.156 D Q.157 D Q.158 D Q.159 A Q.160 B
Q.161 A Q.162 B Q.163 A Q.164 D Q.165 B
Q.166 A Q.167 C Q.168 A Q.169 D Q.170 A
Q.171 C Q.172 C Q.173 D Q.174 D Q.175 A
chemstudios by pms Page # 182
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY ADVANCED CHEMICAL BONDING
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 BD Q.2 ABD Q.3 ACD Q.4 BCD Q.5 ABCD
Q.6 AB Q.7 CD Q.8 AC Q.9 ABCD Q.10 ACD
Q.11 ABCD Q.12 BC Q.13 ABC Q.14 CD Q.15 ABC
Q.16 ABC Q.17 BC Q.18 AC Q.19 AB Q.20 AD
Q.21 ABC Q.22 ABC Q.23 ABC Q.24 AB Q.25 ABCD
Q.26 ABD Q.27 BD Q.28 CD Q.29 ABC Q.30 B
Q.31 C Q.32 AD Q.33 ABC Q.34 ABC Q.35 ABC
Q.36 AB Q.37 BCD Q.38 BC Q.39 BD Q.40 ABD
Q.41 AB Q.42 CD Q.43 ABC Q.44 ACD Q.45 ABC
Q.46 AC Q.47 BCD Q.48 AB Q.49 B Q.50 CD
Q.51 D Q.52 C Q.53 ACD Q.54 ABC Q.55 ABCD
Q.56 BCD Q.57 BCD Q.58 AD Q.59 BC Q.60 AC
Q.61 ABC Q.62 AC Q.63 ABD Q.64 AD Q.65 ABCD
Q.66 ABC Q.67 ACD Q.68 AB Q.69 D Q.70 C
Q.71 D Q.72 A Q.73 A Q.74 B Q.75 B
Q.76 ABD Q.77 BC Q.78 AC Q.49 ABD Q.80 BCD
Q.81 CD Q.82 BCD Q.83 ACD Q.84 AC Q.85 ABC
Q.86 ABC Q.87 AB Q.88 ABCD Q.89 ABC Q.90 ABCD
Q.91 ABCD Q.92 ABD Q.93 CD Q.94 ABC Q.95 AC
Q.96 ABC Q.97 CD Q.98 AC Q.99 ABC Q.100ABCD
Q.101 BD Q.102 ABCD Q.103 ABC Q.104 AC Q.105 CD
Q.106 ABC Q.107 A Q.108 B Q.109 D Q.110 A
Q.111 C Q.112 A Q.113 D Q.114 C Q.115 D
Q.116 A Q.117 A Q.118 B Q.119 B Q.120 B
Q.121 B Q.122 B Q.123 D Q.124 B Q.125 B
Q.126 B Q.127 D Q.128 D Q.129 A Q.130 D
chemstudios by pms Page # 183
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY ADVANCED CHEMICAL BONDING
5
CHAPTER
COORDINATION COMPOUND
EXERCISE-1
Q.2 Aqueous solution of FeSO4 gives tests for both Fe2+ and SO42– but after addition of excess of KCN,
solution ceases to give test for Fe2+. This is due to the formation of
(A) the double salt FeSO4.2KCN.6H2O (B) Fe(CN)3
(C) the complex ion [Fe(CN)6]4– (D) the complex ion [Fe(CN)6]3–
Classification of ligands
Q.6 Which of the following represents the monodentate monoanion ligand ?
(A) Carbonato (B)Ammonia (C) Nitrito (D) Oxalato
Q.10 In SCN ligand if N is attached to central metal atom or ion, the name of ligand is –
(A) Thiocyanato-N (B) Cyanato-N (C) Thiocyanato-S (D) Cyanato-S
Q.14 The total number of Ligands attached to the central metal ion through coordinate bond is called –
(A) Valency of the metal ion (B) Oxidation state of the metal ion
(C) Coordination number of metal ion (D) Ionisable valency of metal
Q.18 The number of donor sites in dimethyl glyoximate, glycinato, diethylene triamine and EDTAare respectively
(A) 2, 2, 3 and 4 (B) 2, 2, 3 and 6 (C) 2, 2, 2 and 6 (D) 2, 3, 3 and 6
Q.19 [EDTA]4– is a
(A) Monodentate ligand (B) Bidentate ligand
(C) Tetra dentate ligand (D) Hexadentate ligand
Q.23 The ion or molecule which forms a complex compound with transition metal ion is called
(A) Acid (B) Ligand (C) Complex ion (D) No special name
Q.26 Statement-1 : Charge on the complex of ferric ion with EDTA4– is minus one.
Statement-2 : EDTAis a hexadentate ligand.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for
Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
Q.29 The oxidation state of Fe in brown ring complex [ Fe (H2O)5 NO] SO4 is :
(A) + 1 (B) + 2 (C) + 3 (D) + 4
Q.30 Consider :
Complex Coordination number
(A) [CuCl2]– (i) 6
(B) Ni(CO)4 (ii) 5
(C) [PtCl6]4– (iii) 4
(D) [Ni(NH3)6]2+ (iv) 2
Proper matching is :
(A) A(i), B(ii), C(iii), D(iv) (B) A(iii), B(iv), C(ii), D(iv)
(C) A(iv), B(iii), C(i), D(i) (D) A(i), B(iii), C(ii), D(iv)
Q.31 How many EDTA4– ligands are required to make an octahedral complex with a Ca2+ ion ?
(A) Six (B) Three (C) One (D) Two
Q.32 The oxidation number and coordination number of chromium in the following complex is
[Cr(C2O4)2(NH3)2]–1
(A) O.N. = + 4, C.N. = 4 (B) O.N. = +3, C.N. = 4
(C) O.N. = – 1, C.N. = 4 (D) O.N. = + 3, C.N. = 6
Q.33 In which of the following complexes the nickel metal is in highest oxidation state:
(A) Ni(CO)4 (B) [Cr(NH3)6]2[NiF6]3
(C) [Ni(NH3)6(BF4)2 (D) K4[Ni(CN)6]
Q.38 Complex compound having central metal atom in zero oxidation state.
(A) [Cu(NH3)4]SO4 (B) [Pt(NH3)2Cl2] (C) K4[Ni(CN)4] (D) K3[Fe(CN)6]
NH2
(NH3)2Co Co(NH3)4 (NO3)4
NH2
Q.44 In the complex Fe(CO)x, the value of x is, if it follows sidwick EAN rule :
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
Q.47 The complex compound in which central metal ion obeys EAN rule
(A) K4[Fe(CN)6] (B) K3[Fe(CN)6] (C) [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3 (D) [Cu(NH3)4]SO4
Q.48 E.A.N of metal ion in following complex is found to be equal to atomic number of krypton:
(A) [Pd(NH3)]6Cl4 (B) [Cr(NH3)5Cl]SO4 (C) [Co(en)3]Cl3 (D) [Mn(CO)2(NO)2]
Q.49 Which complex compound does not obey 18-electron rule or Sidgwick Rule
(A) [V(CO)6] (B) [Fe(-C5H5)2] (C) [Mn(CO)5]¯ (D) [Cr(-C6H6)2]
Q.52 EAN of the central metal in the complexes K2[Ni(CN)4], [Cu(NH3)4]SO4 and K2[PtCl6] are respectively.
(A) 36, 35, 86 (B) 34, 35, 84 (C) 34, 35, 86 (D) 34, 36, 86
Q.53 Which of the following pair of complexes have the same EAN of the central metal atoms/ions?
(A) [Cu(NH3)4]SO4 and K3[Fe(CN)6]
(B) K4[Fe(CN)6] and [Co(NH3)6]Cl3
(C) K3[Cr(C2O4)3] and [Cr(NH3)6]Cl(NO2)2
(D) All
Q.54 The values of 'x' in complexes Hx[Co(CO)4], [Fe(CO)x . (-C5H5)]+ are respectively
(A) 1, 1 (B) 2, 3 (C) 3, 1 (D) 1, 3
Q.55 The EAN of metal atoms in Fe(CO)2 (NO)2 and Co2(CO)8 respectively are
(A) 34, 35 (B) 34, 36 (C) 36, 36 (D) 36, 35
Q.58 Statement–1: In Mn2(CO)10 molecule, there are total 70 electrons in both Mn atoms.
Statement–2: Mn2(CO)10 molecule acts as oxidising agent.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true. Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for
Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
IUPAC Nomenclature
Q.59 The number of ions formed, when bis (ethane-1,2-diamine) copper (II) sulphate is dissolved in water
will be
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.60 A complex cation is formed by Pt (in some oxidation state) with ligands (in proper number so that
coordination number of Pt becomes six). Which of the following can be its correct IUPAC name :
(A) Diammineethylenediaminedithiocyanato-S-platinum (II) ion
(B) Diammineethylenediaminedithiocyanato-S-platinate (IV) ion
(C) Diammineethylenediaminedithiocyanato-S-platinum (IV) ion
(D) Diamminebis (ethylenediamine) dithiocyanate-S- platinum (IV) ion
Q.64 K3[Fe(CN)6] is –
(i) Potassium hexacynoferrous (III) (ii) Potassium hexacynoferrate (III)
(iii) Potassium ferricyanide (iv) Hexa cyno ferrate (III) potassium
Correct answer is –
(A) Only (i) and (ii) (B) Only (ii) and (iii)
(C) Only (i) and (iii) (D) Only (ii) and (iv)
Q.77 The IUPAC name of the red coloured complex [Fe(C4H7O2N2)2] obtained from the reaction of Fe2+
and dimethyl glyoxime
(A) bis(dimethylglyoxime) ferrate (II) (B) bis(dimethylglyoximato) iron (II)
(C) bis(2, 3-butanedioldioximato) iron (II) (D) bis(2, 3-butanedionedioximato) iron (I)
(C6H5)3P Cl Cl
Pd Pd
Cl Cl P(C6H5)3
Q.80 The hypothetical complex chloro diaquatriammine cobalt (III) chloride can be represented as :
(A) [CoCl(NH3)3(H2O)2]Cl2 (B) [Co(NH3)3(H2O)Cl3]
(C) [Co(NH2)3(H2O)2Cl] (D) [Co(NH3)3(H2O)3]Cl3
Werner's Theory
Q.81 In a complex, the correct statement is :
(A) primary valency is ionisable (B) primary valency is non-ionisable
(C) secondary valency is ionisable (D) All of these
Q.82 The molecular formula of various hexacoordinate complexes are given as below.
(1) CrCl3.6NH3 (2) CrCl3.5NH3 (3) CrCl3.4NH3
If the number of NH3 ligands attached to central metal ion respectively are 6, 5 and 4, then the primary
valencies in (1), (2) and (3) respectively are :
(A) 3, 3, 3 (B) 0, 1, 2 (C) 3, 2, 1 (D) 6, 5, 4
Q.84 When AgNO3 is added to a solution of Co(NH3)5Cl3, the precipitate of AgCl shows two ionisable
chloride ions. This means –
(A) Two chlorine atom satisfy primary valency and one chlorine atom satisfies primary valency as well
as secondary valency.
(B) One chlorine atom satisfies primary valency.
(C) Two chlorine atoms satisfy secondary valency.
(D) Three chlorine atoms satisfy secondary valency.
Q.85 Which isomer of CrCl3.6H2O is dark green in colour and forms one mole of AgCl with excess of
AgNO3 solution –
(A) [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3 (B) [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2.H2O
(C) [Cr(H2O)4Cl2]Cl.2H2O (D) [Cr(H2O)3Cl3].3H2O
Q.86 Give the correct increasing order of electrical conductivity of aqueous solutions of following complex
entities –
I. [Pt(NH3)6]Cl4 II. [Cr(NH3)6]Cl3 III. [Co(NH3)4Cl2]Cl IV. K2[PtCl6]
(A) III < IV < II < I (B) IV < II < III < I (C) II < I < IV < III (D) I < II < IV < III
1
Q.87 Which of the following is most likely formula of platinum complex, if of total chlorine of the com-
4
Q.89 The number of ions formed when Tetraamminecopper(II) sulphate is dissolved in water is
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) Zero
Q.90 For complexes: (I) CoC13.6NH3(II) CoCl3.5NH3 (III) CoCl3.4NH3 primary valency in I, II & III are
respectively:
(A) 6, 5,4 (B) 3, 2, 1 (C) 0, 1, 2 (D) 3, 3, 3
Q.93 How many moles of AgCl would be obtained, when 100 ml of 0.1 M CoCl3(NH3)5 is treated with
excess of AgNO3?
(A) 0.01 (B) 0.02 (C) 0.03 (D) none of these
Q.94 0.001 mol of Co(NH3)5(NO3)(SO4) was passed through a cation exchanger and the acid coming out of
it required 20 ml of 0.1 M NaOH for neutralisation. Hence, the complex is
(A) [CoSO4(NH3)5]NO3 (B) [CoNO3(NH3)5]SO4
(C) [Co(NH3)5]SO4NO3 (D) None of these
Q.96 Cobalt (III) chloride forms several octahedral ecomplexes with ammonia. Which of the following will
not give test for chloride ions with silver nitrate at 25ºC ?
(A) CoCl3.4NH3 (B) CoCl3.5NH3 (C) CoCl3.6NH3 (D) CoCl3.3NH3
Q.98 The number of unpaired electrons calculated in [Co(NH3)6]3+ and [CoF6]3– are :
(A) 4 and 4 (B) 0 and 2 (C) 2 and 4 (D) 0 and 4
Q.100 A complex of certain metal has the magnetic moment of 4.91 BM whereas another complex of the same
metal with same oxidation state has zero magnetic moment. The metal ion could be
(A) Co2+ (B) Mn2+ (C) Fe2+ (D) Fe3+
Q.109 Among the following, the species having square planar geometry/shape
(i) XeF4 (ii) SF4 (iii) [NiCl4]2– (iv) [PdCl4]2–
(A) (i) and (iv) (B) (i) and (ii) (C) (ii) and (iii) (D) (iii) and (iv)
chemstudios by pms Page # 197
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY COORDINATION COMPOUND
Q.113 In Fe(CO)5, sigma bond between Fe and CO results by the overlap between filled sp hybrid orbital of
C -atom of CO molecule and which hybrid orbitals of Fe :
Q.114 For the correct assignment of electronic configuration of a complex, the valence bond theory often
requires the measurement of
(A) molar conductance (B) optical activity
(C) magnetic moment (D) dipole moment
Q.120 Considering H2O as a weak field ligand, the number of unpaired electrons in [Mn(H2O)6]2+ will be :
(Atomic no. of Mn = 25)
(A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 2 (D) 4
Q.121 The d-electron configuration of Cr2+, Mn2+, Fe2+ and Ni2+ are 3d4, 3d5, 3d6 and 3d8 respectively, which
one of the following aqua-complex will exhibit the minimum paramagnetic behaviour ?
(A) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ (B) [Mn(H2O)6]+2 (C) [Fe(H2O)6]2+ (D) [Ni(H2O)6]2+
Q.122 A magnetic moment of 1.73 BM will be shown by one among the following :
(A) [Ni(CN)4]2– (B) TiCl4 (C) [CoCl6]4– (D) [Cu(NH3)4]2+
Q.123 CN– is strong field ligand. This is due to the fact that
(A) it carries negative charge
(B) it is a pseudohalide
(C) it can accept electrons from metal species
(D) it forms high spin complexes with metal species
Q.124 Which pair of ion form homoleptic octahedral complex with H2O having low spin and high spin
respectively?
(A) Fe2+, Fe3+ (B) Co2+, Co3+
(C) Fe3+, Fe2+ (D) Co3+, Co2+
Q.130 Which of the following statements is correct with respect to the crystal field theory ?
(A) It considers only the metal ion d–orbitals and gives no consideration at all to other metal orbitals.
(B) It cannot account for the bonding in complexes.
(C) The ligands are point charges which are either ions or neutral molecules.
(D)All of these
Q.132 For the t 62g e g2 system, the value of magnetic moment () is –
(A) 2.83 B.M. (B) 1.73 B.M. (C) 3.87 B.M. (D) 4.92 B.M.
Q.133 Which of the following electronic arrangement gives the highest value of the magnetic moment in case of
octahedral complex ?
(A) d6, strong field (B) d7, high spin
(C) d4, weak field (D) d2, strong field
Q.134 In which of the following coordination entities, the magnitude of 0 will be maximum? :
(A) [Co(CN)6]3– (B) [Co(C2O4)3]3– (C) [Co(H2O)6]3+ (D) [Co(NH3)6]3+
Q.135 The crystal field stabilization energy (CFSE) is the highest for
(A) [CoF4]2– (B) [Co(SCN)4]2– (C) [Co(dmg)2]3+ (D) [CoCl4]2–
Q.136 Crystal field stabilization energy for low spin d4 octahedral complex is
(A) – 0.6 0 (B) – 1.8 0 (C) – 1.6 0 + P (D) –1.2 0
Q.138 Which of the following factors tends to increase the stability of metal ion complexes
(A) Higher ionic radius of the metal ion
(B) Higher charge/size ratio of the metal ion
(C) Lower ionisation potential of the metal ion
(D) Lower basicity of the ligand
Q.140 Select the correct statement about brown ring complex ion [Fe(H2O)5(NO)]2+.
(A) Colour change is due to charge transfer
(B) It has iron in +1 oxidation state and nitrosyl as NO+
(C) It has magnetic moment of 3.87 BM confirming three unpaired electrons in Fe
(D) All the above are correct statements.
Q.141 The value of 0 for complex ion [CoCl6]4– is 18000 cm–1. Then the value of t for [CoCl4]2– complex
ion will be
(A) 18000 cm–1 (B) 16000 cm–1 (C) 8000 cm–1 (D) 2000 cm–1
Q.142 The spin only magnetic moment value (in Bohr magneton units) of Cr(CO)6 is
(A) 0 (B) 2.84 (C) 4.90 (D) 5.92
Q.143 The correct distribution of 3d electrons in chromium for the complex [Cr(CN)6]3–
Q.144 Among the following complexes, which has magnetic moment of 5.9 BM
(A) Ni(CO)4 (B) [Fe(H2O)6]2+ (C) [Co(NH3)6]3+ (D) [MnBr4]2–
Q.147 Among the following, the compound that is both paramagnetic and coloured is
(A) K2 Cr2 O7 (B) (NH4)2 [TiCl6] (C) VOSO4 (D) K3[Cu(CN)4]
Q.150 Mn2+ forms a complex with Br¯ ion. The magnetic moment of the complex is 5.92 B.M. What could not
be the probable formula and geometry of the complex?
(A) [MnBr6]4–, octahedral (B) [MnBr4]2–, square planar
(C) [MnBr4]2–, tetrahedral (D) [MnBr5]3–, trigonal bipyramidal
Q.151 A complex of certain metal has the magnetic moment of 4.91 BM whereas another complex of the same
metal with same oxidation state has zero magnetic moment. The metal ion could be
(A) Co2+ (B) Mn2+ (C) Fe2+ (D) Fe3+
Q.155 An ion M2+, forms the complexes [M(H2O)6]2+, [M(en)3]2+ and [MBr6]4–, match the complex with the
appropriate colour.
(A) Green, Blue and Red (B) Blue, Red and Green
(C) Green, Red and Blue (D) Red, Blue and Green
Q.157 The correct order for the wavelength of absorption in the visible region is
(A) [Ni(NO2)6]4– < [Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni(H2O)6]2+
(B) [Ni(NO2)6]4– < [Ni(H2O)6]2+ < [Ni(NH3)6]2+
(C) [Ni(H2O)6]2+ < [Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni(NO2)6]4–
(D) [Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni(H2O)6]2+ < [Ni(NO2)6]4–
Q.158 Which of the following coordination entities should be expected to absorb light of lowest frequency ?
(A) [Cr(en)3]3+ (B) [CrCl6]3– (C) [Cr(NH3)6]3+ (D) [Cr(CN)6]3–
Q.159 Correct increasing order for the wavelength of absorption in the visible region for the complexes of Co3+
is:
(A) [Co(en)3]3+, [Co(NH3)6]3+, [Co(H2O)6]3+
(B) [Co(H2O)6]3+, [Co(en)3]3+, [Co(NH3)6]3+
(C) [Co(H2O)6]3+, [Co(NH3)6]3+, [Co(en)3]3+
(D) [Co(NH3)6]3+, [Co(en)3]3+, [Co(H2O)6]3+
Q.160 Statement-1: Complex compound [Ni(en)3]Cl2 has lower stability than [Ni(NH3)6]Cl2
Statement-2 : In [Ni(en)3]Cl2, geometry around Ni2+ is octahedral.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for
Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
Q.161 Statement-1 : 0 increases in the order of [Cr(Cl6)]3– < [Cr(CN)6]3– < [Cr(C2O4)3]3–
Statement-2 : Stronger the ligand field, higher will be 0 value.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for
Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
Q.163 Statement–1 : In octahedral geometry of ligands d-orbitals of a metal cation split into two sets of
orbitals t2g and eg.
Statement–2 : Splitting of d-orbitals occurs only in the case of strong field ligands.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement·2 is true and Statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for
Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
Structural Isomerism
Q.165 In coordination compounds, the hydrate isomers differ –
(A)Inthenumberofwatermoleculesofhydration only
(B) In the number of water molecules only present as ligands
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(D) In their coordination number of the metal atom
3+
H
N
(C) (NH3)4Co Co(H2O)4 (D) [Ir(NO2)3(H2O)3]
Cl
Q.173 The total number of possible structural isomers for the complex compound [Cu(NH3)4] [PtCl4] are
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
Q.176 Other than the X-ray diffractions, how could be the following pairs of isomers be distinguished from one
another by
[Cr(NH3)6] [Cr(NO2)6] and [Cr(NO2)2 (NH3)4] [Cr(NO2)4(NH3)2]
(A) electrolysis of an aqueous solution (B) measurement of molar conductance
(C) measuring magnetic moments (D) measurement of optical activity
Q.177 How the isomerism complexes [Co(NH3)6][Cr(NO2)6] and [Cr(NH3)6] [Co(NO2)6] can be
distinguished from one another by
(A) measurement of molar conductance (B) measurement magnetic moments
(C) electrolysis of their aqueous solutions (D) measurement of optical activity
Q.179 The complexes [Co(NH3)6] [Cr(C2O4)3] and [Cr(NH3)6] [Co(C2O4)3] will have which type of
isomerism
(A) Linkage isomerism (B) Geometrical isomerism
(C) Coordination isomerism (D) Ionisation isomerism
Q.180 Which of the following will give maximum number of structural isomers ?
(A) [Co(NH3)4Cl2] (B) [Ni (en)(NH3)4]2+
(C) [Ni(C2O4)(en)2]2– (D) [Cr(SCN)2(NH3)4]+
Q.181 The complexes [Co(NH3)6] [Cr(CN)6] and [Cr(NH3)6] [Co(CN)6] are the examples of which type of
isomerism?
(A) Linkage isomerism (B) Ionization isomerism
(C) Coordination isomerism (D) Geometrical isomerism
Q.184 Statement-1 : Coordination isomerism can occur when both cation and anion are complex ions.
Statement-2 : Co-ordination isomers may exhibit geometrical isomerism.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement·2 is true and Statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for
Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
Stereo Isomerism
Q.185 A square planar complex represented as it will show which isomerism –
NH2 NH2
CH2 CH2
CH2 CH2
H2N H2N
Q.188 Cis-trans-isomerism is found in square planar complexes of the molecular formula (a and b are
monodentate ligands) –
(A) Ma4 (B) Ma3b (C) Ma2b2 (D) Mab3
A
A en
(A) Geometrical isomers (B) Position isomers
(C) Optical isomers (D) Identical
Q.190 Theoritically the No. of geometrical isomers expected for octahedral complex [Mabcdef]
is –
(A) Zero (B) 30 (C) 15 (D) 9
Q.192 On treatment of [Ni(NH3)4]2+ with concentrated HCl, two compounds I and II having the same formula,
[NiCl2(NH3)2] are obtained, I can be converted into II by boiling with dilute HCl.Asolution of I reacts
with oxalic acid to form [Ni(C2O4)(NH3)2] wheras II does not react. Point out the correct statement of
the following
(A) I cis II trans; both tetrahedral (B) I cis II trans; both square planar
(C) I trans, II cis; both tetrahedral (D) I trans, II cis; both square planar
Q.194 The number of possible isomers of square planar complex [M(abcd)] are :
(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 0 (D) 1
Q.196 Which one of the following will not show geometrical isomerism
(A) [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl (B) [Co(en)2Cl2]Cl
(C) [Co(NH3)5(NO2)]Cl2 (D) [Pt(NH3)2Cl2]
Q.198 Which of the following complex will show geometrical as well as optical isomerism
(A) [Pt(NH3)2Cl2] (B) [Pt(NH3)2Cl4]
(C) [Pt(en)3]4+ (D) [Pt(en)2Cl2]2+
Q.199 Which of the following coordination compounds would exhibit optical activity
(A) trans-dicyanobis (ethylenediamine) chromium (III) chloride
(B) tris-(ethylenediamine) cobalt (III) bromide
(C) pentaamminenitrocobalt (III) chloride
(D) diamminedichloroplatinum (II)
Q.203 Which of the following complex does not show geometrical isomerism
(A) [IrCl2(NH3)4]+ (B) [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]¯ (C) [Cr(Ox)3]3– (D) [Co(NH3)3(NO2)3]
Q.204 For the given complex [CoCl2(en) (NH3)2]+, the number of geometrical isomers, the number of optically
active isomers and total number of stereoisomers are
(A) 3, 2 and 4 (B) 2, 2 and 4 (C) 3, 1 and 4 (D) 3, 2 and 3
Q.205 The existence of two different coloured complexes with the composition of [Co(NH3)4Cl2]¯ is due to
(A) Ionization isomerism (B) Linkage isomerism
(C) Geometrical isomerism (D) Coordination isomerism
Q.206 Which one of the following complexes is not expected to exhibit isomerism
(A) [Ni(NH3)4 (H2O)2]2+ (B) [Pt(NH3)2Cl2]
(C) [Ni(en)Cl2] (D) [Ni(en)3]2+
Q.209 Which of the following complexes will show geometrical as well as optical isomerism?
(A) [Zn(bcac)2] (B) [Pt(gly)3]+ (C) [CrBr4(en)]¯ (D) [Ir(acac)3]
Q.210 A square planar complex can exhibit optical isomerism with ligand:
(A) gly (B) bcac (C) bn (D) dmg
Q.211 Which one of the following is expected to exhibit optical isomerism? (en = ethylenediamine)
(A) cis–[Pt(NH3)2Cl2] (B) trans–[Co(en)2Cl2]+
(C) trans–[Pt(NH3)2Cl2] (D) cis–[Co(en)2Cl2]+
Q.213 The complex, [Pt(Py)(NH3)BrCl] will have how many geometrical isomers ?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 0 (D) 2
Q.214 Statement-1 : The geometrical isomer of the complex [M(NH3)4Cl2] are optically inactive.
Statement-2 : Both geometrical isomers of the complex [M(NH3)4Cl2] possess axis of symmetry.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement·2 is true and Statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for
Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
Q.215 Statement-1: Complexes of type [MA6]n± and [MA5B]n± do not show geometrical isomerism.
Statement-2: Geometrical isomerism is not exhibited by complexes of coordination number 6.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement·2 is true and Statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for
Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
chemstudios by pms Page # 211
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY COORDINATION COMPOUND
Q.217 Statement-1: Complex compounds containing three symmetrical bidentate ligands exhibit optical activity.
Statement-2: Such octahedral complex have plane of symmetry.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement·2 is true and Statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for
Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
Synergic bonding
Q.218 In which compound synergic bonding is present
(A) [Ni(CO)4] (B) [Ni(NH3)4]2+ (C) [Zn(OH)4]2– (D) [FeF6]3–
Q.221 In the isoelectronic series of metal carbonyl, the CO bond strength is expected to increase in the order.
(A) [Mn(CO)6]+ < [Cr(CO)6] < [V(CO)6]¯ (B) [V(CO)6]¯ < [Cr(CO)6]+ < [Mn(CO)6]+
(C) [V(CO)6]¯< [Mn(CO)6]+ < [Cr(CO)6] (D) [Cr(CO)6] < [Mn(CO)6]+ < [V(CO)6]¯
Q.224 Which of the following has longest C–O bond length ? (Free C–O bond length in CO is 1.128Å)
–
(A) [Mn(CO)6]+ (B) Ni(CO)4 (C) [Co(CO)4] (D) [Fe(CO)4]2–
Organometallic compounds
Q.226 Which amongst the following are organometallic compounds ?
1. Al2(CH3)6 2. K[PtCl3C2H2] 3. N(CH3)3
(A) 1 only (B) 3 only (C) 1 and 2 only (D) 1, 2 and 3
Q.233 Among the following which is not the -bonded organometallic compound?
(A) K[PtCl3(2 – C2H4)] (B) Fe(5 – C5H5)2
(C) Cr(6 – C6H6)2 (D) (CH3)4Sn
Applications
Q.234 Which metal is found in vitamin B12 ?
(A) Co (B) Pt (C) Fe (D) Mg
Q.235 Wilkionson's catalyst is used as a homogeneous catalyst in the hydrogenation of alkenes it contains
(A) Iron (B)Aluminium (C) Rhodium (D)Titanium
Q.236 Solution of TiCl4 and trialkylaluminium used as a catalyst in polymerisation of olefins is called :
(A) Wilkinson's catalyst (B) Zeigler Natta catalyst
(C) Homogeneous catalyst (D) Grignard reagent
Q.239 The disodium salt of ethylene diamine tetracetic acid can be used to estimate the following ion(s) in the
aqueous solution
(A) Mg2+ ion (B) Ca2+ ion (C) Na+ ion (D) both Mg2+ and Ca2+
Q.240 Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) is the antidote for lead poisoning. It is administered in the form
of
(A) free acid (B) sodium dihydrogen salt
(C) calcium dihydrogen salt (D) none of these
Q.242 In the silver palting of copper, K[Ag(CN)2] is used instead of AgNO3. The reason is :
(A) a thin layer of Ag is formed on copper.
(B) more voltage is required.
(C) Ag+ ions are completely removed from the solution.
(D) less availability of Ag+ ions as Cu cannot displace Ag from [Ag(CN)2]¯ ion.
Q.243 Among the following complexes the one which shows Zero crystal field stabilizations energy (CFSE)
(A) [Mn(H2O)6]3+ (B) [Fe(H2O)6]3+ (C) [Co(H2O)6]2+ (D) [Co(H2O)6]3+
Q.247 Which of the following cation forms complex of coordination number two with excess of CN¯
(A) Cu2+ (B)Ag+ (C) Ni2+ (D) Fe2+
Q.248 On addition of excess of aqueous KCN pale blue colour of CuSO4 solution disappears it is due to
formation of:
(A) [Cu(CN)4]2– (B) [Cu(CN)4]3– (C) Cu(CN)2 (D) CuCN
Q.249 Oxidation number of Fe in violet coloured complex Na4[Fe(CN)5(NOS)] sodium nitrosoprusside is:
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
EXERCISE-2
Q.2 Which of the following is/are inner orbital complex(es) as well as diamagnetic in nature.
(A) [Ir(H2O)6]3+ (B) [Ni(NH3)6]2+ (C) [Cr(NH3)6]3+ (D) [Co(NH3)6]3+
Q.8 The value of crystal field energy (0) for [Ti(H2O)6]3+ is 243 kJ mol–1. The crystal field stabilization
energy (CFSE) in this complex is: (in kJ mol–1)
3 2 2
(A) × 243 (B) × 243 (C) 3 243 (D) 243
5 5 5
chemstudios by pms Page # 217
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY COORDINATION COMPOUND
Q.9 Wavelength of absorption is minimum in the visible region for the complex ion.
(A) [Cr(H2O)6]3+ (B) [Cr(NH3)6]3+ (C) [Cr(NO2)6]3– (D) [Cr(ONO)6]3–
Q.10 In which of the following complex ion upaired electron is present in 4d orbital.
(A) [Cu(NO2)5]3– (B) [Cu(NH3)4]2+ (C) [Co(H2O)6]2+ (D) [Fe(CO)4]2–
Q.12 In which of the following complex ion, transference of electron occurs from 3d to 4p orbital
(A) [Cu(H2O4)]2+ (B) [Co(CN)6]4– (C) [Co(H2O)6]2+ (D) [Cu(py)4]2+
Q.13 Consider the following complex ions and 'C–O' stretching bands/frequencies.
Column-I Column-II
(Complex ions) CO (in cm–1)
(P) [Ti(CO)6]2– (i) 2204
(Q) [V(CO)6]¯ (ii) 2100
(R) [Mn(CO)6]+ (iii) 1859
(S) [Fe(CO)6]2+ (iv) 1748
Then according to the given information the correct match is :
(P) (Q) (R) (S) (P) (Q) (R) (S)
(A) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (B) (iii) (iv) (i) (ii)
(C) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i) (D) (i) (iii) (ii) (iv)
Q.15 The IR stretching frequencies of free CO, and CO in [V(CO)6]¯, [Cr(CO)6] and [Mn(CO)6]+ are
2143 cm–1, 1859 cm–1, 2000 cm–1 and 2100 cm–1 respectively. Then INCORRECT statement(s)
about metal carbonyls is/are
(A) 'C–O' bond is strongest in the cation and weakest in the anion.
(B) 'C–O" bond order is less in the cation than in anion.
(C) 'C–O" bond is longer in the cation than in anion or neutral carbonyl.
(D) 'M–C' bond order is higher in the cation than in anionic or neutral carbonyl.
Q.16 Which of the following properties is/are same in between [Fe(CO)2 (NO)2] and [Fe(-C5H5)2]
complexes.
(A) Oxidation state of central metal atom/ion
(B) Effective atomic number
(C)All ligands exhibit synergic bonding
(D) Ligands show -donor--acceptor behaviour in both complexes.
Q.17 Find IUPAC name of the hydrate isomer of CrC13·6H2O, which is having lowest electrical conductivity.
(A) Hexaaquachromium(III) chloride
(B) Tetraaquadichloridochromium(III) chloridedihydrate
(C) Pentaaquachloridochromium(III) chloridemonohydrate
(D) Triaquatrichloridochromium(III) trihydrate
+4
OH
(en)2CO CO(en)2
OH
Q.19 Which of the following names is/are correct for the compound Na[CoCl2(NO2)(-C3H5) (NH3)2]
(A) Sodium allyldiamminedichloronitrito-N-cobaltate (III)
(B) Sodium diamminedichloroallylnitrito-N-cobaltate (III)
(C) Sodium diamminedichlorocyclopropylnitrito-N-cobaltate (III)
(D) Sodium diamminecyclopropylnitrito-N-dichlorocobaltate (III)
Q.21 Which of the following will produce a white precipitate upon reacting withAgNO3?
(A) [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 (B) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]
(C) K2[Pt(en)Cl4] (D) [Fe(en)3]Cl3
Q.22 Co-ordination number of Cr in CrC13.5H2O is six. The volume of 0.1 N AgNO3 needed to ppt. the
chlorine in outer sphere in 200 ml of 0.01 M solution of the complex is/are:
(A) 140 ml (B) 40 ml (C) 80 ml (D) 20 ml
Q.23 Select the correct graph between magnetic moment of complex compound and number of d-electrons
with weak field ligand and strong field ligands respectively
(A) and
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No. of electrons in d-orbitals No. of electrons in d-orbitals
Magnetic moment ()
(B) and
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No. of electrons in d-orbitals No. of electrons in d-orbitals
Magnetic moment ()
(C) and
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No. of electrons in d-orbitals No. of electrons in d-orbitals
Magnetic moment ()
(D) and
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No. of electrons in d-orbitals No. of electrons in d-orbitals
Q.25 The complex compound which can exhibit both structural and optical isomerism
(A) [IrBr2(en)2]Br (B) [Co(NO2)3(H2O)3]
(C) [Cr(NO2)(SCN) (H2O) (NH3)3]Br (D) [Pt(acac)3]Br
Q.27 How many isomers exist for [Co(NH3)4Cl2]+ and [Co(en)2Cl2]+ complex ions, respectively
(A) 2 and 2 (B) 2 and 3 (C) 3 and 2 (D) 3 and 3
Q.28 Possible isomerism in complexes [Co(NH3)3(NO2)3] and [Co(NH3)5(NO2)] Cl2, respectively are
(A) Linkage and optical (B) Geometrical and linkage
(C) Optical and ionisation (D) Linkage and geometrical
Q.29 Consider the following configuration arrangement between central metal atom/ion and donor site(s) of
respective ligand:
n±
O
O O
M
N N
O
Which of the following IUPAC name of complex ion is not satisfied with the given arrangement
(A) Ethylenediaminetetraacetatonickelate(II)ion
(B) Ethylenediaminebis(oxalato)chromate(III)ion
(C) Tetraaquaethylenediaminecobalt(III)ion
(D) Trans-(glycinato)bisoxalatoferrate(III)ion
Q.31 Which of the following exhibit geometrical but not exhibit optical isomerism (M stands for a metal, and a
and b are monodentate ligands)?
(A) Ma3b2c (B) M (AA)3 (C) Ma4(AA) (D) M(AB)2(AA)
Q.33 Three arrangements are shown for the complex [Co(en) (NH3)2Cl2]+. Pick up the wrong statement
Cl Cl Cl
Cl H3N NH3
Co en Co en en Co
H3N H3 N NH3
NH3 Cl Cl
(I) (II) (III)
(A) I and II are geometrical isomers (B) II and III are optical isomers
(C) I and III are optical isomers (D) II and III are geometrical isomers
Q.35 Which of the following statements is not true about the complex ion [CrCl(NO2)(en)2]+ (en = enthylene
diamine)
(A) It has two geometrical isomers-cis and trans
(B) cis and trans forms are not diastereomers to each other
(C) Only the cis isomer displays optical activity
(D) It has three optically active isomers : d, l and meso forms
Q.37 Which of the following isomerisms is/are shown by the complex [CoCl2(OH)2(NH3)2]Br ?
(A) Ionization (B) Linkage (C) Geometrical (D) Optical
1
5 2
Co
4 3
6
Brown Green
The magnetic moment of green complex is 1.7 BM & for brown complexes magnetic moment is zero.
(O-O) is same in all respect in both the complexes.
The O.S. of Co in brown complex and green complex respectively are -
(A) III III & IV III (B) III II & III III
brown green brown green
(B) III III & III II (D) III IV & III III
brown green brown green
Q.40 The complex K2[Zn(CN)2(O2)2] is oxidised into [Zn(CN)2(O2)2], then which of the following is/are
correct?
(A) Zn(II) is oxidised into Zn(IV) (B) Magnetic moment decreases
(C) O – O bond length increase (D) Magnetic moment increases
Q.42 What is oxidation state, magnetic moment and type of hybridisation of central metal cation in following
complex. [Os(ONO) (O)2 (O2) (SCN) (H2O)]OH
Q.46 Select incorrect statement(s) for [Cu(CN)4]3–, [Cd(CN)4]2– and [Cu(NH3)4]2+ complex ion.
(A) Both [Cd(CN)4]2– and [Cu(NH3)4]2+ have square planar geometry
(B) [Cu(NH3)4]2+ and [Cd(CN)4]2– have equal no. of unpaired electron
(C) [Cu(CN)4]3– and [Cd(CN)4]2– can be separated from the mixture on passing H2S gas
(D) All the three complexes have magnetic moment equal to zero
[PARAGRAPH TYPE]
Paragraph for question nos. 50 to 52
Ni (NH3)4 (NO3)2.2H2O molecule may have two unpaired electrons or zero unpaired electron and
measurement of magnetic moment helps us to predict the geometry.
Q.50 If magnetic moment value is zero then the formula of the complex will be
(A) [Ni(NH3)4](NO3)2 · 2H2O
(B) [Ni(NH3)2(H2O)2](NO3)2· 2NH3
(C) [Ni (NH3)4(H2O)2](NO3)2
(D) [Ni (NO3)2(H2O)2] · 4NH3
Q.51 If the magnetic moment value is 2 2 and conducts electricity then the formula of the complex is
(A) [Ni (NH3)4] (NO3)2.2H2O
(B) [Ni (NH3)2(H2O)2] (NO3)2.2NH3
(C) [Ni (NH3)4 (H2O)2] (NO3)2
(D) [Ni (NH3)4 (NO3)2].2H2O
Q.52 The higher and lower value of magnetic moment of the given complex corresponds to the following
geometries respectively.
(A) Octahedron and Tetrahedron
(B) Octahedron and square planar
(C) Square planar and Octahedron
(D) Octahedron and Octahedron
chemstudios by pms Page # 226
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY COORDINATION COMPOUND
(dxy, dyz, dzx) and a set of degenerate orbitals of higher energy d 2 2 and d 2 . The orbitals with
x y z
lower energy are called t2g orbitals and those with higher energy are called eg orbitals.
In octahederal complexes, positive metal ion may be considered to be present at the centre and negative
ligand at the corner of a regular octahedron.As lobes d 2 2 and d 2 lie along the axes, i.e., along the
x y z
ligand the repulsions are more and so high is the energy. The lobes of the remaining three d-orbitals lie
between the axes i.e., between the ligands. The repulsion between them are less, so lesser the energy. In
the octahedral complexes, if metal ion has electrons more than 3 then for pairing them, the options are
(i) Pairing may start with 4th electron in t2g orbitals.
(ii) Pairing may start normally with 6th electrons when t2g and eg orbitals are singly filled.
Q.55 In which of the following configurations, hybridisation and magnetic moment of octahedral complexes
are independent of nature of ligands.
(I) d3 configuration of any metal cation
(II) d6 configuration of IIIrd transition series metal cation
(III) d8 configuration of Ist transition series metal cation
(IV) d7 configuration of any metal cation
Select the correct code :
(A) III, IV (B) I, III, IV (C) I, II, IV (D) I, II, III
Q.56 Which of the following electronic arrangement is/are possible for inner orbital octahedral complex.
Q.59 The complex which does not exhibit cis-trans isomerism but optically active-
(A) [Zn(gly)2] (B) [Pt(gly)2] (C) [Ni(gly)2] (D) [Pd(gly)2]
Q.60 The complex in which six pair of enantiomers available form is optically active -
(A) [CoBrCl(CN)(H2O)(NH3)2] (B) [Rh((CN)2(gly)(H2O)(NH3)]
(C) [FeF2(OH)2(en)]¯ (D) [CrBr2Cl(CN)(NH3)2]¯
[MATCH TYPE]
Q.64 Column-I (Complexes) Column-II (C.N.)
(A) [Co(en)3]2+ (P) 6
(B) [Ca(EDTA)]2– (Q) 4
(C) [Ni(CO)4] (R) 2
(D) [Ag(NH3)2]Cl (S) 5
[INTEGER TYPE]
Q.74 Total number of ligands which can act as didentate/polydentate ligands with same donor atoms/sites.
DMG, en, Phen, Gly, acac, SO42–, S2O32–, pyridine, PPh3
Q.75 If an octahedral complex ion [M(AA)xay]±n does not show optical isomerism, then find out value of
|x – y|2.
(WhereAAis symmetrical bidentate ligand and 'a' is neutral monodentate ligand and x and y are natural
number)
Q.78 If CFSE value of complex ion [FeF6]4– in terms of Dq. is X, then find |X|.
Q.79 What are the values of m + n in the anionic species [ Ti(CO)m]n– , if it is following sidwick EAN rule and
having octahedral shape.
Q.80 Write the sum of Geometrical isomers of [Pt(H2N – CH(CH3) – COO–)2] complex and stereo isomers
of [Pt(gly)3]+ complex.
Q.81 From Meridional and facial isomer of [Ma 3b3 ]n on replacement of only one 'a' by 'b', the number of
Q.82 Predict the number of unpaired electrons in a tetrahedral d6 ion and in a square planar d7 ion.
Note : If answer is 1 and 2 represent as 12.
Q.85 Total possible stereoisomer for the molecule [Ma2bcde]n± (where a,b,c,d,e are simple monodentate
ligand having no chiral centre). is-
Q.87 Find the number of unpaired electrons in t2g-set of d-orbitals in [Co(H2O)3F3] complex.
Q.90 The total number of possible geometrical isomer for [Ma 3b3 ]n is _________.
Q.95 The number of ions furnished per molecule of the complex [Cr(NH3)6]Cl3 is / are
Q.96 If Hund's rule violet then how many unpaired electrons are present in [Cr(H2O)6]3+
Q.97 When one 'a' is replaced by 'b' in [M(AA)a2bc]n± type of complex, then total number of geometrical
isomer is increased by _________.
Q.98 Find the number of unpaired electron in the t2g set of d-orbital in the [Mn(H2O)6]2+.
Q.99 How many unpaired electron(s) is / are present in t2g orbitals of [Mn(NH3)6]2+.
Q.100 Find out the total number of stereoisomer possible for [Cr(C2O4)(en)(NO2)Cl]¯.
Q.102 Find the number of unpaired electrons in t2g-set of d-orbitals in K3[Co(ox)3] complex.
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE-1
Q.1 A Q.2 C Q.3 D Q.4 A Q.5 D
Q.6 C Q.7 B Q.8 D Q.9 B Q.10 A
Q.11 A Q.12 D Q.13 A Q.14 C Q.15 D
Q.16 A Q.17 B Q.18 B Q.19 D Q.20 B
Q.21 B Q.22 C Q.23 B Q.24 C Q.25 C
Q.26 B Q.27 A Q.28 C Q.29 A Q.30 C
Q.31 C Q.32 D Q.33 B Q.34 B Q.35 B
Q.36 C Q.37 D Q.38 C Q.39 B Q.40 B
Q.41 B Q.42 B Q.43 D Q.44 C Q.45 B
Q.46 C Q.47 A Q.48 C Q.49 A Q.50 D
Q.51 C Q.52 C Q.53 D Q.54 D Q.55 C
Q.56 C Q.57 D Q.58 C Q.59 B Q.60 C
Q.61 C Q.62 B Q.63 C Q.64 B Q.65 C
Q.66 A Q.67 C Q.68 C Q.69 A Q.70 C
Q.71 C Q.72 B Q.73 A Q.74 B Q.75 A
Q.76 A Q.77 B Q.78 B Q.79 A Q.80 A
Q.81 A Q.82 A Q.83 D Q.84 A Q.85 C
Q.86 A Q.87 D Q.88 B Q.89 B Q.90 D
Q.91 C Q.92 A Q.93 B Q.94 B Q.95 A
Q.96 D Q.97 D Q.98 D Q.99 C Q.100 C
Q.101 C Q.102 D Q.103 B Q.104 A Q.105 C
Q.106 D Q.107 B Q.108 B Q.109 A Q.110 C
Q.111 D Q.112 A Q.113 D Q.114 C Q.115 A
Q.116 A Q.117 C Q.118 C Q.119 B Q.120 B
Q.121 D Q.122 D Q.123 B Q.124 D Q.125 B
Q.126 C Q.127 A Q.128 C Q.129 A Q.130 D
Q.131 A Q.132 A Q.133 C Q.134 A Q.135 C
Q.136 C Q.137 C Q.138 B Q.139 C Q.140 D
Q.141 C Q.142 A Q.143 A Q.144 D Q.145 C
Q.146 B Q.147 C Q.148 B Q.149 B Q.150 B
Q.151 C Q.152 B Q.153 A Q.154 A Q.155 B
Q.156 A Q.157 A Q.158 B Q.159 A Q.160 D
Q.161 D Q.162 B Q.163 C Q.164 A Q.165 C
Q.166 A Q.167 A Q.168 A Q.169 A Q.170 B
chemstudios by pms Page # 234
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY COORDINATION COMPOUND
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 BCD Q.2 AD Q.3 ACD Q.4 ABD Q.5 C
Q.6 A Q.7 B Q.8 B Q.9 C Q.10 A
Q.11 D Q.12 D Q.13 C Q.14 ABD Q.15 BCD
Q.16 BC Q.17 B Q.18 ABCD Q.19 AC Q.20 D
Q.21 AD Q.22 BD Q.23 A Q.24 ABD Q.25 C
Q.26 C Q.27 B Q.28 B Q.29 D Q.30 D
Q.31 A Q.32 A Q.33 BD Q.34 ABCD Q.35 BD
Q.36 AB Q.37 ACD Q.38 ABD Q.39 A Q.40 D
Q.41 B Q.42 C Q.43 BD Q.44 AC Q.45 ABCD
Q.46 A Q.47 BCD Q.48 D Q.49 D Q.50 A
Q.51 C Q.52 B Q.53 B Q.54 B Q.55 D
Q.56 B Q.57 B Q.58 B Q.59 A Q.60 A
Q.61 D Q.62 C Q.63 A
Q.64 A – P; B – P; C – Q; D – R Q.65 A – R; B – R; C – P; D – Q
Q.66 A – P,S; B – P,S; C – Q; D – Q,R Q.67 A – Q,S,T; B – P,R; C – P,R; D – P,R
Q.68 A – Q; B – P,Q; C – R,S; D – R,S Q.69 A – Q,R,S; B – Q,R; C – P,Q; D – P,Q,R,S
Q.70 A – S; B – P; C – Q; Q.71 A – R,S; B – P,Q; C – P; D – P,Q
Q.72 A – PRS; B – T ;C–QRT; D–PRS Q.73 A – P, Q; B – P, R; C – R,S
Q.74 6 Q.75 9
Q.76 4 Q.77 81 Q.78 4 Q.79 0008 Q.80 0008
Q.81 21 Q.82 0041 Q.83 12 Q.84 60 Q.85 0015
Q.86 0002 Q.87 0002 Q.88 5 Q.89 2 Q.90 0002
Q.91 9 Q.92 36 Q.93 4 Q.94 84 Q.95 4
Q.96 1 Q.97 0 Q.98 3 Q.99 3 Q.100 5
Q.101 36 Q.102 0
6
CHAPTER
TYPES OF REACTIONS
EXERCISE
Complete the reaction and assign (A), (B), (C), (D) from given types of reactions.
(A) precipitate formation reaction
(B) precipitate dissolution reaction
(C) precipitate exchange reaction
(D) no reaction
NH 4OH
Q.52 NiCl2 + 2dmg ______________________
Complete the reaction and in the following reactions assign for underlined atom for product of complete
hydrolysis at R.T.
(A) If product is oxy acid with -ic suffix.
(B) If product is oxy acid with -ous suffix.
(C) If product are two oxy acids one with -ic suffix and otherone with -ous suffix.
(D) If product is not oxy acid, neither with -ic suffix nor with -ous suffix.
Q.142 C(s) + O2(g) ______________________
boil
Q.149 Fe(s) + H2O (l) ______________________
Q.170 NaNO3 ______________________
1
Q.176 MnO2 + 2KOH + O — ______________________
2 2
Q.178 KMnO4 ______________________
Q.179 K2Cr2O7 ______________________
Q.180 (NH4)2Cr2O7 ______________________
Q.181 NH4Cl + NaNO2 ______________________
Q.182 Ba(N3)2 ______________________
High temp.
Q.183 N2 + O2 ______________________
Q.185 NH4NO3 ______________________
Q.188 Pb(NO3)2 ______________________
Q.189 P4 + 6Cl2 ______________________
Q.190 P4 + 10Cl2 ______________________
Q.191 Ag + PCl5 ______________________
Q.192 Sn + PCl5 ______________________
Q.193 PCl5 ______________________
Q.195 H3PO3 ______________________
Q.196 Se2Cl2 ______________________
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE
Q.1 A Q.2 B Q.3 A Q.4 A Q.5 D
HYDROGEN &
S-BLOCK ELEMENTS
CHAPTER
EXERCISE-1
[SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE]
HYDROGEN AND ITS COMPOUNDS
Hydrogen
Q.1 Which is true about different forms of hydrogen :
(A) ortho hydrogen has same spins of two nuclei clockwise or anticlockwise
(B) para hydrogen has different spins of two nuclei
(C) at absolute zero, there is 100% para form and at high temperature, there is 75% ortho form
(D) all are correct
Q.2 Out of the following metals which will give H2 on reaction with NaOH :
I : Zn, II : Mg, III : Al, IV : Be
(A) I, II, III, IV (B) I, III, IV (C) II, IV (D) I, III
Q.3 The gas used in the hydrogenation of oils in presence of nickel as a catalyst is :
(A) methane (B) ethane (C) ozone (D) hydrogen
Q.7 Which of the following statement is not true for 1H1, 1H2, 1H3 respectively –
(A) They are isotopes of each other
(B) Theyhave similar electronic configuration
(C) They exist in the nature in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3
(D) Their atomic masses are in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3
Q.8 Hydrogen has three isotops, the number of possible molecule will be –
(A) 3 (B) 6 (C) 9 (D) 12
Q.10 Hydrogen is :
(A) Electropositive
(B) Electronegative
(C) Both electropositive as well as electronegative
(D) Neither electropositive nor electronegative
Q.11 In which property listed below hydrogen does not resemble alkali metals ?
(A) Tendency to form cation (B) Nature of oxide
(C) Combination with halogens (D) Reducing character
Q.12 In which of the following reactions does dihydrogen act as oxidising agent ?
(A) Ca + H2 (B) H2 + O2 (C) H2 + F2 (D) CuO + H2
Q.15 Which combination cannot be used for the preparation of hydrogen gas in the laboratory ?
I. zinc/conc. H2SO4 ; II zinc/dil. HNO3 III. zinc/dil. H2SO4
(A) I and II (B) I, II, III (C) III only (D) I and III
Li + Ca + Cu +
H2O H2O H2O
(A) By C only (B) ByA, B only (C) By A, B, C only (D) None of these
Q.18 H2 gas is liberated at cathode and anode both by electrolysis of the following aq. solution except in :
(A) NaH (B) HCOONa (C) NaCl (D) LiH
Q.19 Under what conditions of termperature and pressure, the formation of molecular hydrogen from atomic
hydrogen will be favoured most :
(A) High temperature and high pressure (B) Low temperature and low pressure
(C) High temperature and low pressure (D) Low temperature and high pressure
Water
Q.21 When bismuth chloride is poured into a large volume of water the white precipitate produced is
(A) Bi(OH)3 (B) Bi2O3 (C) BiOCl (D) Bi2OCl3
Q.23 Which of the following carbide gives methane gas on reaction with water?
(A) Be2C (B) CaC2 (C) Li2C2 (D) Mg2C3
Q.28 Which of the following acid is not formed during the step wise hydrolysis of P4O10?
(A) Tetrameta phosphoric acid (B) Hypophosphoric acid
(C) Pyrophosphoric acid (D) Tetra polyphosphoric acid
Q.29 Anhydrous AlCl3 is covalent however when it is dissolved in water hydrated ionic species are formed.
This transformation is owing to :
(A) The trivalent state ofAl. (B) The large hydration energy of Al3+
(C) The low hydration energy of Al3+ (D) The Polar nature of water
Q.30 In which of the following cases hydrolysis takes place through SN2 and SN1 mechanism respectively.
(A) P4O10, SiCl4 (B) NCl3, NF3 (C) SiCl4, SiF4 (D) SF4, TeF6
Q.32 Which of the following carbides yields carbon containing compound having sp hybridisation on hydrolysis.
(A) Be2C (B) Al4C3 (C) Mg2C3 (D) None of these
Q.35 Which of the following compounds are the common product/s obtained in the hydrolysis of XeF6 and
XeF4.
(A) XeO2F2 (B) HF (C) XeO3 (D) Both (B) & (C)
Q.36 Select the compound in which HCl is NOT the product of Hydrolysis
(A) NCl3 (B) PCl3 (C) AsCl3 (D) BiCl3
Q.38 One mole of calcium phosphide on reaction with excess of water gives
(A) one mole of phosphine (B) two moles of phosphoric acid
(C) two moles of phosphine (D) one mole of phosphorus penta-oxide
Q.39 When NF3 undergoes in hydrolysis at room temperature then product will be-
(A) HNO2 (B) N2O3 (C) NO + NO2 (D) None of these
Q.40 Which of the following molecule does not produce HCl as one of the hydrolysed product?
(A) NCl3 (B) PCl3 (C) AsCl3 (D) SbCl3
Q.41 Which of the following combination does not liberate NH3 gas.
(A) Heating of NH4ClO4 (B) Heating of NH4Cl
(C) (NH4)2CO3 +NaOH (D) Li3N + H2O
Q.42 In which of following case the hybridisation of transition state in the hydrolysis reaction is sp3d.
(A) SF4 (B) SiF4 (C) BF3 (D) BeCl2
Q.45 Which halogen oxidizes water at room temperature but does not undergo disproportionation into it?
(A) F2 (B) Cl2 (C) Br2 (D) I2
Q.46 Which of the following compound liberates acidic gas during its hydrolysis.
(A) Ca3P2 (B)AlN (C) Al2S3 (D) CaH2
Q.47 One of the hydrolysed product of the following compound does not react with silica of glass vessel
(A) BF3 (B) ClF5 (C) XeF2 (D) SF4
Q.48 Which of the following Xenon compound does not produce explosive XeO3 on its complete hydrolysis:
(A) XeO2F2 (B) XeF2 (C) XeF4 (D) XeF6
Q.50 Which of the following hydrolysis product is not common in hydrolysis of XeF2 and XeF4 respectively?
(A) XeO3 (B) HF (C) Xe (D) O2
Q.57 Hard water when passed through ion exchange resin containing RCOOH group, becomes free from
(A) Cl– (B) SO4–2 (C) H3O+ (D) Ca+2
Q.58 When zeolite is treated with hard water the sodium ion are exchange with –
(A) H+ (B) Ca+2 (C) OH (D) SO42–
(blue colour)
(A) CrO5 and H2O (B) Cr2O3 and H2O (C) CrO2 and H2O (D) CrO and H2O
(x) (y)
Q.63 MnO4– Mn2+ Mn4+
(z)
MnO2
Q.64 H2O2 can be obtained when following reacts with H2SO4 except with :
(A) PbO2 (B) BaO2 (C) Na2O2 (D) KO2
s-BLOCK
Alkali
Q.71 Na and Li are placed in dry air, we get
(A) NaOH, Na2O, Li2O (B) Na2O, Li2O
(C)Na2O, Li2O, Li3N, NH3 (D) Na2O, Li3N, Li2O
Q.72 Which of the following alkali metal chloride exist in hydrated form.
(A) LiCl (B) CsCl (C) NaCl (D)KCl
Q.73 Which one of the following electrolyte is used in Down's process used for extracting sodium metal?
(A) NaCl (B) NaCl + CaCl2+ KF
(C) NaOH + KCl + KF (D) NaCl + NaOH
Q.74 Which one of the following reaction is not associated with the Solvay's process for manufacturing of
sodium carbonate?
(A) NH3 + H2O + CO2 NH4HCO3
(B) 2NaOH + CO2 Na2CO3 + H2O
(C) 2NaHCO3 Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2
(D) NaCl + NH4HCO3 NaHCO3 + NH4Cl
Q.75 Which of the following statement about LiCl and NaCl is wrong?
(A) LiCl has lower melting point than NaCl.
(B) LiCl is more soluble in organic solvents than NaCl
(C) LiCl form hydrate LiCl.2H2O but NaCl does not
(D) Fused LiCl would be more conducting than fused NaCl.
Q.76 The least soluble compounds among fluorides and iodides of alkali metals are respectively.
(A) LiF and CsI (B) CsF and LiI (C) LiF and LiI (D) CsF and CsI
Q.77 On dissolving moderate amount of sodium metal in liquid ammonia, which of following does not occur:
(A) Blue coloured Solution is obtained
(B) Na+ ions are formed in solution
(C) Liquid ammonia becomes good conductor of electricity
(D) The liquid ammonia remains diamagnetic
Q.78 In synthesis of sodium carbonate by Solvay's process, the recovery of ammonia is done by treating
NH4Cl with Ca(OH)2. The by-product obtained in this process is
(A) CaCl2 (B) NaCl (C) NaOH (D) NaHCO3
Q.80 Which one of the following statement is true for all the alkali metals?
(A) Their nitrates decompose on heating to give NO2 and O2 gas
(B) Their carbonates decompose on heating to give CO2 and normal oxide
(C) Oxide (M2O) & peroxide (M2O2) of alkali metals are diamagnetic
(D)All alkali metals bicarbonates exist in solid state
Q.83 Which group elements exhibit regular increment of melting point as atomic number decreases
(A) alkali metals (B) alkaline earth metals
(C) boron family (D) carbon family
Q.86 Which of the following statement about the carbonates of alkali metals is true :
(A) Except Li2CO3 all alkali metal carbonate are insoluble in water.
(B) Thermal stability decreases as we move down in a group.
(C) The solubility in water increases down the group.
(D) Na2CO3 cant be prepared by solvey process.
Q.88 Which of following statement is not true about solution of alkali metal in liquid NH3 ?
(A) Blue colour is due to ammoniated electrons.
(B) Blue colour changes to bronze on dilution due to formation of metal ion clusters.
(C) Paramagnetic nature of solution decreases due to electron-electron pairing with increase in
concentration of alkali metal.
(D) On warming blue colour becomes colourless due to formation of metal amide and H2 gas.
Q.89 During hydration of alkali metal cations the signs of G , H and S respectively are:
(A) –ve, –ve, –ve (B) –ve, –ve, +ve (C) +ve, +ve, +ve (D) –ve, +ve, –ve
Q.92 Which of the following is not common property of all alkali metals
(A) Exhibit characteristic flame colour (B) Basic nature of oxide
(C) Reaction with liquid NH3 (D) Formation of hydrated chloride
Q.93 Which of the following bicarbonates does not exist in solid state?
(A) NaHCO3 (B) KHCO3 (C) RbHCO3 (D) Ca(HCO3)2
Q.94 The principle products obtained on heating iodine with concentrated caustic soda solution:
(A) NaIO3 + NaI (B) NaIO + NaIO3 (C) NaIO + NaI (D) NaIO4 + NaI
Q.96 The alkali metals which form normal oxide, peroxide as well as super oxides are
(A) Na, Li (B) K, Li (C) Li, Cs (D) K, Rb
Q.98 Solution of sodium metal in liquid ammonia is a strong reducing agent due to presence of
(A) solvated sodium ions (B) solvated hydrogen ions
(C) sodium atoms or sodium hydroxide (D) solvated electrons
Q.99 The order of solubilityof lithium halides in non-polar solvents follows the order
(A) LiI > LiBr > LiCl > LiF (B) LiF > LiI > LiBr > LiCl
(C) LiCl > LiF > LiI > LiBr (D) LiBr > LiCl > LiF > LiI
Q.102 When K2O is added to water, the solution becomes basic in nature because it contains a significant
concentration of
(A) K+ (B) O2– (C) OH– (D) O22–
Q.103 The non-metal which does not react with water but reacts with alkali
(A) Boron (B) Bromine (C) P4 (D) Fluorine
Q.104 An aqueous solution of an halogen salt of potassium reacts with same halogen X2 to give a brown
coloured solution, in which halogen exists as X3– ion, then halogen X is
(A) chlorine (B) bromine (C) iodine (D) fluorine
Q.105 The aqueous solutions of lithium salts are poor conductor of electricity rather than other alkali metals
because of
(A) high ionisation energy.
(B) high electronegativity.
(C) lower ability of Li+ ions to polarize water molecules.
(D) higher degree of hydration of Li+ ions.
Q.107 The compound formed on heating sodium metal in a current of dry ammonia gas, is
(A) sodium imide (B) sodium nitrite (C) sodium amide (D) sodium azide
Q.110 The commercial method of preparation of potassium by reduction of molten KCl with metallic sodium at
850°C is based on the fact that
(A) potassium is solid and sodium distills off at 850°C
(B) potassium being more volatile and distills off thus shifting the reaction forward
(C) sodium is more reactive than potassium at 850 ºC
(D) sodium has less affinity to chloride ions in the presence of potassium ion
Q.111 Which of the following groups of elements have chemical properties that are most similar
(A) Na, K, Ca (B) Mg, Sr, Ba (C) Be, Al, Ca (D) Be, Ra, Cs
Q.113 Sodium bicarbonate is less soluble in water than potassium bicarbonate, it is due to
(A) low molecular weight of NaHCO3 as compared to KHCO3
(B) Due to hydrogen bonding, sodium bicarbonate contains a dimeric anionic structure while in potassium
bicarbonate, anions form an infinite chain
(C) Due to hydrogen bonding, potassium bicarbonate contains a dimeric anionic structure while in sodium
bicarbonate, anions form an infinite chain.
(D) KHCO3 is thermally less stable than NaHCO3.
Q.120 Which of the following halides has the highest melting point –
(A) NaCl (B) KCl (C) NaBr (D) NaF
Q.121 On heating sodium metal in the current of dry ammonia leads to the formation of which gas–
(A) NaNH2 (B) NaN3 (C) NH3 (D) H2
Q.122 Sodium reacts with water more vigorously than lithium because it –
(A) Has higher atomic weight (B) Is more electronegative
(C) Is more electropositve (D) Is a metal
Q.125 In K, Rb and Cs, the decreasing order of reducing power in gaseous state is:-
(A) K > Cs > Rb (B) Cs > Rb > K (C) K < Cs < Rb (D) Rb > Cs > K
Q.126 On addition of metal ions, colour of liquid NH3 solutions converts into bronze, the reason is :-
(A)Ammoniated electrones (B) Metal amide formation
(C) Liberation of NH3 gas (D) Cluster formation of metal ions
Q.127 Nitrate of an element of alkali metal group, decomposes on heating, gives brown colour gas. Nitrate and
brown colour gas are respectively:-
(A) NaNO3 and NO (B) LiNO3 and NO2 (C) KNO3 and NH3 (D) NaNO3 and NO2
Q.128 If NaOH is added to an aqueous solution of Zn+2 ions, a white precipitate appears and on adding excess
NaOH, the precipitate dissolves. In this solution zinc exists in the
(A) Cationic part (B)Anionic part
(C) Both in cationic and anionic part (D) There is no zinc left in the solution
Q.132 A metal is brunt in air and the ash on moistening smells of ammonia. The metal is
(A) Na (B) Fe (C) Mg (D)Al
Q.133 All decomposition product(s) of which salt can react with NaOH solution
(A) BeCO3 (B) MgCO3 (C) CaCO3 (D) BaCO3
Q.134 Which of the following on heating produces CO2 as the only gaseous product?
(A) BeC2O4 (B) (CH3COO)2Ca (C) HCOONa (D) Ag2C2O4
Q.135 Which of the following metal on burning in moist air does not give smell of ammonia
(A) Mg (B) Ca (C) K (D) Li
Q.138 The complex formation tendency of alkaline earth metals decreases down the group because
(A) atomic size increases
(B) availability of empty d and f-orbitals increases
(C) positive charge to volume ratio of cation increases
(D) all the above
Q.139 The alkaline earth metals, which do not impart any colour to Bunsen flame are
(A) Be and Mg (B) Mg and Ca (C) Be and Ca (D) Be and Ba
chemstudios by pms Page # 268
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY HYDROGEN & S-BLOCK ELEMENTS
, 205C
Q.140 Y ,120C
CaSO4·2H2O X, X and Y are respectively..
(A) plaster of paris, dead burnt plaster (B) dead burnt plaster, plaster of paris
(C) CaO and plaster of paris (D) plaster of paris, mixture of gases
Q.141 A metal M forms water soluble sulphate, and water insoluble hydroxide M(OH)2, Its oxide MO is
amphoteric, hard and has high melting point. The alkaline earth metal M must be
(A) Mg (B) Be (C) Ca (D) Sr
Q.145 If X and Y are the second ionisation potentials of alkali and alkaline earth metals of same period, then
(A) X > Y (B) X < Y (C) X = Y (D) X << Y
Q.147 White heavyprecipitates are formed when BaCl2 is added to a clear solution of compoundA. Precipitates
are insoluble in dilute HCl. Then, the compound Ais
(A) a bicarbonate (B) a carbonate (C) a sulphate (D) a chloride
Q.150 A pair of substances which give all same products on reaction with water is :
(A) Mg and MgO (B) Sr and SrO (C) Ca and CaH2 (D) Be and BeO
Q.155 The metal X is prepared by electrolysis of fused chloride. It reacts with hydrogen to form a colourless
solid from which hydrogen is released on treatment with water. The metal is
(A)Al (B) Ca (C) Cu (D) Zn
Q.159 Which of the following categories of salts of alkali and alkaline earth metals show same solubility trend
in water.
(i) Carbonates (ii) Nitrates (iii) Hydroxides (iv) Chlorides
(A) (i) and (ii) (B) (ii) and (iv) (C) (ii) and (iii) (D) Only (ii)
Q.160 Which of them is pair of most insoluble white compound and most insoluble coloured compound among
BaSO4, SrSO4, BaCrO4, SrCrO4
(A) BaSO4,BaCrO4 (B) BaSO4,SrCrO4 (C) SrSO4, BaCrO4 (D) SrSO4, SrCrO4
Q.162 Highly pure dilute ammonia solution of which of the following metal(s) is paramagnetic and blue colour.
(A) Be (B) Ca (C) Mg (D)All
Q.163 Which of the following alkaline earth metal chloride does not contain water of crystallization in solid
state :
(A) BeCl2 (B) CaCl2 (C) SrCl2 (D) BaCl2
Q.165 A B+C
H2O
D +C A + H2O
Q.168 Which statement is correct regarding the diagonal relationship between Be and Al?
(I) Both carbides on hydrolysis produces CH4 gas
(II) Both Be and Al oxides are amphoteric in nature.
(III) In vapour state chlorides of both exist as chloro-bridge dimer having (3c – 4e) bonds
(IV) Both Be andAl nitrides on hydrolysis give NH3 gas.
(A) I, II are correct (B) I, II and IV are correct
(C) I, II, III, IV are correct (D) Only III is correct
Q.170 Which of the following element have maximum tendency to form complex compound –
(A) Be (B) Ba (C) Ca (D) Mg
Q.173 Which statement will be true for solution, when Ba is dissolved in ammonia:-
(A) Solution becomes blue (B) Solution becomes good conductor
(C) Solution remains colourless (D) Both (A) and (B) are correct
Q.174 Whenchlorine is passedslowover dryslakedlime Ca(OH)2 atroomtemperature, the product not obtained is
(A) CaCl2 (B) CaOCl2 (C) Ca(ClO2)2 (D) Ca(OCl)2
EXERCISE-2
Q.2 Which of the following species is/are not liberating oxygen gas on reaction with water at 25°C.
(A) Na2O2 (B) Cl2 (C) P4 (D) KO2
Q.7 Which of the following are common products of Hydrolysis of Na2O2 and KO2 at 0°C ?
(A) OH– (aq) (B) H2O2 (C) O2 (D)All
Q.8 Select correct set of species which can't react with water but react with NaOH
(A) NO2 (B) P4 (C) Al (D) I2
Q.9 Which of the following compounds is/are consumed in solvay process of preperation of NaHCO3?
(A) NH3 (B) H2O (C) CO2 (D) NaCl
Q.10 The compounds formed upon cumbustion of Na-metal in excess dry air is/are
(A) Na2O2 (B) Na2O (C) NaO2 (D) NaOH
Q.11 The golden yellow colour associated with NaCl to Bunsen flame can be explained on the basis of
(A) low ionisation potential of sodium ion (B) emission spectrum
(C) photosensitivityof sodium. (D) sublimation of metallic sodium of yellow vapours
Q.13 KO2 finds use in oxygen cylinders used for space and submarines. The fact(s) related to such use of
KO2 is/are -
(A) it produces O2 (B) it produces O3
(C) it absorbs CO2 (D) it absorbs both CO and CO2
Q.15 Which of the following will not give any colour to flame?
(A) Be (B) Mg (C) Na (D) Li
Q.23 Which of the following substance(s) is/are used in laboratory for drying purposes?
(A) Anhydrous P2O5 (B) CaCl2·6H2O
(C) Anhydrous CaCl2 (D) Silica gel
Q.24 Incorrect statement(s) about use of polyphosphates as water softening agents is/are
(A) They form soluble complexes with anionic species
(B) They precipitate anionic species
(C) They form soluble complexes with cationic species
(D) They precipitate cationic species
Q.25 When Zeolite is treated with hard water, the sodium ions are exchanged with which of the following
ion(s)?
(A) Li+(aq.) (B) Mg2+(aq.) (C) Ca2+(aq.) (D) K+ (aq.)
Q.29 Which of the following pair of compound gives different volatile product when heated seperately:
(A) Na2CO3 and CaCO3 (B) NaHCO3, CsHCO3
(C) Na2O2 , BaO2 (D) Na2SO4·10H2O and CuSO4·5H2O
Q.34 In which of the following combination of reactants H2O2 acts as oxidizing agent
(A) HOCl + H2O2 (B) I2 + H2O2+ OH–(aq)
(C) Fe2+(aq) + H2O2 (D) Mn2+(aq) + H2O2 + NH4OH
Q.36 Which of the following reagents are used to remove hardness present in water either temporary or
permanent.
(A) Ca(OH)2 (B) Sodium zeolite (C) Na2CO3 (D) MgCO3
Q.38 Na2CO3 is prepared by Solvay process but K2CO3 can not be prepared by the same process because
(A) K2CO3 is highly water soluble (B) KHCO3 is highly water soluble.
(C) KHCO3 is sparingly water soluble. (D) KHCO3 never exists in solid state.
Q.40 Which metal(s) gives blue colour when react with liquid ammonia
(A) Na (B) Be (C) Mg (D) Li
Q.41 Which of the following metal(s) does/do not impart characteristic colour to flame:
(A) Li (B) Sr (C) Be (D) Mg
[REASONING TYPE]
Questions given below consist of two statements each printed as Assertion (A) and
Reason (R); while answering these questions you are required to choose anyone of the following
four responses:
(A) if both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A)
(B) if both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not correct explanation of (A)
(C) if (A) is true but (R) is false
(D) if (A) is false and (R) is true
Q.44 Assertion : Beryllium does not impart any characteristic colour to the bunsen flame.
Reason : Due to its veryhigh ionization energy, beryllium requires a large amount of energyfor excitation
of the electrons
Q.45 Assertion : Anhyd. calcium chloride cannot be used to dry alcohol or NH3
Reason : Anhyd. CaCl2 is not a good desiccant.
Q.50 Assertion : When CO2 is passed through lime water, it first turns milky and then the solution becomes
clear when the passage of CO2 is continued.
Reason : The milkiness is due to the formation of insoluble CaCO3 which then changes to soluble
Ca(HCO3)2 when excess of CO2 is present.
chemstudios by pms Page # 279
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY HYDROGEN & S-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Q.52 Assertion : The carbonate of lithium decomposes easily on heating to form lithium oxide and CO2.
Reason : Lithium being very small in size polarises large carbonate ion leading to the formation of more
stable Li2O and CO2.
[PARAGRAPH TYPE]
Paragraph for question nos. 54 to 57
Y excess
2 Z CO
Ca + O2 W X H
H 2O CO 2
(limited ) 2O
1200 K
W + Gas(P)
HCl Q + H2O + Gas(P)
Y
Q.56
H2SO4
R + H2O + Gas(P)
W P Q R
(A) CaO SO 3 CaCl2 Ca(HSO4)2
(B) CaO SO 2 CaCl2 CaSO4
(C) CaO CO 2 CaCl2 CaSO4
(D) Ca(OH)2 CO 2 CaCl2 Ca(HSO4)2
Q.60 Identify the species which has maximum second ionisation energy
(A) Beryllium (B) Boron (C) Magnesium (D)Aluminium
5
(A) LiHCO3(aq) LiHCO3(s)
(B) 2LiNO3 Li2O(s) + N2(g) + O2(g)
2
(C) Li2CO3(s) Li2O(s) + CO2(g) (D) None of these
Q.65 Y
X + NaOH solution warm
If gas 'Y' has basic properties, then which of the following substance does not follow above reaction.
(A) P4 (B) NH4Cl (C) PH4I (D) Zn
[MATCHING TYPE]
Q.67 List- I List - II
On exposure to Air Metal
(P) Li(s) (1) Nitride + Oxide
(Q) Na(s) (2) Nitride + Oxide + Peroxide
(R) K(s) (3) Oxide + Peroxide
(S) Mg(powder) (4) Peroxide + Superoxide
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 3 2 1 4
(B) 4 3 2 1
(C) 2 3 4 1
(D) 1 2 3 4
(Q) Metal + O2(Excess) Metal peroxide (2) Li
(R) Metal + H2 Metal hydride (3) Mg
(S) Metal + C Methanide Carbide (4) Be
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 4 3
(B) 2 1 3 4
(C) 2 3 1 4
(D) 3 1 4 2
[INTEGER TYPE]
Q.71 Consider the following chemical reaction
Na + O2(excess) (P)
K + O2(excess} (Q)
Determine the value of expression (x + 2y) (where x and y are the bond order of oxygen -oxygen linkage
in compound (P) and (Q) respectively).
Q.74 Find total number of metal which gives hydrogen gas reacting with HCl.
Zn , Na, K, Cu, Ag, Au
Q.75 How many of the following will form a coloured precipitate with Na2CO3 (except white)?
CaCl2, BaCl2, MgCl2, AgNO3, CuSO4, ZnCl2,HgCl2, Pb(CH3COO)2, Hg2(NO3)2.
Q.76 With how many of the following KI will react to liberate iodine?
CaSO4, K2Cr2O7, AgNO3, HNO3, Pb(CH3COO)2, H2O2, KMnO4 and CuSO4.
Q.78 Which of following substance is having higher lattice energy than NaBr.
CaCl2, NaI , CsBr, LiF, MgO, Al2O3, TiO2
Q.79 How many X–O–X linkages are present in the structure of calgon (NaPO3)6
Q.80 Total number of reagents which are used to remove hardness either temporary or permanent.
Ca(OH)2 Sodium zeolite Na 2 CO3 Ba(OH)2
BaCO3 MgCO3 Sr(OH)2
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE-1
Q.1 D Q.2 B Q.3 D Q.4 A Q.5 C
Q.6 C Q.7 C Q.8 B Q.9 B Q.10 C
Q.11 B Q.12 A Q.13 C Q.14 B Q.15 A
Q.16 B Q.17 D Q.18 C Q.19 D Q.20 A
Q.21 C Q.22 C Q.23 A Q.24 C Q.25 B
Q.26 D Q.27 C Q.28 B Q.29 B Q.30 B
Q.31 C Q.32 C Q.33 D Q.34 C Q.35 D
Q.36 A Q.37 A Q.38 C Q.39 D Q.40 A
Q.41 A Q.42 B Q.43 B Q.44 B Q.45 A
Q.46 C Q.47 A Q.48 B Q.49 B Q.50 A
Q.51 B Q.52 D Q.53 D Q.54 A Q.55 C
Q.56 C Q.57 D Q.58 B Q.59 B Q.60 B
Q.61 D Q.62 A Q.63 A Q.64 A Q.65 B
Q.66 C Q.67 C Q.68 D Q.69 A Q.70 C
Q.71 D Q.72 A Q.73 B Q.74 B Q.75 D
Q.76 A Q.77 D Q.78 A Q.79 A Q.80 C
Q.81 C Q.82 B Q.83 A Q.84 A Q.85 A
Q.86 C Q.87 A Q.88 B Q.89 A Q.90 B
Q.91 D Q.92 D Q.93 D Q.94 A Q.95 C
Q.96 D Q.97 A Q.98 D Q.99 A Q.100 B
Q.101 C Q.102 C Q.103 C Q.104 C Q.105 D
Q.106 C Q.107 C Q.108 A Q.109 C Q.110 B
Q.111 B Q.112 D Q.113 C Q.114 D Q.115 C
Q.116 B Q.117 B Q.118 A Q.119 B Q.120 D
Q.121 D Q.122 C Q.123 B Q.124 D Q.125 B
Q.126 D Q.127 B Q.128 B Q.129 D Q.130 B
Q.131 B Q.132 C Q.133 A Q.134 D Q.135 C
Q.136 A Q.137 C Q.138 A Q.139 A Q.140 A
Q.141 B Q.142 B Q.143 B Q.144 C Q.145 A
Q.146 C Q.147 C Q.148 B Q.149 B Q.150 C
Q.151 A Q.152 D Q.153 A Q.154 B Q.155 B
Q.156 D Q.157 D Q.158 A Q.159 C Q.160 A
Q.161 D Q.162 B Q.163 A Q.164 D Q.165 C
Q.166 C Q.167 B Q.168 B Q.169 A Q.170 A
Q.171 A Q.172 D Q.173 D Q.174 C Q.175 A
Q.176 B Q.177 C Q.178 B
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 ABD Q.2 BC Q.3 ABD Q.4 ACD Q.5 ABC
Q.6 CD Q.7 AB Q.8 BCD Q.9 BCD Q.10 AB
Q.11 AB Q.12 ABC Q.13 AC Q.14 ACD Q.15 AB
Q.16 AD Q.17 ABD Q.18 AB Q.19 AB Q.20 ABD
Q.21 ABC Q.22 ABCD Q.23 ACD Q.24 ABD Q.25 BC
Q.26 ABC Q.27 ABC Q.28 BCD Q.29 AD Q.30 CD
Q.31 ACD Q.32 ABD Q.33 ABCD Q.34 CD Q.35 ABD
Q.36 ABC Q.37 ABC Q.38 B Q.39 CD Q.40 AD
Q.41 CD Q.42 AC Q.43 ACD Q.44 A Q.45 C
Q.46 A Q.47 C Q.48 A Q.49 D Q.50 A
Q.51 A Q.52 A Q.53 A Q.54 B Q.55 D
Q.56 C Q.57 B Q.58 A Q.59 C Q.60 B
Q.61 D Q.62 C Q.63 B Q.64 B Q.65 D
Q.66 B Q.67 C Q.68 B Q.69 B Q.70 D
Q.71 4 Q.72 4 Q.73 4 Q.74 3 Q.75 4
Q.76 5 Q.77 6 Q.78 5 Q.79 6 Q.80 3
P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
CHAPTER
EXERCISE-1
[SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE]
Boron Family
Q.1 In the following reaction, compound (X) is
B2H6 + 2X 2BH3X,
(A) NH3 (B) R3N (C) RNH2 (D) R2NH
Q.4 Which statement is correct regarding the diagonal relationship between Be and Al?
(I) Both carbides on hydrolysis produces CH4 gas
(II) Both Be and Al oxides are amphoteric in nature.
(III) In vapour state chlorides of both exist as chloro-bridge dimer having (3c – 4e) bonds
(IV) Both Be andAl nitrides on hydrolysis give NH3 gas.
(A) I, II are correct (B) I, III are correct
(C) I, II, III, IV are correct (D) Only III is correct
Q.5 Borax on heating strongly above its melting point melts to a liquid. which then solidifies to a transparent
mass commonly known as borax bead. The transparent glassy mass consists of
(A) Sodium pyroborate (B) Boric anhydride
(C) Sodium metaborate (D) Mixture of sodium metaborate and boric anhydride
Q.8 Which of the following molecular species does not act Lewis acid.
(A) B2H6 (B) BeF2 (C) AlCl3 (D) BF4–
Q.10 Which of the following statement regarding boric acid (H3BO3) is false?
(A) It acts as weak monobasic Lewis Acid (B)All atoms are lying in same plane
(C) It contains H-bonding in solid state (D) It acts as tribasic acid
Q.14 Anhydrous AlCl3 is covalent however when it is dissolved in water hydrated ionic species are formed.
This transformation is owing to :
(A) The trivalent state ofAl. (B) The large hydration energy of Al3+
(C) The low hydration energy of Al3+ (D) The Polar nature of water
Q.16 Borax is actually made of two tetrahedra and two triangular units joined together and should be written
as:
Na2[B4O5(OH)4]·8H2O
Consider the following statements about borax :
a. Each boron atom has four B–O bonds
b. Each boron atom has three B–O bonds
c. Two boron atoms have four B–O bonds while other two have three B–O bonds
d. Each boron atom has one –OH groups
Select correct statement(s):
(A) a, b (B) b, c (C) c, d (D) a, c
Q.18 Aluminium vessels should not be washed with materials containing washing soda because -
(A) Washing soda is expensive
(B) Washing soda is easily decomposed
(C) Washing soda reacts with aluminium to form soluble aluminate
(D) Washing soda reacts with aluminium to form insoluble aluminium oxide.
N2 C
Q.19 (a) Al A, (b)Al B, Product A and B on hydrolysis yields respectively..
(A) Ammonia and acetylene (B) Ammonia and methane
(C) Nitric oxide and acetylene (D) None
1 mole
+
–nH2O –H 2O –2H 10H2O
Q.20 n mole 'X' if n=4 'Y' 'Z' + Salt of 'P'
ic acid (Acid)n Compound Compound +2Na Compound Compound
'Z' (It is used as a Antiseptic
of Boron in medicinal soap's
preparation)
Q.22 The isolation of 'B' from B2O3 can be done by the following steps.
Which of the following metal is not suitable for the above process.
(A) Na (B) K (C) Ca (D) Mg
Q.25 Which of the following exists as polymeric (covalent) solid at roomtemperature with coordination number
'6' for the central atom?
(A) AlF3 (B)AlCl3 (C) AlBr3 (D) AlI3
Q.29 In B3N3H6 compound, the correct option is (State 'T' for True and 'F' for False):
(I) '3' p–p bond is present
(II) It can show back bonding.
(III) It is non-polar compound with non polar bonds.
(IV) Lumphy nodes are present at Boron atom.
(A) TTFF (B) TTTT (C) TTTF (D) FTTF
Q.32 'X'
Boron + air —
H2O
'Y' + 'Z'
CuSO4 (aq)
'V'
(deep blue colour)
Q.33 Find the ratio of sp2 and sp3 hybridised atom in Na2B4O7·10H2O.
(A) 2 : 19 (B) 2 : 2 (C) 2 : 11 (D) 1 : 19
H H H
p
y B x x B y
Q.37
q
H H H
H Me H
(C) Given structure + 2 MeCl B B + 2HCl
H Me H
Q.39 One of the hydrolysed product of the following compound does not react with silica of glass vessel
(A) BF3 (B) ClF5 (C) XeF2 (D) SF4
Carbon Family
Q.40 An inorganic compound (A) made of two most occuring elements into the earth crust, having a polymeric
tetra-headral network structure. With carbon, compound (A) produces a poisonous gas (B) which is the
most stable diatomic molecule. Compounds (A) and (B) will be
(A) SiO2, CO2 (B) SiO2, CO (C) SiC,CO (D) SiO2, N2
Q.42
RCl cu R2SiCl2 H
powder
2O
R2Si(OH)2 condensati
on
A
Si
Compound (A) is
(A) a linear silicone (B) a chlorosilane (C) a linear silane (D) a network silane
Q.43 Which of the following organo silicon chloride can produce cross linked 3D silicone polymer .
(A) R3SiCl (B) R4Si (C) RSiCl3 (D) R2SiCl2
Q.50 Oxalic acid reacts with concentrated H2SO4 to give a mixture of two gases. When this mixture is passed
through caustic potash, one of the gases is absorbed. Which is the product formed by the absorbed gas
with caustic potash ?
(A) K2SO4 (B) KHCO3 (C) K2CO3 (D) KOH
Q.53 If Hf° of graphite is taken as zero then Hf° of diamond and fullerene is respectively in kJ/mole
(A) 1.90, 38.1 (B) 1.90, –38.1 (C) –1.90, 38.1 (D) –1.90, –38.1
Q.56 Which of the following carbides yields carbon containing compound having sp hybridisation on hydrolysis.
(A) Be2C (B) Al4C3 (C) Mg2C3 (D) None of these
Q.57 An aqueous solution of SnCl2 does not reduce which of the following metal cation into its respective
metallic form.
(A) Bi3+(aq) (B) Hg2+(aq) (C)Au3+(aq) (D) Fe3+(aq)
Q.59 Suppose you have to determine the percentage of carbon dioxide in a sample of a gas available
in a container. Which is the best absorbed material for the carbon dioxide :
(A) Heated copper oxide (B) Cold, solid calcium chloride
(C) Cold, solid calcium hydroxide (D) Heated charcoal
Q.63 Which of the following properties describes the diagonal relationship between boron and silicon?
(A) BCl3 is not hydrolysed while SiCl4 can be hydrolysed
(B) Both form oxides; B2O3 is amphoteric; SiO2 is acidic
(C) Both metals dissolve in cold and dilute nitric acid
(D) Borides and silicides are hydrolysed by water
Q.64 The silicate anion in the mineral kinoite is a chain of three SiO4 tetrahedral, that share corners with
adjacent tetrahedral. The charge of the silicate anion is
(A) –4 (B) –8 (C) –6 (D) –2
Q.65
H2C2O4 gas (A) + gas(B) + liquid (C). Gas (A) burns with a blue flame and is oxidised to gas (B).
NH ,
Gas (A) + Cl2 D 3
E
A, B, C and E are
(A) CO2, CO, H2O, HCONH2 (B) CO, CO2, COCl2, HCONH2
(C) CO, CO2, H2O, NH2CONH2 (D) CO, CO2, H2O, COCl2
Q.68 Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists.
List-I (Compound) List-II
(a) B4C (1) Propyne preparation
(b) Al4C3 (2) Abrasive
(c) Mg2C3 (3) Methane preparation
(d) WC (4) Interstitial carbides
Q.70 In which of the following silicates, only two corners per tetrahedron are shared :
(i) Pyrosilicate (ii) Cyclic silicate
(iii) Double chain silicate (iv) Single chain silicate
(v) 3 D silicate (vi) Sheet silicate
(A) (i), (ii) and (v) (B) (iv) and (vi) only (C) (i) and (vi) only (D) (ii) and (iv) only
Q.72 Amphibole silicate structure has ‘x’ number of corner shared per tetrahedron. The value of ‘x’ is:
(A) 2 (B) 2½ (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.73 Number of corner oxygen atoms shared per tetrahedron in pyroxene and sheet silicate
(A) 2.5, 3 (B) 2, 3 (C) 3, 2 (D) 2, 2
Q.78 Which of following is true presentation of unit of slicate 9/4 oxygen shared per tetrahedra in double chain
silicate?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Q.80 Silicon has a strong tendency to form polymers like silicones. The chain length of silicone polymers can
be controlled by adding.
(A) CH3SiCl3 (B) (CH3)3 SiCl (C) (CH3)2SiCl2 (D) (CH3)4Si
CaC2 + N2 1100°
Q.83 CaCN2 + C
(A) (B)
Nitrollium
(used as fertilizer)
Q.84 If the number of Silicon atoms is restricted to 23 only, what would be the number of oxygen atoms and
magnitude of negative charges respectively in the structure of Pyroxene (single chain Silicate)?
(A) 70,48 (B) 70, 46 (C) 23, 48 (D) 23, 46
Q.86 Comment on the C–C bond length for C2H6 and C2F6 compounds.
(A) d C–C (C2H6) > d C–C (C2F6) (B) d C–C (C2F6) > d C–C (C2H6)
(C) d C–C (C2F6) = d C–C (C2H6) (D) Can’t be predicted
Q.87 Tin dissolves in boiling caustic soda solution because of the formation of soluble
(A) Sn(OH)2 (B) Sn(OH)4 (C) Na2SnO3 (D) SnO2
Q.89 In which of following silicate two oxygen atoms are shared per tetrahedron.
(A) Ortho silicate (B) Pyro silicate
(C) Double chain silicate (D) 4-membered cyclic silicate
Nitrogen Family
220ºC
H3PO4 (X)
60 320ºC
0º
Q.91 C
(Y)
Q.92 Select the compound in which HCl is NOT the product of Hydrolysis
(A) NCl3 (B) PCl3 (C) AsCl3 (D) BiCl3
Q.93 H3PO2 (X) + PH3; is
(A) Dehydration reaction (B) Oxidation reaction
(C) Disproportionation reaction (D) Dephosphorelation reaction
Q.96 An explosive compound (A) reacts with water to produce NH4OH and HOCl. Then, the compound
(A), is
(A) TNG (B) NCl3 (C) PCl3 (D) HNO3
Q.97 A tetra-atomic molecule (A) on reaction with nitrogen(l)oxide, produces two substances (B) and (C).
(B) is a dehydrating agent in its monomeric form while substance (C) is a diatomic gas which shows
almost inert behaviour. The substances (A) and (B) and (C) respectively will be
(A) P4, P4O10, N2 (B) P4, N2O5, N2 (C) P4, P2O3, Ar (D) P4, P2O3, H2
Q.100 Which one of the following compounds on strong heating evolves ammonia gas?
(A) (NH4)2SO4 (B) HNO3 (C) (NH4)2Cr2O7 (D) NH4NO3
Q.106 Ca + C CaC2 N
2
A
Compound (A) is used as a/an
(A) fertilizer (B) dehydrating agent (C) oxidising agent (D) reducing agent
Q.107 One mole of calcium phosphide on reaction with excess of water gives
(A) one mole of phosphine (B) two moles of phosphoric acid
(C) two moles of phosphine (D) one mole of phosphorus penta-oxide
Q.108 Three allotropes (A), (B) and (C) of Phosphorous in the following change are respectively
470 K
A 1200 atm
B
570 K
CO2–atm
C
(A) white, black, red (B) black, white, red (C) red, black, white (D) red, violet, black
Q.109 Which oxide of the nitrogen exist in two different forms, which can be interconverted by irradiation with
light of the appropriate wavelength
(A) NO2 (B) N2O3 (C) N2O5 (D) N2O
Q.110 As molecular weight increases in 15th group hydrides then which of the following property increases
regularly
(A) Boiling point (B) Melting point (C) Thermal stability (D) Reducing nature
Q.112 PH3 produces smoky rings when it comes in contact with air. This is because :
(A) It is inflammable. (B) It combines with water vapour.
(C) It combines with nitrogen. (D) burning of PH3 by P2H4.
Q.117 Consider the following statements about the reaction between copper metal and dilute HNO3 ?
(I) In this reaction NO gas will be released
(II) Cu metal is oxidised to Cu(NO3)2
(III) NO is paramagnetic and has one unpaired electron in antibonding molecular orbital
(IV) NO reacts with O2 to produce NO2 which is bent in shape.
Choose the correct statement:
(A) I, II, III (B) I, III (C) II, IV (D) All are correct
Q.119 Which of the following compound is not directly used as fertilizer because of its explosive nature?
(A) Ca(H2PO4)2 (B) NH4NO3 (C) [CaNCN + C] (D) (NH4)2SO4
Q.120 Which of the following does not contain PX4+ type cation in solid phase? (X = halogen)
(A) PF5 (B) PCl5 (C) PBr5 (D) None of these
Q.121 Consider the following reaction and select INCORRECT statement about gas (Y) :
P4 + HNO3(dil.) X + Y(gas)
(A) Gas is paramagnetic in nature (B) Gives neutral solution in water
(C) Forms Brown ring with FeSO4 solution (D) Disproportionates with water
Q.124 Which of the following reaction does not have atleast one common product
(A) P4 + KOH (aq.) (B) Ca3P2 + H2O
(C) H3PO3 (D) P4O10 + H2O
T
(A) P : Paramgnetic gas (B) S : Colourless species
(C) R : Oxidising agent (D) T : sp2 Hybridize central atom
Q.127 When PbO2 reacts with conc. HNO3 then evolved gas is
(A) NO2 (B) O2 (C) N2 (D) N2O
Q.128 Which of the following chloride does not react with PCl5 on heating?
(A) Hg2Cl2 (B) FeCl2 (C) S2Cl2 (D) BCl3
Q.129 Which of the following property is common among white phosphorous and red phosphorous
(A) Insolubilityin water (B) Solubility in CS2
(C) Reaction with NaOH (D) Phosphorescence
Q.130 Select the incorrect statement regarding nitrous acid and nitric acid compound.
(A) Nitric acid is more acidic as compare to Nitrous acid.
(B) O – N – O Bond angle in nitrous acid is less as compare to O – N – O bond angle in Nitric acid.
(C) Both (Nitrous and Nitric) acid has coordinate bond.
(D) Both (Nitrous and Nitric) acid shows H-bonding.
Q.131 When PH3 absorbed in HgCl2 solution the corresponding phosphide is obtained
(A) Hg2P3 (B) Hg3P2 (C) Hg3(PO4)2 (D) None of these
Q.132 Calcium phosphide react with water or di. HCl and gives a compound X. Pure X is non inflammable
but becomes inflammable owing to the presence of P2H4 or P4 vapours X is absorbed in HI to form
compound Y, Y on treating with KOH gives X compound X and Y respectively.
(A) X = PH3 and Y = PH4I (B) X = NaH2PO2 and Y = H4PO2
(C) X = PH4+ and Y = PH4I (D) X = PH3 and Y = H4PO2
Q.134 H3PO3 [X] + [Y]
on heating
(gas)
Choose the correct option regarding above reaction.
(A) [Y] has smell of ammonia. (B) Basicity of [X] is 2
(C) [X] and [Y] are non-planar (D) [Y] is sp3 hybridised
Q.135 Which of the following species will not give partial hydrolysed product?
(A) BiCl3 (B) PCl3 (C) BF3 (D) SiF4
Q.136 Which is the correct sequence in the following properties. For the correct order, mark (T), and for the
incorrect order mark (F) :
(a) Acidity order : SiF4 < SiCl4 < SiBr4 < SiI4
(b) Melting point : NH3 > SbH3 > AsH3 > PH3
(c) Boiling point : NH3 > SbH3 > AsH3 > PH3
(d) Dipole moment order : NH3 > SbH3 > AsH3 > PH3
(A) FTFT (B) TFTF (C) FFTT (D) FFTF
Q.139 Match the following mixtures with the respective solution used for their separation:
(a) N2 & CO (i) water
(b) N2 & O2 (ii) H2SO4
(c) N2 & NH3 (iii)Ammonical CuCl
(d) PH3 & NH3 (iv) Pyrogallol
(A) a-(iv), b-(iii), c-(ii), d-(i) (B) a-(iii), b-(iv), c-(ii), d-(i)
(C) a-(iii), b-(iv), c-(i), d-(ii) (D) a-(iii), b-(ii), c-(iv), d-(i)
Q.142 When a sample of NO2 is placed in a container, this equilibrium is rapidly established.
2NO2(g) N2O4 (g)
If this equilibrium mixture is a darker colour at high temperatures and at low pressures, which of these
statements about the reaction is true?
(A) The reaction is exothermic and NO2 is darker in colour than N2O4
(B) The reaction is exothermic and N2O4 is darker in colour than NO2
(C) The reaction is endothermic and NO2 is darker in colour than N2O4
(D) The reaction is endothermic and N2O4 is darker in colour than NO2
Q.143 Calcium imide on hydrolysis will give gas (B) which on oxidation by bleaching powder gives gas (C) gas
(C) on reaction with magnesium give compound (D). (D) on hydrolysis gives again gas (B). (B), (C) and
(D) are
(A) NH3, N2, Mg3N2 (B) N2, NH3, MgNH
(C) N2 , N2O5 , Mg(NO3)2 (D) NH3, NO2 , Mg(NO2)2
Q.145 When ammonia gas is passed over hot CuO, a gas is evolved. The same gas is evolved by heating
(A) NH4NO3 (B) NH4Cl (C) NH4NO2 (D) CH3COONH4
Q.149 Which metal will give nitrous oxide by cold and dil HNO3?
(A) Zn (B) Cu (C) Pb (D)Ag
x + O2 y
y + H2O (excess) x + z
The incorrect option is :
(A) 'x' shows paramagnetic behaviour (B) 'x' & 'y' are acidic oxide
(C) 'z' can acts as oxidising agent (D) 'y' & 'z' are acidic in nature
Q.153 Which of the following will give H2 gas with dilute HNO3 ?
(A) Mg (B) Zn (C) Cu (D) Hg
Q.154 The catalyst used in Haber's process of production of NH3 now days is –
(A) Fe + MO (B) Iron oxide with K2O and Al2O3
(C) Iron oxide with Mo as promoter (D) Al2O3 + FeCl3
Q.158 Which of the following compounds when treated with PCl5 does not produce POCl3?
(A) SO3 (B) H2O (C) P4O10 (D) CO2
Q.161 P4 + SOCl2 X + Y + Z
P4 + SO2Cl2 M + Y
Compound 'Y' is :
(A) PCl3 (B) PCl5 (C) SO2 (D) S2Cl2
[Z] gas
Q.163 Select the nitrogen oxide which shows disproportionation in alkaline medium:
(A) N2O3 (B) N2O4 (C) N2O5 (D)All of these
Q.164 HNO2 X + Y (gas)
In above reaction Y (gas) can also be obtained by which of the following reaction:
(A) Zn + dil. HNO3 (B) Ag + very dil. HNO3
(C) Ag + conc. HNO3 (D) Ag + dil. HNO3
[X] is :
(A) N2 (B) N2O (C) NCl3 (D) NH3
Oxygen Family
Q.167 A sulphate of a metal (A) on heating evolves two gases (B) and (C) and an oxide (D). Gas (B) turns
K2Cr2O7 paper green while gas (C) forms a trimer in which there is no S–S bond. Compound (D) with
HCl, forms a Lewis acid (E) which exists as a dimer. Compounds (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) are
respectively
(A) FeSO4, SO2, SO3, Fe2O3, FeCl3 (B)Al2(SO4)3, SO2, SO3, Al2O3, FeCl3
(C) FeS, SO2, SO3, FeSO4, FeCl3 (D) FeS, SO2, SO3, Fe2(PO4)3, FeCl2
Q.169 Which of the following compound does not liberate oxygen gas on warming with conc. H2SO4?
(A) SO3 (B) PbO2 (C) MnO2 (D) CrO5
Q.172 When an inorganic compound reacts with SO2 in aqueous medium, produces (A). (A) on reaction with
Na2CO3, gives compound (B) which with sulphur, gives a substance (C) used in photography. Compound
(C) is
(A) Na2S (B) Na2S2O7 (C) Na2SO4 (D) Na2S2O3
Q.173 When H2S is passed through dilute nitric acid solution. the product formed is :
(A) SO3 (B) Colloidal sulphur (C) SO2 (D) Plastic sulphur
Q.174 A pale yellow crystalline solid insoluble in water but soluble in CS2 is allowed to react with nitric oxide to
give X and Y. X is a colourless gas with pungent odour. X is further allowed to react in aqueous medium
with nitric oxide to yield Z and T. Compounds X. Z and T are
(A) SO3, H2SO3, N2O (B) SO2, H2SO4, N2O
(C) SiO2, H2SO4, N2 (D) SO3, H2SO3, N2
Q.177 For hydrides of 16th group elements, select the property which does not follow the order:
H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te
(A) Bond length (B) Reducing character (C) Bond angle (D)Arrhenius acidic character
Q.184 Which of the following fluoride does not convert SF4 into SF6
(A) ClF5 (B) XeF4 (C) O2F2 (D) CsF
Q.186 When ozone reacts with an excess of potassium iodide solution buffered with a borate buffer
(pH = 9.2) iodine is liberated which can be titrated against a standard solution of sodium thiosulphate.
this is a quantitative method for estimating O3 gas. When liberated I2 and sodium thiosulphate will react.
then product is/are
(A) S4O62– (B) SO42– (C) S2O42– (D) S°
Q.188 When conc. H2SO4 was treated with K4[Fe(CN)6], CO gas was evolved. By mistake, somebody used
dilute H2SO4 instead of conc. H2SO4 then the gas evolved was
(A) CO (B) HCN (C) N2 (D) CO2
Q.192 The dipole moment of H2O2 is more than that of H2O but H2O2 is not a good solvent because
(A) it has a very high dielectric constant so that ionic compounds cannot be dissolved in it
(B) it does not act as an oxidising agent
(C) it acts as a reducing agent
(D) it dissociates easily and acts as an oxidising agent in chemical reactions
Q.195 In most of the reactions of ozone, oxygen is one of the product and it is considered as
(A) Reduction product (B) Oxidation product
(C) Thermal decomposition product (D) Disproportionated product
Q.196 Select the correct statements regarding the products obtained when Na2S2O3. 5H2O is subjected to
strong heating.
(I) Disproportionation reaction takes place
(II) Na2SO3 and Na2S5 are produced.
(III) Na2SO4 and Na2S5 are produced.
(IV) One of the products has zig-zag open chain structure.
(A) I, II, IV (B) I, III, IV (C) II, III, IV (D) I, II, III, IV
Q.198 Sewage containing organic waste should not be disposed in water bodies because it causes major water
pollution. Fishes in such a polluted water die because of :
(A) large number of mosquito
(B) increase in the amount of dissolved oxygen in water
(C) decrease in the amount of dissolved oxygen in water.
(D) clogging of gills bymud.
Q.202 Tom Says : Among 16th group elements tendency of catenation is maximum for sulphur.
Jerry Says : S–S bond is stronger than O–O single bond.
(A) Tom is true & Jerry is also true and Jerry give the correct explanation for Tom statement.
(B) Tom is true & Jerry is also true and Jerry does not give the correct explanation for Tom statement.
(C) Tom is false & Jerry is true.
(D) Tom is true & Jerry is false.
Halogen Family
Q.206 Which halogen oxidizes water at room temperature but does not undergo disproportionation into it?
(A) F2 (B) Cl2 (C) Br2 (D) I2
1
(A) F2 + H2O R
.T.
2HF + O (B) Cl2 + H2O R
.T.
HCl + HOCl
2 2
Q.211 Vander Waal forces of attraction is the correct reason for which of the following statement.
(A) I2 is solid, Br2 is liquid while F2 and Cl2 are gases
(B) Acidic nature: HF < HCl < HBr < HI
(C) H2O2 is more viscous than H2O
(D) CH3OH is more soluble in water than higher molecular weight alcohols
Q.214 For which of the following reaction, blue colouration is not observed in presence of starch
Q.217 Cl2 + F2(excess) 573 (P) (Inter halogen compound with bent-T-Shape)
K
Q.218 Which set of properties follow given order: HClO < HClO2 < HClO3 < HClO4
(i)Acidic nature (ii) Oxidising nature (iii) Thermal stability (iv) Cl–O single bond length
(A) Only (i) (B) Only (i) & (iii) (C) Only (i), (ii) & (iii) (D)All of these
Q.221 When chlorine gas is passed through an aqueous solution of a potassium halide in the presence
ofchloroform, avoilet colouration is obtained. On passing more of chlorinewater, the voilet colour is
disappeared and solution becomes colourless. This test confirms the presence of which of the following
halide in aqueous solution.
(A) chloride (B) fluoride (C) bromide (D) iodide
Q.222 Conc. H2SO4 cannot be used to prepare HBr from NaBr because it
(A) reacts slowly with NaBr (B) oxidises HBr
(C) reduces HBr (D) disproportionates HBr
Q.225 Which of the following halogen oxide is used for estimation of carbon monoxide in automobile exhaust
gases?
(A) Cl2O7 (B) I2O5 (C) ClO2 (D) BrO3
Blue
Q.231 A reddish pink substance on heating gives off a vapour which condenses on the sides of the test tube and
the substance turns blue. On cooling, if water is added to the residue, it turns to its original colour. The
substance is
(A) Iodine crystals (B) Copper sulphate crystals
(C) Cobalt chloride crystals (D) Zinc oxide
Q.233 Onlyiodine forms hepta-fluoride IF7, but chlorine and bromine give penta-fluorides. The reason for this is
(A) low electron affinityof iodine
(B) unusual pentagonal bipyramidal structure of IF7
(C) that the larger iodine atom can accommodate more number of smaller fluorine atom around it
(D) low chemical reactivity of IF7
Q.240 The reaction which is consistent with the fact that Cl2O6(s) exists as [ClO2+][ClO4–], would be
(A) Cl2O6 + NaOH NaClO3 + NaClO4 + H2O
(B) Cl2O6 + HF ClO2F + HClO4
(C) 2HClO4 + P2O5 2HPO3 + Cl2O7
0C
(D) 2ClO2 + 2O3 Cl2O6 + 2O2
Q.241 Which of the following does not conduct electricity in the fused state?
(A) NaCl (B) CaF2 (C) MgCl2 (D)AlCl3
Q.242 A black powder (A) when heated with NaCl and conc. H2SO4 gives off a greenish yellow gas (B).
Gas'B' on passing through boiling KOH yields compounds, one of which when heated with the black
powder evolves oxygen. (A) and (B) respectively are
(A) MnO2, Cl2 (B) Pb3O4, Br2 (C) MnO2, Br2 (D) Pb3O4, Cl2
Q.246 The principal products obtained on heating iodine with concentrated caustic soda solution are
(A) NaOI + NaI (B) NaIO3 + NaI
(C) NaOI + NaIO3 + NaI (D) NaIO4 + NaI
Inert Gases
Q..249 First compound of inert gases was prepared by scientist Neil Barthlete in 1962. This compound is
(A) XePtF6 (B) XeO3 (C) XeF6 (D) XeOF4
Q.250 Which of the following Xenon compound does not produce explosive XeO3 on its complete hydrolysis:
(A) XeO2F2 (B) XeF2 (C) XeF4 (D) XeF6
F2 F2
Xe(g) (1:20 ratio)
XeF6 XeF4 (1:20 ratio)
XeF6
(C) (D)
SiO 2 Hydrolysis
Q.252 Solubility of inert gases increases as atomic number increases due to increase in
(A) Dipole-dipole intraction
(B) Dipole-induced dipole intrection
(C) Induced dipole-intantaneous dipole intraction
(D) Hydrogen bonding
Q.253 Select the property which does not follow given order: He < Ne < Ar < Kr < Xe
(A) Solubilityin water (B) Boiling point (C) Liquefaction (D) Ionization energy
Q.259 XeF6 undergoes partially and completely Hydrolysis and gives different Xenon compounds, select the
CORRECT statement regarding Xenon compounds formed on Hydrolysis.
(A) All have planer geometry.
(B) All are oxo-flouro xenon compounds.
(C) All are non planer and polar.
(D)All have different hybridisation and different number of lone pairs on central atom.
Q.260 The decreasing order Xe > Kr > Ar > Ne > He, is correct for
(1) boiling point (2) solubilityin water (3) polarisability (4) Ease of liquification
(A) only 1 (B) 1, 2, 3, 4 (C) 1, 2, 4 (D) 2, 4
Q.261 Which of the following is not the correct characteristic property of noble gases.
(A) Higher degree of diffusibility.
(B) Producing inert atmosphere.
(C) All can easily be stored by clathrate formation.
(D) Their fluorides hydrolyse at room temperature.
Q.262 Which of the following noble gases does not form clathrates?
(A) He (B) Br2 (C) Ar (D) Xe
EXERCISE-2
Q.4 When an inorganic compound (X) having 3c-2e as well as 2c-2e bonds reacts with ammonia gas at a
certain temperature, gives a compound (Y) which is iso-structural with benzene. Compound (X) with
ammonia at a high temperature, produces a hard substance (Z). Then
(A) (X) is B2H6 (B) (Z) is known as inorganic graphite
(C) (Z) having structure similar to graphite (D) (Z) having structure similar to (X)
Q.7 Which of the following compound(s) give precipitate with solution of chrome alum:
(A) BaCl2 (B) Na2CO3 (C) (NH4)2S (D) excess KOH
Q.9 Aqueous solution of boric acid is treated with Salicylic acid. Which of the following statements is/are
incorrect for the product formed in the above reaction
(A) No product will be formed because both are acid.
(B) Product is 4-coordinated complex and optically resolvable.
(C) Product is 4-coordinated complex and optically non resolvable
(D) There are two ring only which are five membered.
Q.10 Which of the following option is/are incorrect the most acidic halide among Boron halides?
(A) It is volatile halide. (B) It is most thermal stable halide.
(C) It form strong p–p back bond. (D) It can form [BX4–]
Q.16 In the following Silicone, select the alkyl / aryl substituted silicon chlorides which are used in formation
of given Silicones:
R R R R
R – Si – O – Si – O – Si – O – Si – R
R R R R
(A) R SiCl3 (B) R2SiCl2 (C) R3SiCl (D) R4Si
Q.20 PCl5(g) + Ag x+y
Where product 'x' is water insoluble but 'y' reacts with water, then product 'x' is soluble in solution of:
(A) KCN (B) Na2S2O3 (C) dil. HNO3 (D) NH3
Q.22 CaCN2 + H2O solid + gas, same gas can also be produced from
(A) (NH4)2S (B) (NH4)2SO4
(C) Na(NH4)HPO4.4H2O (D) (NH4)2Cr2O7
Q.33 Which of the following reactions would evolve nitrogen gas under suitable condition?
(A) NH4IO3 (B) Ca(OCl)Cl + NH3
? ?
(C) NH3 + CuO
? (D) Ba(N3)2 ?
Q.38 When a compound X reacts with ozone in aqueous medium, a compound Y is produced, Ozone also
reacts with Y and produces compound Z. Z acts as an oxidising agent, then X, Y and Z will be
(A) X = HI, Y = I2 and Z = HIO3 (B) X = acidified KI, Y = I2 and Z = HIO3
(C) X = KI, Y = I2 and Z = HIO4 (D) X = HI, Y= I2 and Z = HIO4
(D) It produces the same oxidation state on reaction with excess Cl 2 water as that of 2nd reagent used
above.
Q.46 Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct regarding inter-halogen compounds ofABx types?
(A) x may be 1, 3, 5 and 7 (B) Ais a more electronegative halogen than B
(C) FBr3 cannot exit (D) Only IF7 is non polar inter halogen compound
Q.48 When a compound X reacts with ozone in aqueous medium, a compound Y is produced. Ozone also
reacts with Y and produces compound Z. Z acts as an oxidising agent, then X, Y and Z will be
(A) X = HI, Y = I2 and Z = HIO3 (B) X = KI, Y = I2 and Z = HIO3
(C) X = KI, Y = I2 and Z = HIO4 (D) X = HI, Y = I2 and Z = HIO4
Q.51 The decreasing order Xe > Kr > Ar > Ne > He, is correct for
(A) boiling point (B) solubilityin water (C) polarisability (D) Ease of liquification
Q.53 Xe + F2 1
X
: 20
Y
H 2O
Z
H 2O
XeO3
H 2O
[REASONING TYPE]
Q.57 Statement-I : NaBO3/OH– can be used for oxidation of Cr3+ to Cr6+
Statement-II : In alkaline medium NaBO3 produces H2O2
(A) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True & the Statmemt-II is a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(B) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True but Statmemt-II is not a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(C) If Statmemt-I is True but the Statmemt-II is False.
(D) If Statmemt-I is False but the Statmemt-II is True.
Q.59 Statement - I : Hydrated calcium silicate in mild basic medium contains the discrete unit of Si(OH)62 .
Statement - II : Calcium silicate undergoes hydrolysis to produce silisic acid which under mild alkaline
Q.61 Statement-1 : Rate of conversion of GeCl2 , SnCl2 and PbCl2 by Cl2 into GeCl4 , SnCl4 and
PbCl4 respectively decreases from GeCl2 to PbCl2.
Statement-2 : From Ge to Pb, M–Cl bond energy decreases and promotion energy for M2+ to
M4+ is not compensated due to inert pair effect.
(A) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true and statement-2 is correct explanation for statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true and statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for statement-1.
(C) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false.
(D) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true.
Q.63 Statement-I : There is a very little difference in acidic-strengths of H3PO4, H3PO3 and H3PO2.
Statement-II : Number of unprotonated oxygen responsible for increase of acidic-strength due to
inductive effect remains the same.
(A) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True & the Statmemt-II is a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(B) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True but Statmemt-II is not a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(C) If Statmemt-I is True but the Statmemt-II is False.
(D) If Statmemt-I is False but the Statmemt-II is True.
Q.66 Statement -1 : White phosphorus & Sulphur both disproportionated with NaOH producing their
respective hydrides as one of the product. But Phosphorus does not come back on
acidification of disproportionated products.
Statement -2 : PH3 is gaseous substance.
(A) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true and statement-2 is correct explanation for statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true and statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for statement-1.
(C) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true.
(D) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false.
Q.67 Statement-I : Oxygen is more electronegative than sulphur, yet H2S is acidic, while H2O is neutral.
Statement-II : H–S bond is weaker than O–H bond.
(A) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True & the Statmemt-II is a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(B) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True but Statmemt-II is not a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(C) If Statmemt-I is True but the Statmemt-II is False.
(D) If Statmemt-I is False but the Statmemt-II is True.
Q.69 Statement-I : Conc. H2SO4 can not be used to prepare pure HBr from NaBr
Statement-II : It reacts slowly with NaBr.
(A) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True & the Statmemt-II is a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(B) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True but Statmemt-II is not a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(C) If Statmemt-I is True but the Statmemt-II is False.
(D) If Statmemt-I is False but the Statmemt-II is True.
Q.70 Statement -I : Bleaching action of chlorine is permanent while that of SO2 is temporary.
Statement -II : Chlorine bleaches by reduction and SO2 by oxidation.
(A) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True & the Statmemt-II is a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(B) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True but Statmemt-II is not a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(C) If Statmemt-I is True but the Statmemt-II is False.
(D) If Statmemt-I is False but the Statmemt-II is True.
Q.71 Statement-I : Cl2 gas undergoes disproportionation in hot and concentrated caustic soda (NaOH)
solution.
Statement-II : NaCl and NaOCl are the products formed.
(A) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True & the Statmemt-II is a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(B) If both Statmemt-I & Statmemt-II are True but Statmemt-II is not a correct explanation of the
Statmemt-I.
(C) If Statmemt-I is True but the Statmemt-II is False.
(D) If Statmemt-I is False but the Statmemt-II is True.
[PARAGRAPH TYPE]
Paragraph for question nos. 74 to 75
The chemical nature of boron is influenced primarilybyits small size and high ionization energy, and these
factors, coupled with the similarity in electronegativity of B, C and H, lead to an extensive and unusual
type of covalent molecular species. The availability of only 3 electrons contribute to covalent bonding
involving the four orbitals s, px, py and pz confers a further range of properties of Boron leading to
electron pair acceptor behaviour (Lewis acidity) and multicentre bonding.
Q.74 Which compound does not form when B2H6 reacts with NH3 at room temperature or higher temperature.
(A) BH3 NH3 (B) [BH2(NH3)2] [BH4]
(C) B3N3H6 (D) inorganic graphite
Q.77 Select the correct statement(s) regarding the compounds (W) and (Z).
(A) Coordination number of Al in the compound (W) is 6
(B) Coordination number of Ga in the compound (Z) is 4.
(C) The compound (Z) exists as dimer.
(D)All of these
Q.78 Which of the following statements is correct for the compound (Y)?
(A) It exists as polymer and the coordination number of Al is 6.
(B) It exists as dimer and the coordination number of Al is 4.
(C) It exists as monomer.
(D) None of these
Q.86 Formation of HNO3 when (C) is dissolved in H2O takes place through various reactions. Select the
reaction not observed in this step.
(A) NO2 + H2O HNO3 + HNO2 (B) HNO2 H2O + NO + NO2
(C) NO2 + H2O HNO3 + NO (D) none of these
dry hydrolysis
P4 Cl2 (T) (X) + HCl
O2 (–Y)
hydrolysis
(W) (Z) Ca3P2
PCl5
(V)
P4
(U) –2H2O NH4NO3
(B)
P4 + NaOH + H2O (Q) H3PO4
(C) H3PO3 (R) PH3
(S) disproportionation.
IV.
2N2 + 3H2 Fe 2NH3
Mo
(d) Haber's process
Q.105 Find the number of reagents which would lead to unsymmetrical cleavage of diborane.
Q.107
(a) Consider thermal decomposition given below:
Pb(NO3)2 A(s) + B(gas) + C(gas)
When gas (B) is allowed to cool down below – 11°C, then it is solidified and exists as ion pair. What is
bond order of anion?
(b) Consider the following equation
H2S2O7 + H2O (A)
When compound (A) is allowed to react with P2O5 , compound (C) is formed. How many d– p bonds
are present in compound (C).
Note : There are two separate parts in this question i.e. part (a) & part (b). Suppose answer for
part (a) is P and for part (b) is Q, then final answer of this question will be the form of P + Q
in OMR Sheet.
Q.108 3 moles of SiF4 are reacted with water, then calculate how many total number of moles of Hexa fluoride
silicic acid are formed in product.
Q.109 How many of the following silicates have two O-atoms shared per tetrahedron?
Be2(SiO4), Ca2Mg5[(Si4O11)2](OH)2 , Sc2(Si2O7), Ca3(Si3O9), Be3Al2(Si6O18),
Mg2[(SiO3)2], Al2(OH)4 [Si2O5]
Q.111 How many number of metals will produced NO gas with 20% dil HNO3
Cu, Fe, Sn, Zn, Hg, Pb, Ag, Au
Q.112 How many of the following reactions would produce phosphine gas?
(a) PH4Cl + NaOH
(b) P4 + NaOH
(c) Ca3P2 + H2O
(d) H3PO3
(e) PCl5 + H2SO4
(f) H3PO2
Q.113 How many compounds or elements with PCl5 give POCl3 as a minor, major or intermediate product?
Ag, Sn, H2O, C2H5OH, CH3COOH
Q.114 How many statements are correct for the complex entity?
N N
II
Ni
N N
(e) It exhibits geometrical isomerism (f) d x 2 y 2 orbital of Ni2+ ion is involved in its formation.
Q.118 How many S–O–S, S–S bonds and total number of lone pair are present respectively in the trimer of
SO3.
[If your answers are 2,4 and 10 respectively, write the answer as 2410.]
Q.121 Find the number of moles of sodium hydroxide which would exactly neutralise all the acids produced by
complete hydrolysis of one mole of SO2Cl2 . Assume 100% efficiency of all the reactions involved.
Q.122 How many number of species give white turbidity with H2S?
KMnO4/H, K2Cr2O7/H, KIO3/H, FeCl3, Br2-water, conc. HNO3, conc. H2SO4, H2O2
Q.125 How many total number of following order are correct according to their given property -
BF3 > BCl3 > BBr3 > BI3 Order of Polarity
BF3 > BCl3 > BBr3 > BI3 Order of Bond angle
BF3 < BCl3 < BBr3 < BI3 Order of M–X bond length
F– > Cl– Order of Lewis base character
F– > Cl– Order of Ionisation potential
F– < Cl– Order of Stability
Cl > F Order of Electron affinity
Cl2 > F2 Order of Bond Energy
HOF > HOCl Order of Acidic character
HF > HCl Order of Acidic character
Q.126 Iodine dissolves in cyclohexane to give a violet solution when benzene, dioxan or pyridine are added to
this solution, its color changes & the apparent dipole moment of this iodine in solution increases. The
moments of dipolar species formed in presence of above 3 solvents are 1.8, 3 & 4.5 D respectively with
the cyclohexane solution as reference zero. Explain.
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE-1
Q.1 B Q.2 D Q.3 C Q.4 C Q.5 D
Q.6 D Q.7 C Q.8 D Q.9 C Q.10 D
Q.11 D Q.12 A Q.13 D Q.14 B Q.15 A
Q.16 C Q.17 D Q.18 C Q.19 B Q.20 A
Q.21 A Q.22 C Q.23 C Q.24 D Q.25 B
Q.26 D Q.27 C Q.28 D Q.29 A Q.30 D
Q.31 C Q.32 A Q.33 A Q.34 A Q.35 D
Q.36 C Q.37 C Q.38 D Q.39 A Q.40 B
Q.41 D Q.42 A Q.43 C Q.44 C Q.45 C
Q.46 A Q.47 B Q.48 A Q.49 A Q.50 C
Q.51 D Q.52 C Q.53 A Q.54 D Q.55 C
Q.56 C Q.57 D Q.58 B Q.59 C Q.60 D
Q.61 C Q.62 C Q.63 D Q.64 B Q.65 C
Q.66 D Q.67 C Q.68 C Q.69 A Q.70 D
Q.71 A Q.72 B Q.73 B Q.74 A Q.75 A
Q.76 B Q.77 B Q.78 B Q.79 C Q.80 B
Q.81 A Q.82 D Q.83 A Q.84 A Q.85 A
Q.86 A Q.87 C Q.88 C Q.89 D Q.90 D
Q.91 B Q.92 A Q.93 C Q.94 B Q.95 C
Q.96 B Q.97 A Q.98 B Q.99 A Q.100 A
Q.101 B Q.102 C Q.103 B Q.104 B Q.105 D
Q.106 A Q.107 C Q.108 A Q.109 A Q.110 D
Q.111 D Q.112 D Q.113 C Q.114 D Q.115 D
Q.116 D Q.117 D Q.118 D Q.119 B Q.120 A
Q.121 D Q.122 B Q.123 C Q.124 D Q.125 D
Q.126 A Q.127 B Q.128 D Q.129 A Q.130 C
Q.131 B Q.132 A Q.133 B Q.134 C Q.135 B
Q.136 A Q.137 A Q.138 B Q.139 B Q.140 D
Q.141 B Q.142 A Q.143 A Q.144 C Q.145 C
Q.146 B Q.147 D Q.148 C Q.149 A Q.150 B
Q.151 C Q.152 D Q.153 A Q.154 B Q.155 A
Q.156 B Q.157 D Q.158 D Q.159 C Q.160 C
Q.161 C Q.162 C Q.163 B Q.164 D Q.165 B
Q.166 D Q.167 A Q.168 D Q.169 A Q.170 B
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 ABCD Q.2 ABCD Q.3 ABC Q.4 ABC Q.5 ABC
Q.6 BC Q.7 ABC Q.8 ABCD Q.9 ACD Q.10 BCD
Q.11 ACD Q.12 ABD Q.13 ACD Q.14 ABC Q.15 ABCD
Q.16 BC Q.17 AC Q.18 BCD Q.19 ABD Q.20 ABD
Q.21 ABD Q.22 ABC Q.23 BCD Q.24 ACD Q.25 BCD
Q.26 BCD Q.27 BCD Q.28 BD Q.29 ABC Q.30 BCD
Q.31 BCD Q.32 AB Q.33 ABCD Q.34 ABCD Q.35 AC
Q.36 B Q.37 BCD Q.38 AB Q.39 BCD Q.40 AC
Q.41 AC Q.42 ABC Q.43 ACD Q.44 B Q.45 ABC
Q.46 ACD Q.47 BCD Q.48 AB Q.49 ABD Q.50 ABC
Q.51 ABCD Q.52 ABD Q.53 ABCD Q.54 ABCD Q.55 ABCD
Q.56 ABCD Q.57 A Q.58 A Q.59 B Q.60 D
Q.61 A Q.62 B Q.63 A Q.64 B Q.65 C
Q.66 B Q.67 A Q.68 B Q.69 C Q.70 C
Q.71 C Q.72 B Q.73 A Q.74 A Q.75 D
Q.76 A Q.77 D Q.78 B Q.79 D Q.80 B
Q.81 A Q.82 A Q.83 B Q.84 C Q.85 A
Q.86 D Q.87 D Q.88 B Q.89 ABC Q.90 ACD
Q.91 ABCD Q.92 C Q.93 D Q.94 C Q.95 A
Q.96 A
Q.97 (P) 4 ; (Q) 2; (R) 3; (S) 1 Q.98 (A) s (B) r (C) p (D) q
Q.99 (A) q (B) p (C) r, s (D) q Q.100 (A) PQRS (B) PRS (C) PRST (D) PRS
Q.101 (A) P, (B) RS, (C) QRS Q.102 (A) PS (B) QS (C) QST (D) RS
Q.103 I-b, II-c, III-a, IV-d Q.104 6 Q.105 0003
Q.106 0034 Q.107 3.33 Q.108 2 Q.109 3 Q.110 2
Q.111 4 Q.112 0006 Q.113 3 Q.114 0004
Q.115 In NOCl, NO group bonded by a covalent bond which reflects its boiling point and in NO[BrF4] it is in
the form of NO+ ion which reflects its melting point and conductivity.
Q.116 0005 Q.117 0006 Q.118 3018 Q.119 1.33 Q.120 250
Q.121 4 Q.122 8 Q.123 5 Q.124 6 Q.125 6
Q.126 Donar strength increases in the order benzene < dioxan < py. Greater interation implies greater electron
transfer and hence a higher dipole moment
EXERCISE-1
d-BLOCK COMPOUNDS
[SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE]
Salt
'P' few drops of AgNO 3
T
warm NaOH
Warm NaOH + Excess
conc. H 2SO 4
Q.1 + compound 'Q' (solid) R S NH 3 Soln.
X
deep red Coloured red Coloured
Z(g) vapours Solution dil. HCl solution
Q.2 The number of moles of acidified KMnO4 required to convert one mole of sulphite ion into sulphate ion is
(A) 2/5 (B) 3/5 (C) 4/5 (D) 1
Q.6 Potassiumsulphite solution was mixed with potassiumhydroxide and the potassiumpermanganate solution
was added into it, then final colour of the solution is
(A) Blue (B) colourless (C) light pink (D) Green
Q.11 Acompound of mercuryused in cosmetics, inAyurvedic and Yunani medicines and known as Vermilon is
(A) HgCl2 (B) HgS (C) Hg2Cl2 (D) HgI
(blue colour)
(A) CrO5 and H2O (B) Cr2O3 and H2O (C) CrO2 and H2O (D) CrO and H2O
dil H SO
Q.13 Y(g )
KI
CuSO4
2
4 X(Blue colour) , X and Y are
Q.14 Transition elements are usually characterised by variable oxidation states but Zn does not show this
property because of
(A) completion of np-orbitals (B) completion of (n–1)d orbitals
(C) completion of ns-orbitals (D) inert pair effect
Q.15 (NH4)2Cr2O7 (Ammonium dichromate) is used in fire works. The green coloured powder blown in air is
(A) Cr2O3 (B) CrO2 (C) Cr2O2 (D) CrO3
Q.16 The d-block metal which is liquid at room temperature and its iodide changes colour on sublimation.
(A) Cu (B) Hg (C) Zn (D)Au
Q.22 When KMnO4 solution is added to hot oxalic acid solution, the decolourisation is slow in the beginning
but becomes instantaneous after some time. This is because
(A) Mn2+ acts as auto catalyst (B) CO2 is formed
(C) Reaction is exothermic (D) MnO4– catalyses the reaction.
Q.24 The higher oxidation states of transition elements are found to be in the combination withAand B, which
are
(A) F, O (B) O, N (C) O, Cl (D) F, Cl
Q.26 1 mole of Fe2+ ions are oxidised to Fe3+ ions with the help of (in acidic medium)
(A) 1/5 moles of KMnO4 (B) 5/3 moles of KMnO4
(C) 2/5 moles of KMnO4 (D) 5/2 moles of KMnO4
Q.29 Which of the following metal does not react with conc. HNO3
(A)Ag (B) Pb (C) Au (D) Hg
Q.30 A metal M which is not affected by strong acids like conc. HNO3, conc. H2SO4 and conc. solution of
alkalies like NaOH, KOH forms MCl3 which finds use for toning in photography. The metal M is
(A)Ag (B) Hg (C) Au (D) Cu
Q.31 Solid CuSO4·5H2O having covalent, ionic as well as co-ordinate bonds. Copper atom/ion forms
................. co-ordinate bonds with water.
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.35 Number of moles of SnCl2 required for the reduction of 1 mole of K2Cr2O7 into Cr2O3 is (in acidic medium)
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 1/3
(A) MnO 24 is quite strongly oxidizing and stable only in very strong alkalies. In dilute alkali, neutral
solutions, it disproportionates.
(B) In acidic solutions, MnO 4 is reduced to Mn2+ and thus, KMnO4 is widely used as oxidising agent
Q.38 Concentrated acid obtained from reaction between solid NaNO3 and conc. H2SO4 does not react with
(A) P4 (B) H2S (C) Au (D) Hg
Q.39 In nitroprusside ion, the iron exists as Fe2+ and NO as NO+ rather than Fe3+ and NO respectively.
These forms of ions are established with the help of
(A) magnetic moment in solid state (B) thermal decomposition method
(C) by reaction with KCN (D) by action with K2SO4
Q.40 Transition elements in lower oxidation states act as Lewis acid because
(A) they form complexes (B) they are oxidising agents
(C) they donate electrons (D) they do not show catalytic properties
Q.41 The Ziegler-Natta catalyst used for polymerisation of ethene and styrene is TiCl4 + (C2H5)3Al, the
catalysing species (active species) involved in the polymerisation is
(A) TiCl4 (B) TiCl3 (C) TiCl2 (D) TiCl
Q.42 The electrons which take part in order to exhibit variable oxidation states by transition metals are
(A) ns only (B) (n–1)d only
(C) ns and (n–1)d only but not np (D) (n–1)d and np only but not ns
1
(C) 2 O 2 + 2H+ H2O (D) None of these
Q.48 What is the correct set of co-efficients for the reactants in following reaction:
Mn2+(aq) + PbO2(s) + H+(aq) _____ + Pb2+(aq) + _____
(A) 1 : 2 : 0 (B) 3 : 1 : 9 (C) 2 : 5 : 4 (D) 4 : 6 : 3
Q.49 In the elements of 3d-series, the element with highest melting point is
(A) Mn (B) Fe (C) Cr (D) Cu
Q.50 Heating of a blue coloured salt produces a black residue. Which of the following cations will be present
in the salt?
(A) Fe2+ (B) Fe3+ (C) Cu2+ (D) Zn2+
Q.51 Which one of the following is least covalent and least acidic?
(A) VCl2 (B) VCl3 (C) VCl4 (D)VOCl3
Q.53 When KMnO4 separatelyreacts with H2O2 in weaklyalkaline medium and acidic medium, then products
of KMnO4 are respectively.
(A) K2MnO4 and Mn2+(aq) (B) MnO2 and MnO2
(C) MnO2 and Mn2+(aq) (D) Mn2+ (aq) and MnO2
chemstudios by pms Page # 356
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY d & f-Block Elements
Q.54 Which oxide exhibits strongest oxidizing character among given oxides.
(A) CrO3 (B) MoO3 (C) WO3 (D) Mn2O7
Q.55 Which of the following ionic/molecular species does not disproportionate in water at room temperature.
(A) NO2 (B) Cu+ (C) MnO42– (D) Ca(OCl)Cl
Q.59 Which of the following compound undergoes disproportionation in presence of SO3 gas
(A) K2MnO4 (B) K2CrO4 (C) I2 (D) Hg(NO3)2
Q.62 I– (aq.) + MnO4– (aq) H X + Mn++ (aq)
Q.63 Which property remains same in metal and in its interstatial compound?
(A) Hardness (B) Ductility
(C) Electrical conductivity (D) Density
chemstudios by pms Page # 357
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY d & f-Block Elements
Q.67 Many transition metals form interstitial compounds. The characteristics of these interstitial compounds
are:
(I) They have high melting points as compared to pure metals.
(II) They are very hard.
(III) Theyretain metallic conductivity.
(IV) They are chemically more reactive than pure metals.
Then correct option(s) is/are
(A) I, II, III (B) I, III (C) II, IV (D) IV only
Q.69 Each of the following ion contains vanadium in + 5 oxidation state except
(A) VO2+ (B) V(OH)4+ (C) VO2+ (D) [VO3.OH]2–
Q.70 The oxoanion in which the oxidation state of central atom is same as its group number in the periodic
table is
(A) SO42– (B) VO2– (C) MnO42– (D) Cr2O72–
(x) (y)
Q.74 MnO4– Mn2+ Mn4+
(z)
MnO2
Q.75 Which of them does not produce H2 gas when react with dil. HCl ?
(A) Ti2+ (B) V2+ (C) Cr2+ (D) Fe2+
Q.77 Which of the following compound/acid does not reduce AgNO3 into Metallic Ag?
(A) H3PO4 (B) H3PO2 (C) N2H4 (D) H3PO3
Then P contains
(A) Cu2+ (aq) (B) Fe2+ (aq) (C) Cr2+ (aq) (D) Ni2+ (aq)
Q.80 K2MnO4 is unstable in aqueous solution and the green solution obtained is changed into purple colouration
INCORRECT statement regarding the above change is.
(A) It is a disproportionation reaction
(B) It produces KMnO4
(C) It produces brown precipitate of hydrated MnO2
(D) K2MnO4 stable in acidic medium
pH = X
Q.81 CrO42– Cr2O72–
pH = Y
The pH values of (X) and (Y) are respectively :
(A) 4 and 5 (B) 4 and 8 (C) 8 and 4 (D) 8 and 9
Q.83 When CuSO4 reacts with KI and KCN separately which of the following statement is incorrect for
both reaction
(A) Both are redox reactions
(B) Both reactions produce diatomic gas
(C) Cu (II) cation is reduced in both reaction
(D) Both reactions produce white colour compound
Q.84 Which of the two set of reactions represent amphoteric nature of Zn(OH)2
(I) Zn(OH)2 + NaOH (II) Zn(OH)2 + H2O (III) Zn(OH)2 + HCl (IV) Zn(OH)2 + NH3
(A) I, II (B) I, III (C) II and IV (D) III and IV
Chromite
I
Na 2 CrO 4
II
Cr2O3
III
Cr
In above chain of reactions, steps I, II and III are:
I II III
(A) Na2CO3/air, C C
(B) NaOH/air, C, Al,
(C) NaOH/air, C, Mg,
(D) Conc. H2SO4, NH4Cl, C,
[REASONING TYPE]
Questions given below consist of two statements each printed as Statement-1 and Statement-2; while
answering these questions you are required to choose any one of the following four responses:
(A) if both Statement-1 and Statement-2 are true and Statement-2 is the correct explanation of
statement-1
(B) if both Statement-1 and Statement-2 are true but Statement-2 is not correct explanation of
statement-1
(C) if Statement-1 is true but Statement-2 is false
(D) if Statement-1 is false and Statement-2 is true
Q.91 Statement-1 : The highest oxidation state of chromium in its compounds is +6.
Statement-2 : Chromium atom has only six electrons in ns and (n-1) d orbitals.
Q.92 Statement-1 : CrO3 reacts with HCl to form chromyl chloride gas.
Statement-2 : Chromyl chloride (CrO2Cl2) has tetrahedral shape.
Q.93 Statement-1 : Zinc does not show characteristic properties of transition metals.
Statement-2 : In zinc outermost shell is completely filled.
Q.95 Statement-1 : Equivalent mass of KMnO4 is equal to one-third of its molecular mass when it acts as an
oxidising agent in an alkaline medium.
Statement-2 : Oxidation number of Mn is +7 in KMnO4.
f-BLOCK COMPOUNDS
Q.97 In general, actinides exhibit more number of oxidation states than lanthanoids. This is because
(A) there is a similarly between 4f and 5f orbitals in their angular part of wave function
(B) The actinoids are more reactive than lanthanoids
(C) The 5f orbitals extend farthar from nucleus than 4f-orbitals
(D) The 5f orbitals are more buried than the 4f-orbitals
Q.99 Which of the following statements is NOT CORRECT regarding lanthanoids and actinoids?
(A) Oxidation state of +3 is predominant in both the series
(B) Both the series show contraction in ionic radii as lanthanoid contraction and actinoid contraction with
increase in atomic number .
(C) Actinoids show larger number of oxidation states than lanthanoids due to lesser energy difference
between 5f and 6d orbitals than between 4f and 5d orbitals of lanthanoids.
(D) Elements of both the series are radioactive
Q.101 Which of the properties has higher value for lanthanoids in comparison of actinoids
(A) Variety of oxidation state (B) Element to element size contraction
(C) Both of them (D) None of these
EXERCISE-2
[PARAGRAPH TYPE]
Paragraph for question nos. 1 & 2
Y Na
2 Y
Colourless products
Excess KI S2O3
X
Z
Water Coloured White
So lub le Solution
salt
Q.8 Addition of non-metals like boron, carbon and nitrogen to the interstitial voids of a transition metal,
makes the metal
(A) more ductile (B) less ductile (C) less malleable (D) more hard
Q.11 Transition metal cations have more tendency to form complex than metal cations of s- and p-block
elements. It is due to
(A) availabilityof d-orbitals for bonding
(B) variable oxidation states are not shown by transition elements
(C) all electrons are paired in d-orbitals
(D) Higher nuclear force of attraction at their peripheral shell in transition metal cations
medium ‘x’ 2–
MnO4
+ n1 e¯
medium ‘y’ 2+
Q.19 MnO4¯ Mn (aq)
+ n2 e¯
medium ‘z’
+ n3 e¯ MnO2
Q.21 An element of 3d-transition series shows two oxidation states x and y, differ by two units then
(A) If x > y then compound in oxidation state x will be ionic
(B) If x < y then compound in oxidation state x will be ionic
(C) If x < y then compound in oxidation state y will be covalent
(D) If y < x then compound in oxidation state y will be covalent
Q.22 A pinch of Na2O2 was added to an acidified dichromate solution, then observations noted are
(A) Blue colour appears in transient phase
(B) Orange colour directly changing to green
(C) Copious evolution of oxygen
(D) Bluish -green precipitate
Q.23 The rusting of iron is formulated as Fe2O3· xH2O which involves the formation of
(A) Fe2O3 (B) Fe(OH)3 (C) Fe(OH)2 (D) Fe2O3 + Fe(OH)3
Q.29 Colourless solutions of the following four salts are placed separately in four different test tubes and a
strip of copper is dipped in each one of these. Which solution will turn blue?
(A) KNO3 (B) AgNO3 (C) Zn(NO3)2 (D) Hg(NO3)2
chemstudios by pms Page # 368
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY d & f-Block Elements
Q.31 Which of the following compound(s) produce green coloured product on thermal decomposition.
(A) K2Cr2O7 (B) KMnO4 (C) (NH4)2Cr2O7 (D) NH4NO3
Q.33 The element with maximum and minimum melting points in the respective transition series respectively
are-
(A) Cr and Zn (B) Mo and Ag (C) Mn and Zn (D) Mo and Cd
Q.36 Which of the following compound(s) undergo does /do not disproportionation in presence of SO3 gas.
(A) K2MnO4 (B) K2CrO4 (C) I2 (D) Hg(NO3)2
3
Q.37
2K2Cr2O7 2X + Y + Z
2
2KMnO4 P + Q + R
If order of molecular weight is X >Y > Z and P > Q > R, then which of the following statement is
CORRECT regarding above information
(A) Oxidation state of central metal atoms are same in X and P.
(B) Molecular weight of Z and R is same
(C) Molecular weight of Q is greater than Y.
(D) The colour of Y and P almost same
Q.39 KMnO 4 NaOH Green solution excess
water
purple colour along with black residue (X)
purple Hot conc.
Q.41 When acidified CrO42– ion reacts with H2O2 in the presence of ether solvent then correct statement(s)
is/are?
(A) Orange colour of solution turns blue
(B) Deep blue colour is due to formation of CrO5.OEt2
(C) Oxidation state of Cr-atom remains same in the reaction
(D) Orange colour of solution turns green
Q.43 Which of the general properties are common among group 2nd elements and 4f series elements ?
(A) Abundance in earth crust
(B) Evolution of H2 gas on reaction with dil HCl
(C) Formation of oxide and nitride when reacts with air
(D)Aqueous solution reacts with HCl
Q.46 Which one of the following ionic species will impart colour to an aqueous solution?
(A) Ti4+ (aq) (B) Cu+ (aq) (C) Zn2+ (aq) (D) Cr3+ (aq)
[INTEGER TYPE]
Q.51 Calculate difference between oxidation state of chromium (Cr) in blue and green coloured chromium
species formed during the following given transformation.
CrO42–(aq) H2O Blue solution Green solution
2 /H on s tanding
Q.52 Total number of species that can be oxidized by acidic permanganate ion (MnO4¯ / H+)
I¯, Fe2+, CO2, C2O42–, S2–, SO32–, NO2¯, PO43–, SO42–.
Q.53 Find total number of bond angles in Cr2O72– ion which are greater than 109º28'
Q.54 Find total number of process which has positive value of standard electrode potential
Cr2+/Cr3+, Mn2+/Mn3+, Fe/Fe2+, Cu/Cu2+, Fe/Fe3+
Sn/Sn2+, Cr/Cr3+, Ag/Ag+, Fe3+/Fe2+
Q.56 Find total no. of oxides which act as an acid on reacting with NaOH.
ZnO, MnO, Mn2O7, CrO3, MnO2, Cr2O3, TiO
Q.57 Find total no. of mole of I¯ required to reduce 1 mole K2Cr2O7 in acidic medium
Q.59 Select total no. of ions which are disproportionate in aqueous medium.
Cu+, Au+, Zn+2, Hg2+2
Q.62 Find total number of metals which shows variably valency. Na, Zn, Fe, Cu, Hg, Cd, Au, Cr, Mn
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE-1
Q.1 B Q.2 A Q.3 B Q.4 A Q.5 B
Q.6 D Q.7 A Q.8 B Q.9 A Q.10 A
Q.11 B Q.12 A Q.13 B Q.14 B Q.15 A
Q.16 B Q.17 D Q.18 B Q.19 C Q.20 A
Q.21 B Q.22 A Q.23 D Q.24 A Q.25 D
Q.26 A Q.27 B Q.28 A Q.29 C Q.30 C
Q.31 D Q.32 C Q.33 B Q.34 C Q.35 A
Q.36 C Q.37 D Q.38 C Q.39 A Q.40 A
Q.41 B Q.42 C Q.43 B Q.44 A Q.45 B
Q.46 B Q.47 C Q.48 C Q.49 C Q.50 C
Q.51 A Q.52 A Q.53 C Q.54 D Q.55 D
Q.56 D Q.57 C Q.58 D Q.59 A Q.60 B
Q.61 C Q.62 A Q.63 C Q.64 A Q.65 C
Q.66 C Q.67 A Q.68 D Q.69 C Q.70 D
Q.71 A Q.72 C Q.73 C Q.74 A Q.75 D
Q.76 C Q.77 A Q.78 D Q.79 B Q.80 D
Q.81 B Q.82 C Q.83 B Q.84 B Q.85 B
Q.86 D Q.87 B Q.88 A Q.89 B Q.90 B
Q.91 A Q.92 B Q.93 C Q.94 C Q.95 B
Q.96 C Q.97 C Q.98 A Q.99 D Q.100 D
Q.101 D Q.102 B Q.103 B Q.104 D
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 B Q.2 D Q.3 B Q.4 D Q.5 C
Q.6 D Q.7 ABC Q.8 BCD Q.9 AB Q.10 AB
Q.11 AD Q.12 AB Q.13 ABD Q.14 ABC Q.15 BC
Q.16 ABC Q.17 ABC Q.18 ABC Q.19 ABC Q.20 AB
Q.21 BC Q.22 AC Q.23 BD Q.24 ABCD Q.25 AB
Q.26 ABC Q.27 AB Q.28 BC Q.29 BD Q.30 ABCD
Q.31 ABC Q.32 BCD Q.33 AD Q.34 AC Q.35 AD
Q.36 BCD Q.37 ABD Q.38 ACD Q.39 ABCD Q.40 ABC
Q.41 ABC Q.42 ABC Q.43 ABCD Q.44 ACD Q.45 ABCD
Q.46 BD
Q.47 (A) Q,S,T;(B)P, R;(C) Q, R, T;(D) P, R, T Q.48 (A) P (B) R (C) Q (D) P,Q,S
Q.49 (A) Q,R,S (B) Q (C) P (D) R,S Q.50 (A) P (B) P,Q,S (C) P,QR,S (D) P, S
Q.51 3 Q.52 6 Q.53 7 Q.54 6 Q.55 5
Q.56 5 Q.57 6 Q.58 7 Q.59 3 Q.60 7
Q.61 8 Q.62 6
METALLURGY
CHAPTER
EXERCISE-1
GENERAL PRINCIPLES INVOLVED IN METALLURGY / CONCENTRATION /
ORES AND THEIR CONCENTRATION
Q.1 Metallurgy is the process of
(A) Concentration of ore (B) Roasting of ore
(C) Extraction of metal from the ore (D) Adding carbon to the ore in blast furnace
Q.3 All ores are minerals, while all minerals are not ores because
(A) The metal cannot be extracted economically from all the minerals
(B) Minerals are complex compounds
(C) The minerals are botained from mines
(D) All of these are correct
Q.4 Which one of the followng does not occur as sulphide ore
(A) Zn (B) Cr (C) Ag (D) Fe
Q.15 Froth floatation process for the concentration of ores is an illustration of physical phenomenon of
(A) Adsorption (B) Absorption (C) Coagulation (D) Sedimentation
Q.16 The method of concentration of the ore that makes use of difference in densitybetween ore and impurities
is called
(A) Levigation (B) Leaching
(C) Magnetic separation (D) Liquation
Q.17 During concentration of Tin stone separation of sulframates of FeII and MnII is based on the fact
(A) SnO2 is paramagnetic (B) SnO2 is diamagnetic
(C) FeWO4 and MnWO4 are paramagnetic (D) Both B and C
chemstudios by pms Page # 377
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Metallurgy
Q.18 Leaching of Ag2S by NaCN solution is carried out in the presence of air it, because :
(A) [Ag(CN)2]¯ complex is formed in a reversible reaction
(B) oxidation of formed Na2S into Na2SO4 and sulphur
(C) both (A) and (B)
(D) none of the above
Q.20 Collector are the substance which combine with sulphide ore and make them water repellant, which of
the following substance can act as collector
(A) sodium ethyl xanthate (B) sodium xenate
(C) sodium pyrophosphate (D) adsorption
Q.21 Preferential wetting of ore by oil and gangue by water takes place during
(A) Levigation (B) Froth floatation (C) Leaching (D) Bessemerisation
Q.23 Froth floatation process for concentration of ores is an illustration of the practical application of:
(A) Adsorption (B) Absorption (C) Coagulation (D) Sedimentation
Q.31 Metal which can be extracted from all the three dolomite, magnesite and carnallite is
(A)Na (B) K (C) Mg (D) Ca
Q.35 Which of the following ore is used for industrial extraction of aluminium
(A) Corundum (B) Kaolin (C) Cryolite (D) Bauxite
Q.37 Corundum is
(A)Al2O3.H2O (B) Al2O3 (C) Al2O3.2H2O (D) Al2O3.2SiO2.2H2O
Q.39 Which of the following ores does not represent the ore of iron
(A) Haematite (B) Magnetite (C) Cassiterite (D) Limonite
Q.41 Calamine is
(A)ZnSO4 (B) ZnO (C) ZnS (D) ZnCO3
Q.56 Which one of the following beneficiation process is used for the ore, Al2O3.2H2O
(A) Froth floatation (B) Leaching (C) Liquation (D) Magnetic separation
Q.57 Naturall occuring materials from which an element can be extracted economically are called
(A) Ores (B) Minerals (C) gangue (D) None ofthese
Q.59 Wolframites are separated from tin stone ore by the process of
(A) Calcination (B) Electromagnetic process
(C) Roasting (D) Smelting
Q.65 In the froth floatation process, NaCN is added as depressant when galena is associated with impurity of
ZnS, because
(A) Pb(CN)2 is precipitated while ZnS remains unaffected,
(B) ZnS forms soluble complex Na2[Zn(CN)4] while PbS combines with frother.
(C) PbS forms soluble complex Na2[Pb(CN)4] while ZnS combines with frother.
(D) NaCN regenerates ZnS from complex [Zn(CN)4]2–.
Q.70 Three most abundunt elements in the earth crust in their decreasing order of percentage.
(A) O, Si, Al (B) Si, O, Al (C) Al, O, Si (D) O, Fe, Si
Q.77 The reason, for floating of ore particles in concentration by froth floatation process is that:
(A) they are light (B) they are insoluble
(C) they are charged (D) they are adsorbed over air bubbles
Q.86 The metallurgical process in which metal is obtained in fused state from its ore is called
(A) Smelting (B) Roasting (C) Calcination (D) Froth floatation
Q.88 Which of the following ore is subjected to roasting during metallurgical operations for getting the metal
oxide
(A)Argentite (B) Zinc blende (C) Malachite (D) Limonite
Q.91 According to Ellingham diagram, the oxidation reaction of carbon to carbon monoxide may be used to
reduce which one of the following oxides at the lowest temperature
(A) Al2O3 (B) Cu2O (C) MgO (D) ZnO
Q.93 During smelting, an additional substance is added which combines with impurities to form a fusible
product. It is known as
(A) slag (B) mud (C) gangue (D) flux
Q.96 Heating of ore in the absence of air below its melting point is called
(A) Leaching (B) Roasting (C) Smelting (D) Calcination
Q.97 Which of the following flux is used to remove acidic impurities in metallurgical process?
(A) Silica (B) Lime stone (C) Borax (D) Sodium
Q.98 The process of converting hydrated alumina into anhydrous alumina is called
(A) Roasting (B) Smelting (C) Dressing (D) Calcination
Q.99 Which of the following statements about the advantage of roasting of sulphide ore before smelting is not
true?
(A) fGº of the sulphide is more negative than that of CS2
(B) fGº is negative for roasting of sulphide ore to oxide
(C) fG of carbon reduction of metal oxide to free metal is more negative at higher temperature
(D) Carbon and hydrogen are suitable reducing agents for metal sulphides
Q.100 The value of fGº for Cr2O3 is – 540 kJ mol–1 and that of Al2O3 is – 827 kJ mol–1. Is the reduction of
Cr2O3 byAl is feasible reaction
(A) The data is incomplete (B) The reaction is feasible
(C) The reaction is not feasible (D) The reaction may or may not be feasible
Q.102 Which of the following condition is incorrect for metal oxide formation from metal and oxygen at given
temp.
(A) H = – ve (B) S = – ve (C) S = + ve (D) None of these
Q.105 Identify the metal M whose extraction is based on the following reactions :
MS + 2O2 MSO4 ; 2 MS + 3O2 2MO + 2SO2
MS + 2 MO 3M + SO2 ; MS + MSO4 2M + 2SO2
(A) Magnesium (B)Aluminium (C) Lead (D) Tin
Q.106 Which of the following metal is not extracted commercially by carbon reduction process?
(A) Zn (B) Fe (C) Hg (D) Sn
(C) CuCO3.Cu(OH)2 CuO + CO2 + H2O (D) MgCl2.6H2O Dry MgCl2
HCl
Q.108 An ore after levigation is found to have acidic impurities . Which of the following can be used as flux
during smelting operation?
(A) Na2B4O7 (B) CaCO3 (C) SiO2 (D) Na3PO4
PbS O 2 PbO SO 2
(C) (D)All of these
PbO PbS Pb SO 2
Q.114 The slag consists of molten impurities, generally, in the form of:
(A) Metal carbonate (B) Metal silicate
(C) Metal oxide (D) Metal nitrate
Q.116 Which of the following statement is correct regarding the slag obtained during the extraction of a metal
like copper or iron?
(A) The slag is lighter and has lower melting point than the metal
(B) The slag is heavier and has lower melting point than the metal
(C) The slag is lighter and has higher melting point than the metal
(D) The slag is heavier and has higher melting point than the metal
Q.117 Among the following groups of oxides, the group containing oxides that is reduced by carbon for their
respective extraction.
(A) CaO and K2O (B) Fe2O3, ZnO and SnO2
(C) Al2O3, B2O3 (D) Cr2O3, Mn3O4
Q.121 In the extraction of iron lime stone added to the blast furnace, calcium ion is obtained mainly in the form
of
(A) CaSiO3 (B) CaCO3 (C) Ca (D) CaO
Q.122 The slag obtained during the extraction of copper from copper pyrites is composed mainly of
(A) CaSiO3 (B) FeSiO3 (C) CuSiO3 (D) SiO2
Q.123 Which of the following reaction taking place in the Blast furnace is endothermic
(A) CaCO3 CaO + CO2 (B) 2C+ O2 2CO
(C) C + O2 CO2 (D) Fe2O3 + 3CO 2Fe + 3CO2
Q.124 In the modern blast furnaces, in the extraction of iron the charge consists of a mixture of
(A) Fe2O3+ lime stone + anthracite coal (B) Fe2O3+ limestone + coke
(C) Fe2O3.3H2O + dolomite + coke (D) Iron pyrites + lime stone + bituminous coal
Q.127 In the extraction of copper from its sulphide ore, the metal is finally obtained by the reduction of cuprous
oxide with
(A) Copper (I) sulphide (Cu2S) (B) Sulphur dioxide (SO2)
(C) Iron sulphide (FeS) (D) Carbon monoxide (CO)
Q.134 Bauxte ore is made up ofAl2O3 + SiO2 + TiO2 + Fe2O3. The ore is treated with conc. NaOH solution
at 500 K and 35 bar pressure for few hours and filtered, In the filtrate the species present, are
(A) NaAlO2 only (B) Na2Ti(OH)6 only
(C) Both NaAlO2 and Na2SiO3 (D) Na2SiO3 only
Q.136 Pb and Sn are extracted from their chief ore respectively by.
(A) Carbon reduction and self reduction (B) Self reduction and carbon reduction.
(C) Electrolysis and self reduction. (D) Self reduction and electrolysis.
Q.138 The methods chiefly used for the extraction of lead and tin from their ores are respectively.
(A) Self reduction and carbon reduction (B) Self reduction and electrolytic reduction
(C) Carbon reduction and self reduction (D) Cyanide process and carbon reduction
Q.141 From which of the following ore, the concerned metal is not commercially extracted by self reduction.
(A) Ag2S (B) PbS (C) CuFeS2 (D) Cu2S
Q.145 In which of the following process, silver metal can not be obtained.
(A) As a by product in the electrolytic refining of copper
(B) Parke's process
(C) By reaction of argentite ore with excess KCN followed by metal displacement
(D) By treatment of Horn silver withAqua Regia
Q.148 Which of the following combination of reactions is involved during commercial extraction of copper
metal
3
(A) Cu2S + O Cu2O + SO2 ; Cu2O + C Cu + CO
2 2
3
(B) Cu2S + O2 Cu2O + SO2 ; 2Cu2O + Cu2S 6Cu + SO2
2
3
(C) Cu2S + O2 Cu2O + SO2 ; 2Cu2O + Si 4Cu + SiO2
2
3
(D) Cu2S + O2 Cu2O + SO2 ; Cu2O + CO 2Cu + CO2
2
Q.154 Which of the following species is desirable substance in extraction of copper but not in extraction of
iron?
(A) CaSiO3 (B) FeSiO3 (C) SiO2 (D) coke
Q.156 Which of the following reaction does not occur in Bessemer's converter?
(A) FeS + Cu2O Cu2S + FeO (B) 2Cu2S + 3O2 2Cu2O + 2SO2
(C) 2CuFeS2+ O2 Cu2S + 2FeS + SO2 (D) FeO + SiO2 FeSiO3
Q.158 The metal which can be extracted by both sea-water and ores from the earth's crust is:
(A) Magnesium (B) Lead (C) Iron (D)Aluminium
Q.161 During extraction of aluminium the carbon anodes are replaced periodically because:
(A) carbon anodes are gradually lost due to formation of Al4C3
(B) Carbon anodes melt and mix up with the electrolyte
(C) Oxygen liberated at the carbon anode reacts with anode to form CO
(D) Carbon anode reduces Al2O3 into Al
Q.165 Silver ore dissolves in dilute solution of NaCN in the presence of air to form:
(A)AgCN (B) [Ag(CN)2]¯ (C) AgSCN (D) [Ag(CN)4¯]
Q.166 For extraction of sodium from NaCl, the electrolytic mixture NaCl + KCl + CaCl 2 is used. During
extraction process, only sodium is deposited on cathode but K and Ca do not because
(A) Na is more volatite than K and Ca
(B) Na is less reactive than K and Ca
(C) NaCl is less stable than Na3AlF6 and CaCl2
(D) the discharge potential of Na+ is less than that of K+ and Ca2+ ions.
Q.169 Which of the following reaction occurs in the reduction zone during extraction of iron?
(A) CaO + SiO2 CaSiO3(slag) (B) Fe2O3 + 3C 2Fe + CO
(C) FeO + CO Fe + CO2 (D) CO2+ C 2CO
Q.170 In the metallurgy of iron, the upper layer obtained at the bottom of blast furnace mainly contains:
(A) CaSiO3 (B) Spongy iron (C) Fe2O3 (D) FeSiO3
chemstudios by pms Page # 394
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Metallurgy
Q.172 In the extraction of copper from its sulphide ore the metal is formed by the reduction of Cu2O with:
(A) FeS (B) CO (C) Cu2S (D) SO2
REFINING
Q.175 Van Arkel method of purification of metals involves converting the metal to a
(A) Volatile stable compound
(B) Volatile thermallyunstable compound
(C) Non volatile stable compound
(D) None of the above
Q.176 If the impurityin a metal has a greater affinity for oxygen and is more easily oxidised than the metal, then
the purification of metal may be carried out by
(A) Cyanidation (B) Zone refining (C) Electrolytc refining (D) Cupelation
Select
Q.177 (Ag + Pb) alloy Melt Upper Layer ( X )
(Ag + Pb + Zn) melt Cool
and zinc is added
Bottom Layer ( Y )
Q.184 Which ofthe following process involves the principle of fractional crystallisation for refining of an element?
(A) Parke's process (B) Mond's process (C) Van Arkel process (D) Zone refining
Q.186 NaCl and CaCl2 are added to fused MgCl2 during extraction of Mg because.
(A) Melting point of electrolyte is decreased and its conductivity is increased
(B) Melting point of electrolyte is increased and its conductivity is decreased
(C) Both melting point and conductivity of electrolyte are decreased
(D) Both melting point and conductivity of electrolyte are increased
Q.191 The method of extraction ofAg by cyano complex formation followed by metal displacement is called:
(A) Parke's method (B) McArthur-Forest method
(C) Serpeck method (D) Hall's method
Q.193 Addition of manganese makes steel useful in making rails of railroads, because manganese
(A) gives hardness to steel (B) helps the formation of oxides of iron
(C) reduces impurity of SiO2 into silicon (D) reduces hardness
Q.194 A piece of steel is heated to red hot and then it is dipped into cold water, this treatment of iron makes it
(A) soft and malleable (B) hard but not brittle
(C) more brittle (D) hard and brittle
Q.196 The chemical process of manufacturing of steel from its ore haematite involves
(A) oxidation (B) reduction followed by oxidation
(C) oxidation followed by reduction (D) oxidation followed bydecomposition and reduction
Q.199 In electrolytic refining of metals, electrolysis of an aqueous solution of its complex salt is done with
impure metal as anode and an strip of pure metal as cathode. This method cannot be used for the refining
of the metal
(A) Silver (B) Copper (C)Aluminium (D) Zinc
Q.203 Silver obtained from argentiferrous lead containing lead impurity is purified by
(A) Distillation (B) Froth floatation
(C) Cupellation (D) Aqueous NaCN in absence of air
Q.204 The method not used in metallurgy to refine the impure metal is
(A) Mond's process (B) Van-Arkel process (C) Froth floatation (D) Liq uation
Q.205 Method used for obtaining ultra pure silicon used as a semiconductor material is
(A) Oxidation (B) Electrochemical (C) Crystallization (D) Zone refining
Q.210 In the form of byproduct, tungstan is mainly obtained during electrolysis refining of :
(A) Pb (B) Sn (C) Cu (D)Al
Q.211 In the extraction of nickel by Mond's process, the metal is obtained by:
(A) electrochemical reduction (B) thermal decomposition
(C) chemical reduction byaluminium (D) reduction by carbon
Q.212 When copper is purified by electrorefining process, noble metals like Ag and Au are found in
(A) cathode mud (B) over anode
(C) anode mud (D) over cathode or anode
Q.213 Formation of Ni(CO)4 and subsequent its decomposition into Ni and CO (recycled) makes basis of
Mond's process
Ni(CO)4
T
Ni + 4CO
T1 2
Ni + 4CO
T1 and T2 are:
(A) 100°C, 50°C (B) 50°C, 100°C (C) 50°C, 230°C (D) 230°C, 50°C
Q.217 During poling which ofthe following oxide(s) is/are not reduced by hydrocarbons.
(A) SnO2 (B) Fe2O3 (C) Cu2O (D) both A and C
Q.219 The metal for which, its property of forming of volatile complex is used for its purification.
(A) Cobalt (B) Nickel (C) Vanadium (D) Iron
Q.220 In the purification of aluminium by Hoope's process, impurities of silicon and copper are added to the
molten impure aluminium in order to :
(A) make the melt conducting (B) reduce CaO into Ca
(C) smooth deposition of aluminium ion (D) make the melt heavier
Q.221 In electrorefining of metal, the anode is made of thick plate of impure metal and this method is not used
for 1 refining of :
(A) Silver (B) Copper (C)Aluminium (D) Gold
Ti 2 I 2 500
K
TiI 4 1675
K
Ti 2 I 2
(Impure) (Pure)
(A) Cupellation (B) Polling (C) Van Arkel (D) Zone refining
Q.224 Which of the following metals may be present in the anode mud during electrorefining of copper?
I. Gold ; II. Iron ; III. Silver ; IV. magnesium
(A) I and II (B) II and IV (C) I and III (D) III and IV
Q.227 Silver and gold are often obtained as valuable by-products during:
(A) Smelting (B) Electrolytic refining
(C) Zone refining (D) Iron making
Q.228 Extraction of pure Zn metal from its sulphide ore does not involve
(A) Roasting (B) Distillation (C) Self reduction (D) Rapid Cooling
EXERCISE-2
Q.5 Which of the following reduction reactions are actually employed in commerical extraction of metals?
(A) Fe2O3 + 2Al Al2O3 + 2Fe
(B) Cr2O3+ 2Al Al2O3+ 2Cr
(C) 2Na[Au(CN)2] + Zn Na2[Zn(CN)4] + 2Au
(D) Cu2O + H2 2Cu + H2O
Q.7 Which of the following can be obtained byelectrolytic reduction of their compounds in aqueous solution?
(A) Gold (B)Aluminium (C) Silver (D) Copper
Q.8 During extraction of iron, correct statement(s) about slag formation is/are
(A) It prevents oxidation of pig iron (B) Heat energy is evolved
(C) It exists in molten form (D) It is used in cement industry
(B) 4FeS2 + 11O2 2Fe2O3 + 8SO2
(C) 2Al(OH)3 Al2O3 + 3H2O
(D) MgCl2.6H2O MgCl2 + 6H2O
Dry HCl gas
Q.11 Which of the following statement(s) is / are common between roasting and sintering?
(A) Both require heating of the ore.
(B) Both involve burning away of organic matter.
(C) Both the process cause partial fusion of ore
(D) Both are performed only for sulphide ores
Q.13 Which of the following is/are true for calcination of a metal ore?
(A) It makes the ore more porous .
(B) The ore is heated to a temperature when fusion just begins
(C) Hydrated salts lose their water of crystallisation
(D) Impurities of S, As and Sb are removed in the form of their volatile oxides.
Q.15 In electrorefining of metals anode and cathode are taken as thick slab of impure metal and a strip of
pure- metal respectivelywhile the electrolyte is aq. solution of a complex metal salt. This method cannot
be applied for the refining of
(A) Copper (B) Sodium (C)Aluminium (D) Silver
Q.17 Hg and Pb are comercially extracted from their respective sulphide ores by Pyrometallurgy whereas
Pyrometallurgy is not applied in the extraction of Ag fromAg2S because
(A) Roasting of PbS is thermodynamically feasible below its melting point
(B) Roasting ofAg2S is not thermodynamically feasible
(C) Roasting of HgS is feasible at low temperature
(D) Gf of Ag2O becomes positive on normal heating
Q.18 Which of the following process(es) are used for purification of Bauxite ore?
(A) Hall's process (B) Serpeck's process
(C) Baeyer's process (D) Mond's process
Q.20 Amphoteric nature of alumina is employed in which of the following process for extraction of aluminium?
(A) Baeyer's process (B) Hall's process
(C) Serpek's process (D) Hall-Heroult's process
Q.24 During extraction of metallic sodium by electrolysis of fused NaCl (Down's process), small amount of
CaCl2 is added in order to
(A) Improves the electrical conductivity
(B) Decreases the melting point of NaCl
(C) Reduces vapourization of isolated sodium metal
(D) Acts as dessicant
Q.26 The main reaction(s) which occur(s) in blastfurnace during extraction of iron from haematite is(are)
(A) Fe2O3 + 3CO 2Fe + 3CO2 (B) FeO + SiO2 FeSiO3
(C) Fe2O3 + C 2Fe + 3CO (D) CaO + SiO2 CaSiO3
Q.27 During extraction of iron which of the following reaction(s) exhibit development ofelemental impurities in
iron:
(A) CaO + SiO2 CaSiO3 (B) MnO + C Mn + CO
P4O10 P4 Si + 2CO
C
(C) Ca3(PO4)2 (D) SiO2 + 2C
Q.28 The role of fluorspar (CaF2) which is added in small quantities in the electrolytic reduction of alumina
dissolved in fused cryolite (Na3AlF6) is
(A) as a catalyst
(B) to make the fused mixture very conducting
(C) to lower the temperature of the melt
(D) to decrease the rate of oxidation of carbon at the anode.
Q.29 Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct for the extractive metallurgy of aluminium?
(A) Red bauxite contains the major impurities of iron oxides and minor % of TiO2.
(B) Red bauxite is purified by Hall's and Serpeck's process
(C) Hall-Heroult process is used for the electrolytic reduction of molten alumina dissolved in molten
cryolite.
(D) In electrolytic reduction of alumina gases / vapours of CO, CO2 and f1orocarbons are liberated at
anode.
Q.30 Which of the following processe(s) occur(s) during the extraction of copper from chalcopyrites ?
(A) Froth floatation (B) Roasting (C) Bessemerisation (D) leaching
Q.31 In the extraction of copper from chalcopyrites, the impurity of iron sulphide is removed as FeSiO3 in :
(A) Electrolytic refining (B) Bessemerisation
(C) Roasting (D) Poling
Q.33 The anode mud obtained during electrolytic refining of copper may contain:
(A) Se and Te (B) Platinum (C) silver (D) gold
Q.36 Which of the following process is not involved in the commercial extraction of pure zinc?
(A) Froth Floatation (B) Distillation (C) Self-Reduction (D) Rapid cooling
Q.37 Which ofthe following statement is/ are CORRECT regarding silver extraction from argentiferrous lead.
(A) When lead-silver composition is rich in lead, then silver is removed by Parke's method
(B) When lead-silver composition is rich in silver, then lead is removed by Cupellation method
(C) Zinc dissolves silver, from which zinc is separated by distillation
(D) Zinc dissolves in lead, from which lead is separated by distillation.
chemstudios by pms Page # 406
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Metallurgy
Q.40 Correct statement (s) about refining of impure aluminium by Hoop's process is/are .
(A) Three layers have different densities
(B) Middle layer consists of cryolite and BaF2
(C) The upper layer is of pure aluminium which acts as a cathode
(D) The bottom layer is of impure aluminium which acts as an anode
[REASONING TYPE]
These questions consist of two statements each printed asAssertion and Reason. While answering these
questions you are required to choose anyone of the following four responses to encircle (A, B, C, D) as
per instructions given below:
(A) If both Assertion and Reason are true and Reason is a correct explanation ofAssertion . •
(B) If both Assertion and Reason are true and Reason is not a correct explanation of Assertion.
(C) If Assertion is true but Reason is false.
(D) IfAssertion is false but Reason is true.
Q.44 Asseration : Oxide ores of iron undergo in calcination and roasting in a reverberatory furnance.
Reason: The water is removed, carbonates are decomposed. and impurities are oxidised.
Q.45 Asseration : Extraction of gold from its native ore involves leaching the metal with CN¯
Reason : This is an oxidation of native ore.
Q.46 Asseration : Extraction of zinc from sphalerite ore involves the roasting followed by reduction with
coke.
Reason: Zinc can be commercially extracted by hydrometallurgy.
Q.47 Asseration : The reduction of a metal oxide is easier if the extracted metal is in liquid state at the
temperature of reduction.
Reason: When the metal formed is in liquid state then value of entropy change S of the reduction
process is more positive and the value of G becomes more negative.
Q.49 Assertion : Zone refining is used to obtain element in high degree of purity.
Reason : During electroefining pure metal is liberated at cathode.
Q.50 Assertion : Highly electropositive metals are extracted by electrolysis of their aq. salt solutions.
Reason : Highly electropositive metals cannot be reduced by chemical reduction methods.
Q.51 Assertion : During calcination the ore is heated below its melting point in the limited supplyof oxygen.
Reason : The process of calcination is carried out for sulphide ores.
Q.54 Assertion: Magnesia and quick lime (CaO) are used as basic refractory material.
Reason: MgO and CaO can withstand very high temperatures.
Q.56 Assertion: In smelting, roasted ore is heated with powdered coke in presence of a flux.
Reason: Metal oxides are reduced to metals by C or CO and impurities are removed as slag.
chemstudios by pms Page # 408
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Metallurgy
Q.57 Assertion: Alkali metals can not be prepared bythe electrolysis of their chlorides in aqueous solution.
Reason: Reduction potentials of alkali metals cations is much lower than that of H+.
Q.63 Assertion: Wolframite impurities are separated from cassiterite by electromagnetic separation.
Reason: Cassiterite being magnetic is attracted by the magnet and forms a separate heap.
Q.65 Asseration : Silica is added as a flux in reverberatory furnace, in the extraction of copper from copper
pyrites.
Reason: Silica decreases the melting point of the ore and brings the conductivity.
Q.66 Asseration : The principle involved in the extraction of tin from tin stone is the carbon reduction of
SnO2 to Sn.
Reason: Tin is extracted commercially from ore cassiterite by reduction with hydrogen.
Q.67 Assertion: Galena is roasted in limited supply of air in reverberatory furnace at a temperature so
that at this temperature molten lead can be obtained in self reduction stage.
Reason: Galena is partially converted to PbO and PbSO4 which are reduced by remaining
unroasted galena to matallic lead.
Q.68 Assertion: Silver extraction is done by dissolving its ore into cyanide solution.
Reason: In cyanide process, the silver is precipitated from soluble complex of silver byzinc-dust.
Q.69 Assertion: Heamatite ore containing a small quantity of siderite ore is always calcined followed by
roasting.
Reason: FeCO3 FeO + CO2 ; FeO + O2 Fe2O3 , Prevents the loss of iron as
FeSiO3.
Q.70 Assertion: In Hall -Heroult process aluminium is extracted by the electrolytic reduction of alumina
dissolved in molten cryolite and fluorspar.
Reason: The cryolite and fluorspar lower the melting point of melt and make it more conducting.
Q.71 Assertion: Commercial extraction of iron metal from iron oxide ore is carried out by heating with
coke.
Reason: Siderite ore is carbonate ore of iron.
Q.72 Asseration: The graphite rod is burnt away in Hall-Heroult process for aluminium.
Reason: The oxygen liberated at anode in the process reacts with the carbon anode producing
CO and CO2
Q.75 Assertion: Lead, tin and bismuth are purified by liquation method.
Reason: Lead, tin and bismuth have low m.p. as compared to impurities.
Q.76 Asseration: Fused substance exists in three different layers in Hoop's process and these layers remains
distinct during refining.
Reason: All the layers have different densities
[PARAGRAPH TYPE]
Paragraph for question nos. 77 to 78
At high temperature carbon reacts with water to produce a mixture of carbon monoxide, (CO) and
hydrogen, (H2).
C + H2O red
CO + H2 (water gas)
heat
CO is separated from H2 and then used to separate nickel from cobalt by forming a volatile compound,
nickel tetracarbonyl, Ni(CO)4
Ni + 4CO Ni(CO)4
Q.77 How many moles of Ni(CO)4 could be obtained from the CO produced by the reaction of 75.0 g of
carbon? (Assume 100% reaction and 100% recovery in both steps.)
(A) 6.25 (B) 1.563 (C) 3.125 (D) 25.0
Q.78 Formation of volatile Ni(CO)4 and its subsequent heating gives pure Ni, process is called:
(A) Hall's Process (B) Dow's Process
(C) Serpeck 's Process (D) Mond's Process
Q.82 Instead of calcium hydroxide, why don't we simply add sodium hydroxide to seawater to precipitate
magnesium hydroxide?
(A) Solubility of Ca(OH)2 is higher than that of NaOH.
(B) NaOH may dissolve Mg(OH)2 formed.
(C) NaOH may also precipitate other species.
(D) NaOH, being a weak electrolyte will not coagulate Mg(OH)2
A B
C
D
Q.83 Which of the elements indicated byA, B, C and D is expected to be found in native ORE.
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
Q.86 Imagine a planet with an atmosphere that contains O2 and SO2 but no CO2 and H2O. What is the
chemical composition of the mineral you would expect to find for the alkaline earth metals (M) on such
a planet?
(A) MCO3, MHCO3 (B) MSO3, MSO4
(C) M(HSO3)2 M(HSO4)2 (D)All
Q.93 Molten mixture of NaCl and CaCl2 is added to the heated MgCl2 because
(A) It increases the melting point of MgCl2
(B) CaCl2 acts as a dehydrating agent
(C) (CaCl2 + NaCl) lowers the melting point of MgCl2
(D) None of these
–200 2C+
O 2
2
CO
–400
bp
G°kJ
–600 mp
mp
–800 2Mg + O22MgO
–1000
mp
500 1000 1500 2000
Temperature °C
Q.97 At what approximate temperature, zinc and carbon have equal affinity for oxygen?
(A) 1000°C (B) 1500° (C) 500° (D) 1200°C
(C) Cu2S + 2Cu2O 6Cu + SO2 (R) Smelting
(D) Fe2O3 + 3C 2Fe + 3CO (S) Roasting
(E) 2Na[Ag(CN)2] + Zn Na2[Zn(CN)4] + 2Ag (T) Bessemerisation
Q.105 Match the following choosing one entry from column X and the appropriate entry from column Y.
Column X ColumnY
(A) Al (P) Calamine
(B) Cu (Q) Cryolite
(C) Mg (R) Malachite
(D) Zn (S) Carnallite
[INTEGER TYPE]
QR
Q.113 Consider following ORES and calculate the value of expression .
PS
Fe2O3 , SnO2 , PbS, MgCl2 , HgS , ZnS , Al2O3 , Ag2S , Cu2S
where, P = Number of ores from which metal is commercially extracted by Hydrometallurgy.
Q = Number of ores from which metal is commercially extracted by Self reduction.
R = Number of ores from which metal is commercially extracted by Carbon reduction.
S = Number of ores from which metal is commercially extracted by Electrolytic reduction.
Q.114 How many of the following metals is extracted by self reduction process?
Pb, Au, Mg, Sn, Fe, Al, Ag, Hg, Na, Zn, Cu, Ca
If your answer is 2, write the answer as 0002.
Q.115 For how many metals carbon reduction method is/are mainly applicable.
Sn, Al, Cr, Mn, Pb, Ca, Na, Zn
Q.116 In order to concentrate galena (which contains ZnS as impurity) by froth-floatation process, sodium
cyanide is used as depressant. NaCN dissolves ZnS due to formation of water soluble complex(A).
Find the value of w + x + y + z.
where w = coordination number of central metal ion in complex ion of (A)
x = number of unpaired electrons in (A).
y = total number of possible linkage isomers of (A) including (A).
z = maximum number of atoms in a single plane in the complex ion of (A).
Q.117 In how many following ores, during the extraction of metal roasting process is carrying out.
Galena, Chalcopyrite, Casseterite, Haematite, Bauxite, Carnalite
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE-1
Q.1 C Q.2 A Q.3 A Q.4 B Q.5 C
Q.6 D Q.7 B Q.8 D Q.9 A Q.10 D
Q.11 A Q.12 B Q.13 A Q.14 D Q.15 A
Q.16 A Q.17 D Q.18 C Q.19 B,C Q.20 A
Q.21 B Q.22 D Q.23 A Q.24 B Q.25 D
Q.26 B Q.27 C Q.28 A Q.29 C Q.30 D
Q.31 C Q.32 A Q.33 D Q.34 D Q.35 D
Q.36 D Q.37 B Q.38 D Q.39 C Q.40 B
Q.41 D Q.42 D Q.43 C Q.44 C Q.45 D
Q.46 B Q.47 A Q.48 B Q.49 A Q.50 C
Q.51 B Q.52 C Q.53 A Q.54 B Q.55 A
Q.56 B Q.57 A Q.58 B Q.59 B Q.60 C
Q.61 B Q.62 B Q.63 D Q.64 B Q.65 B
Q.66 D Q.67 B Q.68 A Q.69 B Q.70 A
Q.71 A Q.72 D Q.73 B Q.74 A Q.75 C
Q.76 D Q.77 D Q.78 B Q.79 D Q.80 A
Q.81 B Q.82 C Q.83 C Q.84 B Q.85 D
Q.86 A Q.87 B Q.88 B Q.89 D Q.90 A
Q.91 B Q.92 B Q.93 D Q.94 D Q.95 D
Q.96 D Q.97 B Q.98 D Q.99 D Q.100 B
Q.101 C Q.102 C Q.103 C Q.104 D Q.105 C
Q.106 C Q.107 B Q.108 B Q.109 D Q.110 A
Q.111 D Q.112 D Q.113 C Q.114 B Q.115 B
Q.116 A Q.117 B Q.118 C Q.119 A Q.120 B
Q.121 A Q.122 B Q.123 A Q.124 B Q.125 C
Q.126 A Q.127 A Q.128 B Q.129 C Q.130 D
Q.131 C Q.132 C Q.133 A Q.134 C Q.135 D
Q.136 B Q.137 D Q.138 A Q.139 C Q.140 D
Q.141 A Q.142 B Q.143 C Q.144 C Q.145 D
Q.146 C Q.147 C Q.148 B Q.149 C Q.150 D
Q.151 D Q.152 C Q.153 D Q.154 C Q.155 B
Q.156 C Q.157 B Q.158 A Q.159 C Q.160 C
Q.161 C Q.162 B Q.163 B Q.164 C Q.165 B
Q.166 D Q.167 D Q.168 C Q.169 C Q.170 A
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 AB Q.2 AB Q.3 BCD Q.4 ABCD Q.5 BC
Q.6 ABCD Q.7 ACD Q.8 ABCD Q.9 AB Q.10 ACD
Q.11 AB Q.12 ABC Q.13 AC Q.14 CD Q.15 BC
Q.16 D Q.17 ABCD Q.18 ABC Q.19 BCD Q.20 AB
Q.21 A Q.22 BC Q.23 ACD Q.24 ABC Q.25 ACD
Q.26 AD Q.27 BCD Q.28 BC Q.29 ACD Q.30 ABC
Q.31 BC Q.32 ABC Q.33 ABCD Q.34 ACD Q.35 ABD
Q.36 C Q.37 ABC Q.38 ABCD Q.39 AB Q.40 ABCD
Q.41 BCD Q.42 BD Q.43 ABCD Q.44 A Q.45 B
Q.46 C Q.47 A Q.48 B Q.49 B Q.50 D
Q.51 C Q.52 B Q.53 A Q.54 A Q.55 D
Q.56 A Q.57 A Q.58 B Q.59 B Q.60 A
Q.61 A Q.62 B Q.63 C Q.64 A Q.65 C
Q.66 C Q.67 A Q.68 A Q.69 A Q.70 A
Q.71 B Q.72 A Q.73 B Q.74 A Q.75 A
Q.76 A Q.77 B Q.78 D Q.79 B Q.80 C
Q.81 A Q.82 C Q.83 D Q.84 B Q.85 B
Q.86 B Q.87 A Q.88 D Q.89 C Q.90 A
Q.91 D Q.92 A Q.93 C Q.94 B Q.95 D
Q.96 D Q.97 A Q.98 C Q.99 B Q.100 A
Q.101 A Q.102 C Q.103 (A) PR (B) PR (C) Q (D) ST
Q.104 (A) RST, (B) P (C) T (D) R (E) Q Q.105 (A) Q (B) R (C) S (D) P
Q.106 (A) S (B) P (C) Q (D) R Q.107 (A) Q (B) R (C) P (D) S
Q.108 (A) S (B) P (C) Q (D) R Q.109 (A) S (B) Q (C) R (D) P
Q.110 (A) Q (B) R (C) PS (D) P Q.111 (A) P (B) R (C) S (D) Q
Q.112 (A) Q (B) S (C) R (D) P Q.113 3 Q.114 0003 Q.115 3
Q.116 14 Q.117 4
chemstudios by pms Page # 420
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY SALT ANALYSIS
SALT ANALYSIS
CHAPTER
EXERCISE-1
[SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE]
DRY TEST
Q.1 Borax on heating with cobalt oxide forms a blue bead of:
(A) Co(BO2)2 (B) CoBO2 (C) Co3(BO3)2 (D) Na3Co(BO2)2
Q.5 (P) (Q) metallic solid + (R) + (S)
(X) (Y) amphoteric + (R) + (S)
P & X are respectively
(A) AgNO3, LiNO3 (B) AgNO3, Pb(NO3)2
(C) Hg2(NO3)2, Ca(NO3)2 (D) NaNO3, Zn(NO3)2
Q.6 Oxygen gas is not produced from the following decomposition reaction:
(A)K2Cr2O7 (B) Ag2C2O4
(C) Pb(NO3)2 (D) Ag2CO3
Q.8 At the occasion of marriage, the fire works are used, which of the following gives green flame?
(A) Ba (B) K (C) Be (D) Na
Q.10 Which metal salt gives a violet coloured bead in the borax bead test?
(A) Fe2+ (B) Ni2+ (C) Co2+ (D) Mn2+
Q.11 A chloride dissolves appreciably in cold water. When placed on a platinum wire in Bunsen flame no
distinctive colour is noticed, the cation would be:
(A) Mg2+ (B) Ba2+ (C) Pb2+ (D) Ca2+
Q.13 In the borax bead test of Co2+, the blue colour of bead is due to the formation of:
(A) B2O3 (B) Co3B2 (C) Co(BO2)2 (D) CoO
Q.14 Which of the following is not a preliminary test used to detect ions:
(A) borax bead test (B) flame test (C) brown ring test (D) cobalt nitrate test
Q.15 The compound formed in the borax bead test of Cu2+ ion in oxidising flame is:
(A) Cu (B) CuBO2 (C) Cu(BO2)2 (D) None of these
Q.16 Potassium chromate solution is added to an aqueous solution of a metal chloride. The precipitate thus
obtained are soluble in acetic acid. These are subjected to flame test, the colour of the flame is:
(A) Lilac (B) Apple green (C) Crimson red (D) Golden yellow
Q.17 The salt which finds uses in qualitative analysis in inorganic chemistry.
(A) CuSO4·5H2O (B) K2SO4·Al2(SO4)3·24H2O
(C) Na(NH4)HPO4·4H2O (D) FeSO4·(NH4)2SO4·6H2O
Q.19 Which of the following compound on heating does not produce metal oxide?
(A) MgCl2· 6H2O (B) K2Cr2O7 (C) K2CO3 (D) Cu(NO3)2
Q.21 Thermal decomposition of which of the salt listed below yield a basic and acidic oxides simultaneouly
(A) NH4ClO4 (B) CaCO3 (C) NaNO3 (D) NH4NO2
Q.22 Which of the following compound does not produce green coloured product on thermal decomposition?
(A) K2Cr2O7 (B) KMnO4 (C) (NH4)2Cr2O7 (D) NH4NO3
Q.24 Which of them does not give green colour in borax bead test in given flame.
(A) Cr2(SO4)3 in reducing flame. (B) Cr2(SO4)3 in oxidising flame.
(C) Fe2(SO4)3 in reducing flame. (D) Fe2(SO4)3 in oxidising flame.
ANIONS
Q.25 A salt gives violet vapours when treated with conc. H2SO4. It contains
(A) Cl– (B) I– (C) Br– (D) NO3–
Q.26 When a mixture of solid NaCl, solid K2Cr2O7 is heated with conc. H2SO4, orange red vapours are
obtained. These are of the compound
(A) chromous chloride (B) chromyl chloride
(C) chromic chloride (D) chromic sulphate
Q.27 Which of the following radical does not liberate gas with (Zn + dil. HCl) on warming?
(A) S2– (B) SO32– (C) NO3– (D) CH3COO–
Q.30 Which of the following reagent can be used to separate AgCl and AgI ?
(A) dil. HNO3 (B) NH4OH solution (C) KCN solution (D) Na2S2O3 solution
Q.31 Which of the following combination of species does not undergo(es) comproportionation?
(A) MnO4– (aq) +Mn2+(aq) ZnO
4
/ ZnSO (B) S + conc. H2SO4(excess) Warm
Q.32 In a closed container there is a mixture of SO2, CO2 and O2 gas. Which sequence of reagent can be
helpful to separate them.
(I) Lime water (II)Acidified potassium dichromate (III)Alkaline pyragallol.
(A) (I), (II), (III) (B) (II), (I), (III) (C) (III), (II), (I) (D) (III), (I). (II)
Q.34 FeSO4.7H2O (Green Vitriol) salt on thermal decomposition does not produce.
(A) SO2 (B) O2 (C) SO3 (D) H2O vapour
Cl2(g) + H2O
P + Q
R .T.
Q.40 Which of the following pairs of ions would be expected to form precipitate when dilute solution are
mixed?
(A) Na+, SO42– (B) NH4+, CO32– (C) Na+, S22– (D) Fe3+, PO43–
Q.41 N + P
M (salt) + dil HCl Warm
gas 'N' changes colour of FeSO4 solution into yellow solution then salt M in above reaction is
(A) BaS2O3 (B) Ag2SO3 (C) AgNO2 (D) Pb(NO3)2
Q.42 Nitrate is confirmed by ring test. The brown colour of the ring is due to formation of
(A) ferrous nitrite (B) nitroso ferrous sulphate
(C) ferrous nitrate (D) FeSO4NO2
Q.44 Which of the following will not give positive chromyl chloride test?
(A) Copper chloride, CuCl2 (B) Mercuric chloride, HgCl2
(C) Zinc chloride, ZnCl2 (D)Anillinium chloride, C6H5NH3Cl
Q.45 When chlorine water is added to an aqueous solution of potassium halide in presence of chloroform; a
violet colour is obtained. On adding more of chlorine water, the violet colour disappears, and a colourless
solution is obtained. This test confirms the presence of the following in aqueous solution
(A) Iodide (B) Bromide (C) Chloride (D) Iodide and bromide
Q.46 A substance on treatment with dil. H2SO4 liberates a colourless gas which produces
(i) turbidity with baryta water and
(ii) turns acidified dichromate solution green. The reaction indicates the presence of
(A) CO32– (B) S2– (C) SO32– (D) NO2–
Q.47 A white solid is first heated with dil H2SO4 and then with conc. H2SO4, No action was observed in
either case. The solid salt contains
(A) sulphide (B) sulphite (C) thiosulphate (D) sulphate
Q.48 Sodium borate on reaction with conc. H2SO4 and C2H5OH gives a compound A which burns with a
green edged flame. The compoundA is
(A) H2B4O7 (B) (C2H5)2B4O7 (C) H3BO3 (D) (C2H5)3BO3
Q.49 When K2Cr2O7 crystals are heated with conc. HCl, the gas evolved is
(A) O2 (B) Cl2 (C) CrO2Cl2 (D) HCl
Q.50 Solution of chemical compound X reacts withAgNO3 solution to form a white ppt. Y which dissolves in
NH4OH to give a complex Z. When Z is treated with dil. HNO3, Y reappears. The chemical compound
X can be
(A) NaCl (B) CH3Cl (C) NaBr (D) NaI
Q.51 A salt on treatment with dil. HCl gives a pungent smelling gas and a yellow precipitate. The salt gives
green flame when tested. The solution gives a yellow precipitate with potassium chromate. The salt is:
(A) NiSO4 (B) BaS2O3 (C) PbS2O3 (D) CuSO4
Q.54 A white sodium salt dissolves readily in water to give a solution which is neutral to litmus. When silver
nitrate solution is added to the solution, a white precipitate is obtained which does not dissolve in dil.
HNO3. The anion could be:
(A) CO32– (B) Cl– (C) SO42– (D) S2–
Q.55 A mixture of two salts is not water soluble but dissolves completely in dil HCl to form a colourless
solution. The mixture could be:
(A) AgNO3 and KBr (B) BaCO3 and ZnS
(C) FeCl3 and CaCO3 (D) Mn(NO3)2 and MgSO4
Q.56 The brown ring test for NO2– and NO3– is due to the formation of complex ion with formula.
(A) [Fe(H2O)6]2+ (B) [Fe(NO)(CN)5]2–
(C) [Fe(H2O)5(NO)]2+ (D) [Fe(H2O)(NO)5]2+
Q.60 Statement-1: NO2– ion can not be detected by brown ring test in presence of NO3– ion.
Statement-2 : Both NO2– and NO3– ions are confirmed by brown ring test.
(A) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true and statement-2 is correct explanation for statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true and statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for statement-1.
(C) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false.
(D) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true.
Q.62 Which of the following is not obtained as final product on reaction of KMnO4 with S2O32– in basic
medium:
(A) SO42– (B) S (C) MnO2 (D) H2O
Q.64 When iodine is dissolved in aqueous solution of potassium iodide the shape of species formed is:
(A) Linear (B)Angular (C) See-saw (D) Square planar
Q.66 Which anion gives same product when reacts with dil. H2SO4 and conc. H2SO4 ?
(A) CO32– (B) CH3COO– (C) S2– (D) I–
Q.67 Which of following salt will not give positive brown ring test?
(A) Cu(NO3)2 (B) Pb(NO3)2 (C) Zn(NO3)2 (D) Mg(NO3)2
chemstudios by pms Page # 428
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY SALT ANALYSIS
Q.68 A solid mixture of AgCl and K2Cr2O7 is heated with con. H2SO4 and produces
(A) Greenish yellow gas (B) Colourless gas
(C) Red coloured gas (D) No gas
Q.69 H2S gas was passed to ammonical solution of salt 'P' and precipitate 'Q' was obtained. Precipitate 'Q'
was treated with Na2O2 solution and coloured solution was obtained. Then which of the following cation
is present in the given salt P'.
(A) Cu2+ (aq) (B) Fe2+(aq) (C) Ni2+ (aq) (D) Cr3+(aq)
Q.70 X2 + Y– Y2 + X–
X2 + Z– Z2 + X–
Y2 + Z– Z2 + Y–
X, Y, Z are respectively
(A) Cl2, Br2, I2 (B) Cl2, I2, Br2 (C) I2, Br2, Cl2 (D) Br2, Cl2, I2
Q.72 Sodiumnitroprusside is used to detect S2– ion in basic mediumand gives purple colour complex compound
Nax[Fe(CN)y(NOS)z] , Select correct set of value of x, y, z respectively.
(A) 4,5,1 (B) 2, 4, 2 (C) 3, 4, 2 (D) 3,5,1
Q.73 Which of the following does not give any gaseous product when reacts with dil H2SO4?
(A) Na2CO3 (B) BaCl2 (C) Pb(NO2)2 (D) (CH3COO)2Ca
Q.74 Which of the following cannot be precipitated as metal hydroxide by the addition of Na2CO3 in aqueous
medium?
(A) FeCl3 (B) ZnCl2 (C) CrCl3 (D)AlCl3
Q.75 Which test is applicable in presence of dil. H2SO4 for given ion.
(A) S2– , Methylene blue test (B) NH4+, Nessler’s reagent test
(C) S2–, test by nitroprusside (D) NO3¯, test by FeSO4
Q.76 S2–(sulphide) ion reacts with sodium nitroprusside, Na2[Fe(CN)5NO] to give purple coloured compound
Na4[Fe(CN)5NOS]. In this reaction oxidation state of iron changes from:
(A) +2 to +3 (B) +1 to +2 (C) +2 to +4 (D) No change
Q.77 A sodium salt 'x' produces colourless gas with dil. HCl, and its aqueous solution produces precipitate
with BaCl2 but does not produce precipitate with CaCl2. Then salt 'x' contains anion.
(A) CO32– (B) SO32– (C) C2O42– (D) S2O32–
Q.78 Consider the following chemical equation, gas (Y) gives no observable change with
Black sulphide + dil. HCl Salt (X) + (Y) gas
(A) CuSO4 solution (B) Na2[Fe(CN)5(NO)] solution
(C) Cd(NO3)2 solution (D)AgNO3 solution
Q.81 When CS2 layer containing I2 is shaken with excess of Cl2 water, the violet colour disappears. The
disappearance of violet colour is due to formation of
(A) I3– (B) HIO3 (C) ICl2 (D) I–
Q.82 Which of the following conversion is incorrect in presence of acidified K2Cr2O7 solution :
(A) H2S S (B) SO2 H2SO4
(C) H3PO4 H3PO3 (D) HI I2
Q.83 Which of the following combination does not give coloured gaseous product ?
(A) When K2Cr2O7 soln. reacts with KCl (B) When KMnO4 soln. reacts with HCl
(C) When MnO2 soln. react with con. HCl (D) When con. H2SO4 reacts with KCl
Q.84 Which of the following releases paramagnetic gas on a reaction with concentrated H2SO4?
(A) S2O32–(aq) (B) NO2–(aq) (C) Br–(aq) (D) C2O42–(aq)
Q.85 A salt was first heated with dilute H2SO4 and then with conc.H2SO4, no action was observed in either
case, the given salt will be :
(A) Nitrate salt (B) Sulphite salt (C) Sulphide salt (D) Sulphate salt
CATIONS
Q.87 In the precipitation of the iron group in qualitative analysis. ammonium chloride is added before adding
ammonium hydroxide to
(A) decrease concentration of OH– ions. (B) prevent interference by phosphate ions.
(C) increase concentration of Cl– ions. (D) increase concentration of NH4+ ions.
X(aq.) AgNO
3 White ppt (insoluble in dil. HNO3)
Then 'X' will be :'
(A) ZnSO4 (B) CuCl2 (C) FeSO4 (D) FeCl3
If Y gives precipitate with AgNO3 , then Z does not undergo reaction with
(A) Cr3+(aq) (B) Fe2+(aq) (C)Al3+(aq) (D) Sn++(aq)
Q.90 The acidic solution of a salt produced a deep blue colour with starch iodide solution. The salt may be
(A) chloride (B) nitrite (C) acetate (D) bromide
Q.92 Which of the following statement is INCORRECT regarding Fe2+ and Fe3+ cations
(A) Fe3+ gives brown colour solution with potassium ferricyanide
(B) Fe2+ gives blue precipitate with potassium ferricyanide
(C) Fe3+ gives red colour solution with potassium thiocyanate
(D) Fe2+ gives brown colour with ammonium thiocyanate
2
Q.93 Metal Sulphate (A) Heat
Oxide (B) + Gas(C) + Gas(D) Cr
2O
7 /H
Q.94 Which of the following metal nitrate produces gaseous product when reacts with KCN solution?
(A) Cu(NO3)2 (B) AgNO3 (C) Cd(NO3)2 (D) Pb(NO3)2
Q.100 If NaOH is added to an aqueous solution of zinc ions a white ppt appears and on adding excess NaOH,
the ppt dissolves. In this solution zinc exist in the
(A) cationic part (B) anionic part
(C) both in cationic and anionic parts (D) there is no zinc ion in the solution
Q.103 Sometimes yellow turbidity appears while passing H2S gas even in the absence of II-group radicals.
This is because of
(A) sulphur is present in the mixture as impurity.
(B) IV group radicals are precipitated as sulphides.
(C) the oxidation of H2S gas by some acid radicals.
(D) III group radicals are precipitated as hydroxides.
Q.106 Which one among the following pairs of ions cannot be separated by H2S in dilute HCl?
(A) Bi3+, Sn4+ (B) Al3+, Hg2+ (C) Zn2+, Cu2+ (D) Ni2+, Cu2
Q.107 A metal salt solution gives a yellow ppt with silver nitrate. The ppt dissolves in dil. nitric acid as well as in
ammonium hydroxide. The solution contains
(A) bromide (B) iodide (C) phosphate (D) chromate
Q.108 A metal salt solution forms a yellow ppt with potassium chromate in acetic acid, a white ppt with dilute
sulphuric acid, but gives no ppt with sodium chloride or iodide, it is :
(A) lead carbonate (B) basic lead carbonate
(C) barium nitrate (D) strontium nitrate
Q.110 Which of the following combines with Fe(II) ions to form a brown complex?
(A) N2O (B) NO (C) N2O3 (D) N2O4
Q.113 What are formed products, when aqueous solution of CuCl2 and (NH4)2S are mixed?
(A) CuS(aq.) and NH4Cl(s) (B) CuS(s) and NH4Cl(aq.)
(C) CuS(aq.) and NH4Cl(g) (D) CuS(s) and NH4Cl(s)
Q.114 What product is formed by mixing the solution of K4[Fe(CN)6] with the solution of FeCl3?
(A) Ferro-ferricyanide (B) Ferri-ferrocyanide
(C) Ferri-ferricyanide (D) None of these
Q.117 A white crystalline substance dissolves in water. On passing H2S gas in this solution, a black ppt is
obtained. The black ppt dissolves completely in hot HNO3. On adding a few drops of conc. H2SO4, a
white ppt is obtained. This ppt is that of
(A) BaSO4 (B) SrSO4 (C) PbSO4 (D) CdSO4
Q.118 When excess of SnCl2 is added to a solution of HgCl2, a white ppt turning grey is obtained. The grey
colour is due to the formation of
(A) Hg2Cl2 (B) SnCl4 (C) Sn (D) Hg
Q.119 An aqueous solution of colourless metal sulphate M, gives a white ppt, with NH4OH. This was soluble
in excess of NH4OH. On passing H2S through this solution a white ppt is formed. The metal M in the
salt is
(A) Ca (B) Ba (C)Al (D) Zn
Q.121 A pale green crystalline metal salt of M dissolves freely in water. On standing it gives a brown ppt on
addition of aqueous NaOH. The metal salt solution also gives a black ppt on bubbling H2S in basic
medium.An aqueous solution of the metal salt decolourizes the pink colour of the permanganate solution.
The metal cation in salt solution is
(A) Cu2+ (B)Al3+ (C) Fe3+ (D) Fe2+
Q.122 On the addition of a solution containing CrO42– & CH3COOH acid to the solution of Ba2+, Sr2+ and
Ca2+ ions, the ppt obtained first will be of :
(A) CaCrO4 (B) SrCrO4 (C) BaCrO4 (D) a mixture of all the three
Q.125 On passing H2S gas in IInd group sometimes the solution turns milky. It indicates the presence of
(A) oxidising agent (B) acidic salt (C) thiosulphate (D) reducing agent
Q.126 Dimethyl glyoxime in a suitable solvent was refluxed for 10 minutes with pure pieces of nickel sheet, it
will result in
(A) Red ppt· (B) Blue ppt. (C) Yellow ppt (D) No ppt.
Q.127 Amixture of chlorides of copper, cadmium, chromium, iron and aluminiumwas dissolved in water acidified
with HCl and hydrogen sulphide gas was passed for sufficient time. It was filtered, boiled and a few
drops of nitric acid were added while boiling. To this solution ammonium chloride and sodium hydroxide
were added in excess and filtered. The filtrate shall give test for
(A) sodium and iron ion (B) sodium, chromium and aluminium ion
(C) aluminium and iron ion (D) sodium, iron, cadmium and aluminium ion
Q.128 A white ppt obtained in a analysis of a mixture becomes black on treatment with NH4OH. It may be
(A) PbCl2 (B)AgCl (C) HgCl2 (D) Hg2Cl2
Q.129 An aqueous solution of FeSO4,Al2(SO4)3 and chrome alum is heated with excess of Na2O2 and filtered.
The materials obtained are:
(A) a colourless filtrate and a green residue. (B) a yellow filtrate and a green residue.
(C) a yellow filtrate and a brown residue. (D) a green filtrate and a brown residue
Q.130 Which of the following compound on reaction with NaOH and Na2O2 gives yellow colour?
(A) Cr(OH)3 (B) Zn(OH)2 (C)Al(OH)3 (D) None of these
Q.131 An aqueous solution of a substance gives a white ppt. on treatment with dil. HCl. which dissolves on
heating. When hydrogen sulphide is passed through the hot acidic solution, a black ppt. is obtained. The
substance is a
(A) Hg2+ salt (B) Cu2+ salt (C) Ag+ salt (D) Pb2+ salt
Q.133 Which of the following gives a precipitate with Pb(NO3)2 but not with Ba(NO3)2?
(A) Sodium chloride (B) Sodium acetate
(C) Sodium nitrate (D) Sodium hydrogen phosphate
Q.135 Three separate samples of a solution of a single salt gave these results. One formed a white precipitate
with excess of ammonia solution, one formed a white precipitate with dil NaCl solution and one formed
a black precipitate with H2S. The salt could be:
(A) AgNO3 (B) Pb(NO3)2 (C) Hg(NO3)2 (D) MnSO4
Q.138 The cations present in slightlyacidic solution are Fe3+, Zn2+ and Cu2+. The reagent which when added in
excess to this solution would identify and separte Fe3+ in one step is:
(A) 2 M HCl (B) 6 M NH3 soln. (C) 6 M NaOH (D) H2S gas
Q.139 A very dilute acidic solution of Cd2+& Ni2+ gives only yellow ppt of CdS on passing H2S, this is due to
(A) Solubility product (Ksp) of CdS is more than that of NiS
(B) Solublility product (Ksp) of CdS is less than that of NiS
(C) Cd2+ belong to II(B) group while Ni2+ belongs to IVth group.
(D) CdS is insoluble in yellow ammonium sulphide (YAS)
Q.140 Which of the following gives blood red colour with KCNS?
(A) Cu2+ (B) Fe3+ (C)Al3+ (D) Zn2+
Q.142 The metal ion which is precipitated when H2S is passed with HCl :
(A) Zn2+ (B) Ni2+ (C) Cd2+ (D) Mn2+
Q.143 Which one of the following metal sulphides has maximum solubilityin water?
(A) HgS, Ksp= 10–54 (B) CdS, Ksp = 10–30 (C) FeS, Ksp = 10–20 (D) ZnS, Ksp= 10–22
Q.144 Read of the following statements and choose the correct code w.r.t true(T) and false(F).
(I) manganese salts give a violet borax bead test in reducing flame
(II) from a mixed precipitate ofAgCl andAgI ammonia solution dissolves onlyAgCl
(III) ferric ions give a deep green precipitate, on adding potassium ferrocyanide solution
(IV) on boiling the solution having K+, Ca2+ and HCO3– we get a precipitate of CaCO3
(A) TTFF (B) FTFT (C) FTFF (D) TTFT
Q.145 Identify the correct order of solubility of Na2S, CuS and ZnS in aqueous medium is:
(A) CuS > ZnS > Na2S (B) ZnS > Na2S >CuS
(C) Na2S > CuS > ZnS (D) Na2S > ZnS > CuS
Q.146 When H2S gas is passed through the HCl containing aqueous solution of CuCl2, HgCl2, BiCl3 and
CoCl2, it does not precipitate out :
(A) CuS (B) HgS (C) Bi2S3 (D) CoS
Q.148 MgSO4 on reaction with NH4OH and Na2HPO4 forms a white crystalline precipitate. What is its formula?
(A) Mg(NH4)PO4 (B) Mg3(PO4)2 (C) MgCl2·MgSO4 (D) MgSO4
Q.150 Which of the following pair of cations can be separated by excess NaOH solution?
(A) Fe3+(aq), Zn2+(aq) (B) Mn2+(aq), Cd2+(aq)
(C) Mg2+(aq), Hg2+(aq) (D)Al3+(aq), Cr3+(aq)
Q.152 Which of the following ion is oxidized by Cu2+(aq) as well as Fe3+(aq) cations?
(A) Cl– (B) CN– (C) SCN– (D) S2O32–
Q.153 In analysis of group 3rd cations if NH4OH is mixed before NH4Cl then all cations of which group also
precipitated along with group 3rd cations.
(A) 4th group (B) 5th group (C) 6th group (D) None of these
Q.154 Sodium salts of pseudohalides x, y and z form colourless solution in water. Solution of x decolourizes I3–
solution with brisk effervescence, solution of y gives an intense red colour on reaction with Fe 3+
solution. and solution of z gives an intense blue colour on reaction with a solution containing both Fe3+ &
Fe2+ cations, then pseudo halides x, y and z respectively are
(A) CN–, N3–, SCN– (B) N3–, SCN–, CN–
(C) N3–, CN–, SCN– (D) N3– ,SCN–, OCN–
Q.155 An aqeous solution contains Ag+, Ba2+, and Ni2+ cations, dilute aqueous solutions of NaCl, Na2S, and
Na2SO4 are available as reagent. In what order should these reagent be added to precipitate each of the
three cations separately?
(A) Na2S, Na2SO4, NaCl (B) Na2S, NaCl, Na2SO4
(C) Na2SO4, Na2S, NaCl (D) NaCl, Na2SO4 , Na2S
Q.156 An aqueous solution was prepared by dissolving a gas 'P' into water, to this solution Hg2(NO3)2 was
added and a precipitate was obtained, then gas 'P' is :
(A) NH3 (B) N2O (C) Cl2 (D) None
Q.157 Which of following salt does not give white colour ppt. on reaction with K4[Fe(CN)6] ?
(A) ZnCl2 (B) AgNO3 (C) FeCl2 (D) Cu(NO3)2
Q.158 MgCO3 is not precipitated with the carbonates of Vth group radicals in presence of NH4Cl and NH4OH
because:
(A) MgCO3 is soluble in NH4OH
(B) MgCO3 is not precipitated in presence of NH4Cl
(C) MgCO3 is soluble in water
(D) MgCO3 is soluble in (NH4)2CO3
Q.160 Acolourless solid X dissolves in water. The aqueous solution gives a white precipitate Y when NaOH is
added. Y dissolves in excess of NaOH but not in excess of NH4OH. Solution of 'X' give white
precipitate with BaCl2 which are insoluble in dilute HCl 'X' can not be :
(A) SnSO4 (B)Al2(SO4)3 (C) ZnSO4 (D) None of these
Q.162 P Q +
+ BaCl2 ( white R
( Coloured solution ) ) ( Coloured solution )
Q.163 Passing H2S gas into a mixture of Mn2+, Ni2+, Cu2+ and Hg2+ ions in an acidified solution precipitates:
(A) CuS and HgS (B) MnS and CuS (C) MnS and NiS (D) NiS and HgS
Q.166 Which of the given cation is soluble in excess of NH3 solution as well as in excess of NaOH solution?
(A) Pb2+(aq) (B) Cr3+(aq) (C) Fe3+(aq) (D) Be2+(aq)
Q.167 Which of the following salt solution gives Purple colour solution on reaction with SnCl2 solution?
(A) HgCl2 solution (B) BiCl3 solution
(C) FeCl3 solution (D)AuCl3 solution
Q.170 BaCl2 solution was added to sodium salt solution and white precipitate was obtained. The white ppt is
not soluble in dilute HCl then, which of the following anion will be present in sodium salt solution
(A) C2O42–(aq) (B) PO43–(aq.) (C) SO42–(aq.) (D) CrO42–(aq.)
Q.176 Which of following salt will not give positive brown ring test?
(A) Cu(NO3)2 (B) Pb(NO3)2 (C) Zn(NO3)2 (D) Mg(NO3)2
Q.177 Select the ion exchange reaction, which proceeds to forward direction in aqueous medium:
(A) 2AgCl + CaF2 Aqueous
2AgF + CaCl2
Q.178 Which of the following metal hydroxide is not soluble in excess of NH3 solution?
(A) Fe(OH)2 (B) Ni(OH)2 (C) Cd(OH)2 (D) Cu(OH)2
Q.179 Which of the following combination of reagents does not undergo redox reaction in aqueous medium?
(A) SnCl2+ HgCl2 (B) CuSO4+ KCN
(C) Pb(CH3COO)2 + KI (D) Ag2O + SO2
Q.182 Which of the following anion does not produce precipitate with BaCl2 solution however gives precipitate
with AgNO3?
(A) CO32–(aq.) (B) C2O42–(aq.) (C) MnO4–(aq.) (D) S2–(aq.)
Q.184 Which of the following metal sulphide does not undergo hydrolysis?
(A) Cr2S3 (B) Al2S3 (C) MgS (D)FeS
Q.185 Which of the following pairs of ions cannot be separated by H2S in ammonical medium?
(A) Zn2+ and Ni2+ (B) Zn2+ and Mg2+ (C) Mn2+ and Ca2+ (D) Co2+ and Ca2+
Q.186 In group-V basic radicals, if NaHCO3 is added instead of (NH4)2CO3 and NH4OH, the precipitate
obtained will be:
(A) White (B)Yellow (C) Black (D) No ppt is formed
Q.189 Cu2+ (aq) does not undergo redox reaction with solution of
(A) (NH4)2S (B) Na2S2O3 (C) KI (D) NH4SCN
Then P contains
(A) Cu2+(aq) (B) Fe2+(aq) (C) Cr2+(aq) (D) Ni2+(aq)
Pb(CH3COO)2
Z
(Black ppt.)
Q.194 Mn+ (aq) + KI X (ppt) KI ppt remains insoluble in excess KI solution..
excess
Q.195 Aqueous solution of which of the following cation gives precipitate with potash alum.
(A) Cu2+(aq) (B) Zn2+(aq) (C) Ba2+(aq) (D) Ni2+(aq)
Q.196 A very dilute acidic solution of Cd2+ & Ni2+ gives only yellow ppt of CdS on passing H2S, this is due to:
(A) Solubility product (Ksp) of CdS is more than that of NiS
(B) Solublility product (Ksp) of CdS is less than that of NiS
(C) Cd2+ belong to II B group while Ni2+ belongs to IVth group.
(D) CdS is insoluble in yellow ammonium sulphide (YAS)
Q.197 Which of the following cation does not give precipitate with H2S in neutral medium?
(A) Fe3+ (B) Cu2+ (C) Bi3+ (D) Ag+
chemstudios by pms Page # 443
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY SALT ANALYSIS
EXERCISE-2
Q.3 Which of the following compound(s) during heating undergo redox decomposition reaction?
(A) HgCO3(s) (B) Ag2C2O4(s) (C) FeCl3·6H2O(s) (D) K2Cr2O7(s)
Q.4 NO2 gas evolves on thermal decomposition of which of the following compound(s) ?
(A) Hg(NO3)2 (B) KNO3 (C) N2O4 (D) N2O3
Q.7 Which of the following combination of reagent(s) produce observable change in aqueous medium.
(A) Ba(OH)2 solution + SO2(g) (B) AgF solution + NaNO3 solution
(C) Pb(OAc)2 solution + Na2CO3 solution (D) CuCl2 solution + NH3 (excess)
Q.8 In which of the following acidic radical(s) dual properties of conc. H2SO4 are used ?
(A) BO33– (B) Cl– (C) Br– (D) I–
Q
(Soluble in excess
conc. NH3 soln.)
Q.10 Which of the following reagent(s) can be used to distinguish between SO2 and CO2?
(A) FeCl3 soln. (B) Baryta water (C) H2S (D) Acidified NaIO3
Q.14 Which of the following sulphides is insoluble in dil. HCl(non oxidising acid) as well as in exess NaOH
solution ?
(A) PbS (B) Zns (C) FeS (D) HgS
Q.15 Which one of the following does not produce metallic sulphide with H2S?
(A) ZnCl2 (B) CdCl2 (C) CoCl2 (D) CuCl2
Q.16 Which of the following acid(s) does/do not reduce AgNO3 into metallic Ag?
(A) HI (B) H3PO4 (C) H3PO2 (D) H2S
Q.17 Which of the following cation(s) give coloured precipitate with both excess of NH3 and excess NaOH
solution ?
(A) Fe3+(aq) (B) Hg22+(aq) (C) Ni2+(aq.) (D) Cr3+(aq.)
Q.19 Chemical behaviour of excess of hypo solution towards Ag+(aq) is same as with :
(A) Hg2+(aq) (B) Cu2+(aq) (C) Pb2+(aq) (D) Bi3+(aq)
Compound 'P' is water soluble coloured compound; then 'P' can form precipitate with.
(A) Ag+(aq) (B) Ba2+(aq) (C) Pb2+(aq) (D) Ca2+(aq)
Q.21 Which of the following Nitrate salt solution neither produce ppt with excess NaOH nor with excess
NH4OH solution.
(A) Al(NO3)3 (B) Zn(NO3)2 (C) Cr(NO3)3 (D) Pb(NO3)2
Q.22 Which of the following sulphide(s) does/do not liberate H2S on warming with dil HCl?
(A) HgS (B) ZnS (C) FeS (D) CuS
Q.23 Which of the following cation does not give precipitate with H2S in neutral medium?
(A) Fe3+ (B) Cu2+ (C) Bi3+ (D) Ag+
Q.24 Which of the following precipitate(s) is/are dissolved to colourless solution on adding sufficient amount
of dillute HCl ?
(A) CaCO3 (B) BaCrO4 (C) MgC2O4 (D) BaSO4
[PARAGRAPH TYPE]
Paragraph for question nos. 25 to 27
For followig reactions :
Microcosmic salt P + Q (solid) + xH2O
Mn2+(aq) + P + H2O2 R
(Brown)
Q(solid) + CoO S
Oxidizing ( Blue coloured solid )
flame
Compound 'A' Initially swelled Amorphous powder
strong
heating
Lilac flame in the flame test
Precipitate Filtrate
P Q
(NH4)2S
Precipitate Filtrate
R S
Coloured
Q.31 Precipitate 'P' dissolves in hot dil.HNO3 and coloured solution is obtained when K4[Fe(CN)6] was
added to this coloured solution, brown coloured precipitate is obtained; then cation present in the
precipitate 'P' is
(A) Cd2+ (B) Cu2+ (C) Fe3+ (D) Zn2+
Q.32 If precipitate 'R' is soluble in excess of NaOH and coloured solution is obtained, then precipitate 'R' is
(A) Cr(OH)3 (B) ZnS (C) MnS (D) Fe(OH)3
Q.33 One of the salt forms white precipitate with BaCl2 and this precipitate is not soluble in dil HCl. While
other, salt forms white precipitate withAgNO3 and thus obtained white precipitate of silver is not soluble
in dil HNO3 but soluble in excess NH3 solution. Then which of the following anions are present in the
given two salts solution.
(A) PO43–(aq), CO32–(aq) (B) SO42–(aq), Cl–(aq)
(C) SO32–(aq), CO32–(aq) (D) SO42–(aq), C2O42–(aq)
Na2[Fe(CN)5NO]
Na2SO4 + C x z (Purple colour)
Cd(NO3)2
y
Q.36 What would be the colour of 'y', if Pb(NO3)2 is used in reaction instead of Cd(NO3)3?
(A) White (B)Yellow (C) Red (D) Black
Q.38 When the aqueous suspension of Ag2SO3 and Ag2CO3 are heated, the respective ppts. are obtained as
(A) Ag2O & Ag2O (B) Ag2O & Ag (C) Ag &Ag2O (D) Ag & Ag
Q.39 Which of the following radical(s) is/are producing same gas on treatment with (Zn + dil. H2SO4) ?
(I) SO32– (II) HSO3– (III) S2– (IV) Cl–
(A) I and II only (B) I, II and III only (C) I. II. III and IV (D) II. III and IV only
(D) P4 NaOH
(S) Polar acidic gas
[INTEGER TYPE]
Q.43 Find out total number metals cation(s) which form coloured metaborates :
Al3+(aq), Fe3+(aq), Pb2+(aq), Cd2+(aq), Mg2+(aq), Cr3+(aq), Ag+(aq), Zn2+(aq), Mn2+(aq)
Q.46 Find out total number of compounds which on heating undergo redox reactions.
PbCl4, Mg(NO3)2, HgC2O4, Ag2CO3, Pb(CN)4, A1(OH)3, Cu(CN)2
Q.47 Which of the following reagent( s) can oxidize H2S gas into sulphur :
I2, Cr2O72–(aq) / H+(aq), H2O2, IO3–(aq) / H+(aq), H3PO4, H2CO3, dil. H2SO4, SO2, NO2–(aq)/
H+(aq)
Q.48 How many anions will give coloured volatile product when react with conc. H2SO4 on reaction with
following given anions.
CH3COO– , Cl–, Br–, S2–, SO32–, BO33–, NO2–, C2O42–, I–, NO3–
Q.49 If sodium salt of following acidic radical(s) are heated with concentrated H2SO4, then which of the
following acidic radical(s) produce gas caused by oxidising property of concentrated H2SO4,
Br–, F–, S2–, C2O42–, NO3–, CH3COO–, B4O72–, Cl–, I–
Q.50 Find total number of reagents which can produce I2 from KI solution.
Conc. H2SO4, Hg(NO3)2 solution, CuSO4 solution, Conc. H3PO4,
K2Cr2O7/H+ Cl2water, Pb(CH3COO)2 solution, Ca(OCl)Cl/H+
NaNO2 + dil.HCl
Q.51 Find total number of metal cations which are ppted as metal sulphide on passing H2S gas through metal
salt solution.
Pb2+(aq), Mn2+(aq), Sn2+(aq), Cr3+(aq),
Mg2+(aq), Hg2+(aq), Cu2+(aq), Ag+(aq),
Al3+(aq), Ni2+(aq)
Q.52 Which of the following cation(s) produce precipitate with excess of NaOH solution?
Be2+(aq), Cu2+(aq), Pb2+(aq), Fe3+(aq), Hg2+(aq), Ni2+(aq), Mn2+(aq), Cr3+(aq), Bi3+(aq)
Q.53 Find out total number of cation(s), which produce soluble compound with excess of KCN solution
Pb2+(aq) , Hg2+(aq), Cr3+(aq), Cu2+(aq), Au+(aq), Co2+(aq), Cd2+(aq), Zn2+(aq), Ni2+(aq)
Q.54 Which of the following species/reagent can reduce Fe3+(aq) into Fe2+(aq) at normal conditions.
(NH4)2S, HI, Sn2+(aq), CN–(aq), NaNO2, SO2, Na2S2O3, SCN–(aq), Acidified NaIO3
Q.55 Find out number ionic compound(s) which is/are water insoluble at room temperature
BaSO4, AgNO3, PbCO3, CaCl2, Mg(OH)2, KMnO4, CH3COOAg, Ca3(PO4)2, (NH4)2S
Q.56 Find out total number of cation(s) that produce precipitate with aqueous solution of Na2CO3
Cu2+(aq), Mg2+(aq), Fe3+ (aq), Pb2+(aq), Al3+(aq), Hg2+(aq), Zn2+(aq), NH4+(aq), Cs+(aq)
Q.57 Find out total number of coloured / black water insoluble compound(s) from following substances:
Ag2O, HgI2, FeS, Ag3PO4, Ba(MnO4)2, Na2CrO4, PbI2, AgNO2, Ag2C2O4
Q.58 Find number of basic radicals among the following cations, which can form soluble complex on adding
excess of NH3 solution:
Cd++(aq.), Pb++(aq.), Ni++(aq.), Mn++(aq.), Zn++(aq.), Ag+(aq.), Hg++(aq.), Fe3+(aq.), Mg++(aq.)
Q.59 Find the total number acid radicals which produce gas with dilute sulphuric acid.
2 3 2 2
C 2 O 24 , Br–, NO2 , CO3 , S2–, PO4 , SO4 , HCO3 , MnO4 , CrO4
Q.60 Which of the following compound have less intensity of colour with respect to AgI ?
AgCl , AgBr, Cu2I2, Cu2Cl2, PbCl2, PbCO3 , Ag2CO3 , PbS
Q.61 Find the number of reactions in the given set of separate experiments which would give white precipitate.
? SrCl2 ?
NH4Cl CaCl2
Na2CO3 BaCl2
? (aqueous) ?
Pb(CH3COO)2
Hg2(NO3)2
CuCl2
? HgCl2 ?
Q.62 How many number of species give white turbidity with H2S?
KMnO4/H, K2Cr2O7/H, KIO3/H, FeCl3, Br2-water, conc. HNO3, conc. H2SO4, H2O2
Q.64 Na2SO3, NaCl, Na2C2O4, Na2HPO4, Na2CrO4, NaNO2, CH3CO2Na are separately treated with
AgNO3 solution. In how many cases white ppt. is/are obtained.
Q.65 S2– + Na2 [Fe (CN)5NO] Complex is having violet colouration (X)
The number of possible isomers for complex 'X' is provided the ambident behaviour of CN¯ is not
considered.
Q.66 From the given salts (BaCl2, CaCO3, NaNO3, KNO3, K2SO4, K2CO3, BaSO4), find the number of
salt(s) which turn(s) red litmus blue and impart(s) lilac colour to the Bunsen flame.
[If your answer is 3 , write the answer as 0003]
Q.67 Find the number of sulphides from the list given below which are not soluble in yellow ammonium
sulphide solution.
HgS, As2S3, Sb2S3, SnS, CuS, PbS
[If your answer is 3 , write the answer as 0003]
[ANSWER KEY]
EXERCISE-1
Q.1 A Q.2 B Q.3 A Q.4 C Q.5 B
Q.6 B Q.7 D Q.8 A Q.9 B Q.10 D
Q.11 A Q.12 B Q.13 C Q.14 C Q.15 C
Q.16 C Q.17 C Q.18 A Q.19 C Q.20 A
Q.21 B Q.22 D Q.23 C Q.24 D Q.25 B
Q.26 B Q.27 C Q.28 B Q.29 A Q.30 B
Q.31 C Q.32 B Q.33 C Q.34 B Q.35 C
Q.36 B Q.37 D Q.38 D Q.39 B Q.40 D
Q.41 C Q.42 B Q.43 B Q.44 B Q.45 A
Q.46 C Q.47 D Q.48 D Q.49 B Q.50 A
Q.51 B Q.52 D Q.53 B Q.54 B Q.55 B
Q.56 C Q.57 D Q.58 A Q.59 C Q.60 D
Q.61 D Q.62 B Q.63 C Q.64 A Q.65 A
Q.66 A Q.67 B Q.68 D Q.69 D Q.70 A
Q.71 B Q.72 A Q.73 B Q.74 B Q.75 A
Q.76 D Q.77 D Q.78 B Q.79 A Q.80 A
Q.81 B Q.82 C Q.83 D Q.84 B Q.85 D
Q.86 C Q.87 A Q.88 B Q.89 C Q.90 B
Q.91 B Q.92 D Q.93 A Q.94 A Q.95 D
Q.96 B Q.97 D Q.98 C Q.99 C Q.100 B
Q.101 A Q.102 D Q.103 C Q.104 D Q.105 B
Q.106 A Q.107 C Q.108 C Q.109 B Q.110 B
Q.111 D Q.112 B Q.113 B Q.114 B Q.115 B
Q.116 D Q.117 C Q.118 D Q.119 D Q.120 D
Q.121 D Q.122 C Q.123 B Q.124 D Q.125 A
Q.126 D Q.127 B Q.128 D Q.129 C Q.130 A
Q.131 D Q.132 B Q.133 A Q.134 C Q.135 B
Q.136 D Q.137 B Q.138 B Q.139 B Q.140 B
Q.141 C Q.142 C Q.143 C Q.144 B Q.145 D
Q.146 D Q.147 D Q.148 A Q.149 B Q.150 A
Q.151 B Q.152 D Q.153 A Q.154 B Q.155 D
Q.156 A Q.157 D Q.158 B Q.159 A Q.160 C
Q.161 D Q.162 C Q.163 A Q.164 B Q.165 B
Q.166 B Q.167 D Q.168 D Q.169 C Q.170 C
Q.171 D Q.172 A Q.173 A Q.174 D Q.175 C
chemstudios by pms Page # 454
SUPER PROBLEMS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY SALT ANALYSIS
EXERCISE-2
Q.1 ACD Q.2 BC Q.3 ABD Q.4 ACD Q.5 AD
Q.6 ACD Q.7 ACD Q.8 CD Q.9 AD Q.10 ACD
Q.11 ABD Q.12 ABC Q.13 BCD Q.14 AD Q.15 AC
Q.16 ABD Q.17 AB Q.18 CD Q.19 ACD Q.20 ABC
Q.21 ABC Q.22 AD Q.23 A Q.24 AC Q.25 C
Q.26 D Q.27 C Q.28 C Q.29 C Q.30 D
Q.31 B Q.32 A Q.33 B Q.34 A Q.35 A
Q.36 D Q.37 C Q.38 C Q.39 B
Q.40 (A) PRT (B) QRST (C) PRST (D) Q
Q.41 (A) PQRST (B) PRS (C) PST (D) PQRST Q.42 (A) PRST (B) PRS (C) PST (D) QST
Q.43 3 Q.44 0 Q.45 6
Q.46 6 Q.47 6 Q.48 4 Q.49 3 Q.50 6
Q.51 5 Q.52 6 Q.53 8 Q.54 5 Q.55 5
Q.56 7 Q.57 5 Q.58 4 Q.59 4 Q.60 7
Q.61 0004 Q.62 8 Q.63 4 Q.64 0005 Q.65 0003
Q.66 0001 Q.67 0003